Home

Agilent Technologies E8285A User's Manual

1. FER Measurements Reverse Meas Cntl Channel Max Power 6 Watts Traffic Continuous Data Y E gt Demod Buffer Bits Received ower R i m mere T laa ERE RF IN A dBm BW 0 Ms OUT Signaling poo Traffic Confidence Data Mode 95 00 Protocol FER Spec P usine Forward Bits Traffic REB Signaling Y ECHO Base Station HH O PRBS PRBS Modulator O Source Forward O ET AWGN Traffic 1 kHz Tone Source Channel 400 Hz AWGN Chirp Digital Tone dBm BW Generator 103 Chapter 3 Description of Screens CDMA Cellular Mobile Transmitter Test Screen CDMA Cellular Mobile Transmitter Test Screen COMA CELLULAR MOBILE TRANSMITTER TEST Phs Error EHB Ava Pouer Meas Cntl Traffic To Screen Data Mode Sctr A Pur RETE amp COMA Dato Type dBn Bl Echo Echo Delay 2 Seconds RF Power 75 00 dBn Bll Power Meas cero Figure 17 The CDMA Cellular Mobile Transmitter Test Screen This screen reports measurements of the mobile s transmitter 104 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp Chapter 3 Description of Screens CDMA Gated Power Screen CDMA Gated Power Screen COWA GATED POWER 3105 UE idle HE Tine Comtragaed n naices LETTO lizplas COHA Gea Traffic 30 I l l 1237 12471 1254
2. number of Pilots in the 10 RE STORE C WENDYL READ_MRT 20 CLEAR SCREEN 30 DIM Pil str 500 40 OUTPUT 714 CDMA MOB PIL STR 50 E ER 714 Pil str 60 Length LEN Pil str 70 Num_pn Length 1 DIV 68 Determin table 80 FOR I 1 TO Num_pn 90 Stat 1 VAL Pil_str 1 16 100 PRINT Pilot I status is Stat I 110 Pnofst 1 VAL Pil_str 18 16 120 PRINT Pilot I PN Offset is Pnofst I 130 Str I VAL Pil str 35 16 140 PRINT Pilot I pilot strength is Str I 150 Keep I VAL Pil str 52 16 160 PRINT Pilot I keep bit is Keep I 170 IF I Num pn THEN 180 Pil str Pil str 69 LEN Pil str the string 190 PRINT 200 END IF 210 EXT I 220 END Status States Decimal Pilot Strength Level is above Status 0 None of the settable reference levels Candidate 1 None of the settable reference levels To Drop 2 T_Drop Candidate 3 T_Drop Active 4 T_Add Candidate 5 T_Add To Drop 6 T_Add and T_Drop Candidate 7 T_Add and T_Drop Active 14 T_Add and T_Drop and T_Comp Candidate 15 T_Add and T_Drop and T_Comp Active Move to next Pilot in Table 17 documents the decimal numbers assigned to the Status column states In the previous programming example the variable Stat I will have one of the decimal values from Table 17 written into it for each pilot reported 411 Chapt
3. 199 199 200 201 202 Chan Space User Defined nies eie er ir vb ben de Mere tie e i deciden aede 202 Closed Loop Pwr Cntl 203 CES TP 204 CMAX esten n Ree aD ERIS RN ERR E 204 Cht Chan a Nee Met dette Moe fortasse aftu 205 19 Contents 20 Cnfg External Devices 205 Cutty Code 3 tee ERES RR ae ae eaten ee ee Tee eee eee eee ee 206 Code Location i ERE ee t Ret 206 Confidence uoi hte e RENE RR n e ERR RE OA BES 207 Gornnect annunciator oeil To tor bes ous des need ee etie dive bee eh e a 209 Connected O a RSE 210 COMETS Fs ete dad o loe dl ted evene oe tero e pe edant 210 Cont Singlets Unde EAD Inn A E tl cl hs ed ida 211 Controls CDMA Gated Porn den P nde e re a 211 Controls CDMA Reverse Channel Spectrum eese entente nne enne tn ennt nnt nnt nnt netten entren 211 Controls CDMA Swept Power Measurement sese nee nne tnetee tnt tn tnnt nn tnnt nnt nnt enn 212 Controls Open Loop Time Response 1 erre RO det 212 Controls Oscilloscope m 213 Controls Spectrum Analyzer 224 ese eS ep deb eb eo lett 213 CURTOIE asec 213 Data Length es EE EER diria 214 Data Mode 214 Ditka A E RAR 215 Data PEC ti dilata 216 Data Dy Ped A ii 217 E O enm E OH TOI 218 DG GUtPTellt wresti nico da eM A eM de ee Ut e Shoe SUE Ec Ea RA 218 DG evel 4A
4. Eaa 176 ANUtOLINOTIDA 4 d hte rr IRL I E Deed d e adeste ter iet ege e cn nl ier eer eon t Pee dete te gent 176 Autostart Test Procedure on Power Up ssri mena a entente nennen OTA ETEA E nne en eene en tenen 177 ANULO ZeTO cree ra eerte e e m Re e Mt dp OE RON bx e e pu a led ERE d Ee 177 PAV ELAS ES ioco AAA e UNI E OY NONO FOU EREEXRE I EXE eet di Mu FERNER DEINER EHE 178 AVS POWER M H 178 AWGNS 5M leido eR HERA 181 Band Class rt eT RN ee e RE RE Nee 182 Base Freq User Defined 183 lp abet AR 184 184 185 186 187 Dy E eTTOIS c Let rete ded e de aae As 187 by s frames ad oU EAR A S 188 Called Numbers 5 ett ee cca bes shea eee ead aetate edu ie etd due 188 Calling Name accensa Dot RR em 189 Calida eat nte vorerst ativan ve te ve tr b 189 190 191 191 192 Center Ereq Analog sermo e bou ueu uu 192 Center Freq CDMA 193 CHAN SG c 193 Chancen eR OO NU ER ENERO RORRE E RETRO H RUNE dtes 194 Channel CDMA to Analog or Interband Handoffs esses ener tete 195 Channel BW 388 BSvenie nei ERE REED UII ODORE 196 Chan PO Wer sin cous ioter PEERS ertet aeter eerte Gate RP EE RE lass onda a 197 Chan Power Meas Intr ylos serere ERE ae ER a a e seeds 198 Sur
5. E ER 714 Fm_deviation Screens Where Field is Present ANALOG MEAS CALL CONTROL 230 Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Display Interim Results Display User Mssgs This field allows the display of the current FER errors and number of frames counted while a measurement is in progress Yes displays periodic updates from the cell site s processor No display one measurement result at the end of the test GPIB Example DISP CRXT DISPlay FERasure INTerim RESults YES displays interim FER results Operating Considerations This field must have Yes selected to display interim results IfDisplay Interim Results is Yes and a measurement result is queried over GPIB during a measurement an interim measurement will be returned Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE RECEIVER TEST This field allows the user to turn off display of messages that appear on the front panel display when Test Set the current FER errors and number of frames counted while a measurement is in progress e Yes enables messages to be displayed e No disables user message display GPIB Example DISP CONF DISPlay MESSages YES enables displays of user messages Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE 231 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Display Word This field is used to select the des
6. SELECT Type CASE iw PRINT Registration with Authen CASE 2 PRINT Page with Authen CASE 3 PRINT Origination with Authen CASE 4 PRINT Unique Challenge CASE 5 PRINT SSD Update CASE PRINT No Authentication Type returned END SELECT Evaluate the second data position Overall Test Status Status Data Commal 1 Comma2 1 SELECT Status CASE O0 PRINT Passed CASE 1 PRINT Failed CASE Mog PRINT No Status returned Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields 370 END SELECT 380 Evaluate the third data position Registration Type 390 Reg_typeS Data Comma2 1 Comma3 1 400 SELECT Reg_type 410 CASE O0 420 PRINT Registration Type Timer 430 CASE 1 440 PRINT Registration Type Power up 450 CASE 2 460 PRINT Registration Type Implicit 470 CASE 480 PRINT No Registration Type returned 490 END SELECT 500 STOP 510 END See Also Authen field on page 170 Authen Data Clear field on page 171 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA AUTHENTICATION 175 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Authent Auto Norm 176 This field is used to activate the authentication process within the Test Set With this field set to On the Test Set issues system parameter overhead messages including SPC WORD1 SPC WORD2 ACCESS RandCha
7. ENTER 714 Last ord sent The syntax and an example for NTACS systems are as follows Syntax CEXTension ACT CEXTension SETTing lt gt lt NARROW WIDE CHAN CEXTension SETTing 201 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Ch Offset Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP NTACS CEXT ACT OUTPUT 714 CALLP NTACS CEXT SE NARROW OUTPUT 714 CALLP NTACS CEXT SETT ENTER 714 Last ord sent Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL Use the channel offset field to enter the frequency difference between the Tune Freq setting and the center of the adjacent channels you want to measure This is an absolute value only positive values can be entered See figure 54 Screens Where Field is Present ADJACENT CHANNEL POWER Chan Space User Defined 202 This field specifies the RF channel spacing when the RF Display field is set to Chan and the RF Chan Std field is set to USER DEF For example entering 25 kHz causes a 25 kHz spacing between each channel If the receive frequency for channel 1 is 150 500 MHz channel 2 s receive frequency would be 150 525 MHz Operating Considerations The value of this field is only used if the RF Display field is set to Chan and the RF Chan Std field is set to USER DEF See Also Gen Anl field description on page 269 RF Chan Std field description on
8. emf voltage 368 Encoding field 244 End Release key 35 Enter ASCII Data field 245 Enter Hex Data field 245 Enter key 35 Enter Procedure Filename field 246 error messages I BASIC 272 Errors Counted field 247 Errors field 246 Esc Mode field 248 escape mode 248 ESN 306 ESN dec field 248 ESN hex field 249 ESN field 249 ETACS channel standard 365 EVEN SEC INPUT connector 72 Exec Execution Cond field 251 Execute SSD U pdate 409 Execute field handoff 250 Execute field power control 251 Execute field power measurement 297 Expected field 251 Expected PN Offset field 252 Expected Strength field 253 Expected T Add field CDMA Mobile Reported Pilot Strength 254 Expected T_Drop field CDMA Mobile Reported Pilot Strength screen 255 exponents 34 Ext Load R field 256 Ext NGBH CDMA Cell Site Configuration field 257 EXT REF INPUT connector 73 extended address word reverse control channel 233 external AM input 301 External Devices field 205 External Disk Specification field 256 external FM input 301 external load resistance 151 256 external modulation input 301 External reference 426 F Failed annunciator Test Status 425 FER field 258 FER Report field 259 Fer Spec field 259 FF at End field 259 FF at Start field 260 filename procedure to load 381 procedure to save 246 files saving 246 selecting 381 Filter 1 field 260 Filter 2 field 260 filters IF bandwidth
9. CALL CONTROL Screen with Meas Selected Chapter 4 Description of Fields kHz kHz Fields For system type NAMPS the following parameters are measured when the Test Set is in the connect state See Figure 58 Freq Error TX Power FM Deviation DSAT DST 229 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields SLL CONTROL Display TX Feea Error EIR EN Deviation 0 336 0597 O Active LJ Resister TH Power MUI 5510051 hex C hecess 0 0663 2556CB Connect Syston Type Voice Channel Assi enment To Screen s CALL CHILE T 212 d fALL O fhiii d EET tilt A Per Lol 4 CALL C CntrT Chon Aine tt ude F DSAT 0 0 2336C6 ANLG 81 59 SPEC Order H Id Phone Nur TREI T ER T 10 f f f nt f Figure 58 CALL CONTROL Screen with NMeas Selected Reading The Modulation Quality Measurement Fields The MEAS selection brings some of the Test Set s Audio Analyzer fields and some of the Test Set s RF Analyzer fields onto the CALL CONTROL screen for the purpose of making modulation quality measurements on the mobile station s RF carrier while on a voice channel Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS RFR POW ENTER 714 Tx power OUTPUT 714 MEAS RFR FREQ ERR E ER 714 Tx_freg_error OUTPUT 714 MEAS AFR FREQ F ER 714 Af freq OUTPUT 714 MEAS AFR FM
10. Description of Fields Field descriptions are listed in alphabetical order 147 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Fields Abort Print Access annunciator 148 Select this field to interrupt the print in progress GPIB Example Abort Print is not directly programmable over the GPIB Screens Where Field is Present PRINT CONFIGURE When lit the Access annunciator indicates the Test Set is signaling the mobile station with command information on the forward voice channel This is a transitory state The state of the Access annunciator is reflected in the Call Processing Status Register Group Condition Register bit 4 See Call Processing Status Register Group in the Status Reporting chapter of the Agilent Technologies ES285A User s Guide for further information The Test Set s speaker is turned off when in the access state This is done to eliminate any possible audio feedback which may occur if the mobile station s microphone is open GPIB Example DISP CCNT STATus CDMA CALLP COND queries the analog Call Processing event register Bit four will be true 1 when an analog call is in the Access state Also the Access annunciator on the CALL CON TROL screen is lit when an analog call is in the Access state Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL CALL DATA CALL BIT S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Acc Prb Pwr Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields T
11. OUTPUT 714 CAL P MESS SPC WORD1 OUTPUT 714 CALI ENTER 714 Sid PRINT Sid Example Printout LP SPOM1 SID 00000001110011 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp Chapter 3 Description of Screens Call Control Screens Querying Multiple Fields With Single OUTPUT ENTER When multiple queries are combined into one command string the Test Set responds by sending one response mes sage containing individual response message units separated by a response message unit separator Example of Multiple Queries Combined Into One Command String OUTPUT 714 CALLP MESS SPC WORD1 OUTPUT 714 CALLP SPOMI1 DCC SID OHD ER 714 MessageS PRINT Message Printed Test Set Response Message 01 00000001110011 110 In order to read individual response message units into individual string variables com bined into one ENTER statement the programming language used must recognize the response message unit separator as an entry terminator for each string in the input list If the programming language used cannot recognize the response message unit separator as an entry terminator then the response message must be read into one string and indi vidual responses parsed out Modifying the CALL BIT Screen Message Fields This section provides programming information on how to set the contents of individual fields in the signaling messages
12. RF Chan Std MS AMPS Alt Pur Ms Col Bands Hone RF Level Offset RF Out dB Chapter 3 Description of Screens Firmware A 01 11 Total RAM 896 kB Serial Ho US38350023 To Screen COMA CALL CNTL Configure Screen The CONFIGURE screen defines a number of general operating functions such as date and time screen intensity and beeper volume It is also used to define some RF signal parameters such as RF Generator Analyzer offset channel standards and characteristics and signal loss gain compensation 115 Chapter 3 Description of Screens Duplex Test Screen Duplex Test Screen Figure 28 116 TH Power Tune PELI Input Port RF In Bnt BEAT Z3 ilter kHz Frea Error RF Gen Fre 520 Anplitude off Atten Hold On Off utput Port RF Out Duel The Duplex Test Screen DUPLEX TEST kHz dil RFGenl Frea kHz FM Coupling AC DC Deviation AF Anl In Denod Filter 1 lt 20Hz HPF 250 usOft Detector Pk Max Duplex Test Block Diagram on page 117 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp kHz To Screen COMA CALL CNTL Analoa RF ANL Chapter 3 Description of Screens Duplex Test Screen Duplex Test Block Diagram Input Port IF Filter RF IN Art 230 kHz ANT IN a IF RF SS IF STAGES eI STAGES RF IN High Power Atte
13. The value entered into this field is applied only when the RF Level Offset field is set to On See Also RF Level Offset field description on page 369 Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE This field enables disables the RF level offsets entered in the RF In Out Duplex Out and Antenna In fields below it e When set to On the RF Generator s amplitude and RF Analyzer s power measurement are offset by the values entered in these fields e When set to Off the values in these fields are ignored See Also Antenna In field description on page 167 Duplex Out field description on page 242 RF In field description on page 369 Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE 369 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields RF Offset RF Out 370 This field is displayed when the RF Display field has Freq selected This field enables disables the RF Generator RF Analyzer frequency offset specified in the Gen An1 field below it Operating Considerations When an RF offset is used changing the RF Generator s frequency or RF Analyzer s tune frequency automatically alters the other setting On screens where both fields are not shown such as the RX TEST and TX TEST screens you will not see the corresponding field change Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE This field is used to indicate forward channel path losses or gains between the RF IN OUT port and the mobile station Enter a positive value t
14. This field allows the user to specify the search priority in sending the Extended Neighbor List Message ENLM GPIB Example CDMA CELL CONF SCPR Medium sets the search priority level in the custom neighbor list Operating Considerations Select Low Medium High or Very High to set the search priority The default is Medium This field appears only if the Ext NGBH field is set to On and a valid protocol is selected in the Protocol field The valid protocols are TIA EIA 98 B ARIB 53 J STD 008 Kor PCS Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION Oscilloscope To selects the signal source for the Oscilloscope This allows you to bypass certain sections of the AF analyzer s circuitry when viewing and measuring a signal It also allows you to select measurement paths that include additional gain stages improving the oscilloscope s resolution when measuring low level signals See Also AF Analyzer Block Diagram on page 85 Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALYZER 379 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Sctr A Pwr This field provides control of the Sector A forward CDMA channel generator output level Forward CDMA channel power is expressed in units of dBm in a 1 23 MHz bandwidth GPIB Example CDMA CELL AS turns on Sector A CDMA CELL AS ECtor STATe ON ECtor 100 dBm sets Sector A s power to 100 dBm Operating Considerations
15. selects All Bands in the Alt Pwr Ms Cal Bands field See Also Calibrating the Test Set chapter in the E8285A Application Guide Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE 163 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields AM Depth Ampl Error 164 This field displays the percent depth of modulation of the AM signal The field is only visible when the AF ANL In field is set to AM MOD or AM DEMOD Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALYZER RF ANALYZER RF GENERATOR This field is displayed when Ampl Error is selected from the list of choices available when the unnamed field displaying one of the following choices is displayed frequency error amplitude error time offset measurement Amplitude error is an indication of the quality of the amplitude component in the reverse link OQPSK offset quadrature phase shift keyed signal It is the expressed as a percent difference between the magnitude of the ideal amplitude vector and the magnitude of the amplitude vector transmitted from the mobile station GPIB Example DISP CTXT MEASure CDManalyzer AMPL ERRor queries the CDMA amplitude error measurement result Operating Considerations These measurements along with rho phase error and carrier feedthrough are made by DSP analysis techniques The Meas Cnt1 field controls these measurements See Also Freq Error Analog field description on page 266 Meas Cntl field description on page 295 Time
16. 5095551212 The PNUMber command is used to enter the 10 digit phone number The identification number can be entered as the mobile identification number MIN in hexadecimal 1 e AAABBBBBB The MIN number is entered as the 3 character MIN2 AAA followed by the 6 character MIN1 BBBBBB The MINumber command is used to enter the MIN number The formats are coupled that is if the Phone Num format is selected and the 10 digit phone number is entered the MIN2 MIN1 information is automatically updated and vice versa NOTE The preset values for the MS Id fields are Phone Num 1111111111 e MIN2 MINI 000000400 An all zero MIN number 000000000 which does not represent a valid phone number will convert to the following phone number 111111 111 The query form of the programming commands that is the form can be used to interrogate the contents of each field Syntax for MS Id Field 302 Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp NMODI NMODE E PHON E PNUMber INumber E NUM MIN2 MIN1 gt lt gt PNUMber lt gt lt 10 character phone number gt lt gt INumber lt gt lt 3 character MIN2 6 character MIN1 gt lt gt Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP NMOD PHONE NUM UTPUT 714 CALLP PNUM 5099906092 UTPUT 714 CALLP NMOD MIN UTPUT 714 CALLP MIN 1F2DES5BD5 O 0 0 0 UTPU
17. Agilent Technologies Test and Measurement Call Center P O Box 4026 Englewood CO 80155 4026 tel 1 800 452 4844 Regional Sales and Service Offices Canada Agilent Technologies Canada Inc 5150 Spectrum Way Mississauga Ontario L4W 5G1 tel 1 877 894 4414 Europe Agilent Technologies European Marketing Organization P O Box 999 1180 AZ Amstelveen The Netherlands tel 3120 547 9999 Japan Agilent Technologies J apan Ltd Measurement Assistance Center 9 1 Takakura Cho Hachioji Shi Tokyo 192 8510 J apan tel 81 456 56 7832 fax 81 426 56 7840 Latin America Agilent Technologies Latin America Region Headquarters 5200 Blue Lagoon Drive Suite 950 Miami Florida 33126 U S A tel 305 267 4245 fax 305 267 4286 Australia New Zealand Agilent Technologies Australia Pty Ltd 347 Burwood Highway Forest Hill Victoria 3131 tel 1 800 629 485 Australia fax 61 3 9272 0749 tel O 800 738 378 New Zealand fax 64 4 802 6881 Asia Pacific Agilent Technologies 24 F Cityplaza One 111 Kings Road Taikoo Shing Hong Kong tel 852 3197 7777 fax 852 2506 9233 11 In this Book Throughout this manual the term Test Set is used to denote the Agilent Technologies E8285A Test Set screens shown in this manual may not match those displayed on the Test Set in every detail Chapter 1 Key and Miscellaneous Knob Descriptions This cha
18. CDMA TRANSMITTER POWER RANGE TEST This field allows you to enter a heading for the test results printout or CRT display Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Printer Setup Execution Conditions 323 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Output Port This field selects the RF output port on the Test Set e RF Out selects the RF IN OUT port on the Test Set s front panel and displays the RF Out field for entering CDMA forward channel path loss e Dupl selects the DUPLEX OUT port on the Test Set s front panel and displays the Duplex Out field for entering CDMA forward channel path loss GPIB Example CONF OUTP Rf Out selects the RF Output port Operating Considerations Maximum signal levels at each port are printed on the front panel The Duplex Out port provides higher power CAUTION Applying reverse RF power to the DUPLEX OUT connector can damage the instrument A message is displayed when an overpower conditions occurs Whenever possible use the RF IN OUT connector when testing transceivers to prevent damage from accidental transmitter keying If a reverse power condition triggers the internal protection circuit remove the reverse power signal and press the Meas reset key or turn the Test Set off and on to reset it Output Results For 324 Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE CDMA REVERSE CHANNEL SPECTRUM SPECTRUM ANALYZER This field selects which test results are output The underlined
19. Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS AFR FM HLIM DUN KHZ OUTPUT 714 MEAS AFR FM LLIM DUN KHZ This sets the high and low measurement limit display units to kHz for the AF analyzer FM deviation measurement When querying measurement limits through GPIB the Test Set always returns numeric values in attribute units regardless of the current display units or GPIB units settings Numeric values are expressed in scientific notation Refer to To Specify Units of Measure for GPIB Data Transfer in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide To Query the Display Units for High and Low Measurement Limits Use the HLIMit DUNIts and LLIMit DUNits commands to query the units of measure used to display the high and low measurement limit values Refer to To Specify Units of Measure for CRT Display in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide for description of display units Syntax HLIMit DUNits LLIMit DUNits Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS AFR FM HLIM DUN ENTER 714 Hi disp unit OUTPUT 714 MEAS AFR FM LLIM DUN ENTER 714 Lo disp unit This queries the high measurement limit display units for the AF Analyzer FM deviation measurement When querying measurement limits through GPIB the Test Set always returns numeric values in attribute units regardless of the current display units or GPIB units settings Numeric values are expressed in scientific notati
20. SVC OPT 1 selects service option 1 Operating Considerations Data loopback is used during most mobile station tests The desired service option can be selected at any time If a service option change is attempted while a call is connected and the mobile station does not respond to the message a beep will sound and the service option will not change This field is duplicated on the CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE TRANSMITTER TEST CDMA CALL CONTROL CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE RECEIVER TEST CDMA AUTHENTICATION and CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE screens Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL CDMA TRANSMITTER POWER RANGE TEST CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE RECEIVER TEST CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE TRANSMITTER TEST CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE CDMA AUTHENTICATION 433 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Traffic Rho See the TM Rho field description on page 429 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE TRANSMITTER TEST Transmitting annunciator 434 This annunciator lights when the Test Set is transmitting a forward CDMA channel When an analog screen is selected the status of the Transmitting annunciator when queried over GPIB is Off GPIB Example DISP CCNT STATus CDMA COND queries the CDMA condition register Bit 2 will be set whenever the Transmitting annunciator is lit Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE CDMA AUTHENTICATION S agilent e8285 REFGUI
21. Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL CDMA AUTHENTICATION 359 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Registering annunciator This annunciator lights when the Register field is selected The annunciator goes out when the registration is successful when the registration attempt times out or when the End Release key is pressed GPIB Example DISP CCNT STATus CDMA EV ENt queries the CDMA event register Bit 11 in the CDMA Status Event Register will be set upon completion of a successful Registration attempt No Condition Regis ter is implemented for this bit See Also Register CDMA field description on page 358 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL 360 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp Release Time Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field displays the time period between the 20 dB and 3 dB points of the falling edge of an ensemble average of CDMA RF bursts This field will display a value only after a gated power measurement is made GPIB Example MEAS GPOWer RELease TIME queries the CDMA gated power release time Operating Considerations When a mobile station is operating in variable data rate transmission mode the RF power is gated on during randomized 1 25 ms periods During a CDMA Gated Power measurement the Test Set analyzes an ensemble of gated on periods referred to as bursts The number of bursts used
22. Spectrum Analyzer Screens SPECTRO AHALTIER Attan hold 20 dE BHs 3 kHz s E M Agree Main RF Gen __ E Marker Auxiliary fe b Offset Frea Amplitude MH z n Figure 40 The Spectrum Analyzer Screen and Menus The SPECTRUM ANALYZER screen s controls are arranged in four menus The menus are accessed using the Controls field Assigning global USER keys to the most used functions on the menus allows you to access the functions without having to change menus 131 Chapter 3 Description of Screens Spectrum Analyzer Screens Using the Spectrum Analyzer Automatic Calibration During operation the Spectrum Analyzer pauses for approximately 2 seconds every 5 minutes to recalibrate itself This does not affect the accuracy of displayed measurements but does cause a brief interruption of the displayed information during the process Setting Resolution Bandwidth and Sweep Rate The resolution bandwidth and sweep rate are determined by the span setting and cannot be set independently These settings are listed in the following table Table 5 Relationship Between Span Resolution Bandwidth and Sweep Rate Span Resolution BW Sweep Rate kHz lt 50 kHz 0 3 28 6 kHz second lt 200 kHz 1 0 329 0 kHz second lt 1 5 MHz 3 0 3 0 MHz second lt 3 MHz 30 0 21 4 MHz second lt 18 MHz 30 0 36 3 MHz second lt 200 MHz 300 0 257 0 MHz second 1 GHz 300 0
23. gt lt 6 character hex value RAND U Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH RAND U 4F5A55 OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH RAND U ER 714 Rand_val Screens Where Field is Present AUTHENTICATION 353 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields RANDU Range Hold 354 RANDU is the 24 bit random number issued by the base station in the Unique Challenge Order RANDU is entered as a 6 digit hexadecimal value RANDU is user definable GPIB Example CDMA CELL CONF AUTH RANDU queries the RANDU field See Also Uniq Chall field on page 441 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA AUTHENTICATION These fields enable disable several autoranging and autotuning routines Auto A11 enables these routines providing automatic adjustment when making AF or RF measurements Hold A11 disables these routines requiring you to manually set the affected settings The following fields are affected by the Range Hold field RX TX Cntl in the CONFIGURE screen Input Atteninthe RF ANALYZER and SPECTRUM ANALYZER screens Gain Cntlinthe AF ANALYZER screen This field controls three AF gain setting fields Input Gain De Emp Gain Notch Gain Operating Considerations The Hold A11 setting is primarily used when the instrument is operated by remote control such as in an automated test system Unless you have very specific reasons for disabling the automatic functions you
24. panel CDMA CLOCK MUX OUTPUT Operating Considerations The CDMA frame clocks provide the CDMA timing references for generating and demodulating CDMA signals The CELLSITE TRIGGERS connector a rear panel miniature D type 15 pin connector provides all of the above frame clock outputs simultaneously The timing of these frame clocks may be offset slightly from the timing of the CDMA CLOCK MUX OUTPUT s frame clocks due to propagation delays See Also CELL SITE TRIGGERS on page 70 CDMA CLOCK MUX OUTPUT on page 71 Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE 263 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Frames Frames Counted 264 This field indicates the number of frames counted during the reporting interval GPIB Example DISP CFER CDMA MOBile FERasure ERRors queries the number of frames counted by the mobile station during an FER report interval Operating Considerations The reporting interval is specified in terms of error count or frame count See Also by errors field description on page 187 by frames field description on page 188 MS FER Report Interval field description on page 308 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA MOBILE REPORTED This field displays the number of frames tested during a FER measurement GPIB Example DISP CRXT MEASure CDManalyzer FERasure FRAMes queries the FER frames measurement result Operating Considerations A measurement result will be displ
25. 0 NO This determines if the high or low measurement limits for the AF Analyzer FM de viation measurement have been exceeded 43 Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys Meas reset 44 To Reset Measurement Limit Detection Use the HLIMit RESet and LLIMit RESet commands to reset measurement limit detection Once a high or low measurement limit has been exceeded HLIMit EXCeeded returns a 1 or LLIMit EX Ceeded returns a 1 measurement limit detection is disabled until reset by the RESet command Syntax HLIMit RESet LLIMit RESet Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS AFR FM HLIM RES OUTPUT 714 MEAS AFR FM LLIM RES This resets high and low measurement limit detection for the AF Analyzer FM de viation measurement See Also Setting Measurement Limits in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide Meas reset clears the measurement history for all of the instrument s measurement algorithms such as the averaging and peak hold functions to restart all measurements that are in progress Programming Meas reset The GPIB commands MEASure RESet are used to select this function programmatically Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS RES This resets all of the active measurements in the Test Set S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL keys chp Meter Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys The Meter function displays measure
26. 78 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL connectr chp Chapter 2 Description of Connectors Connectors TRAFFIC CHANNEL LOGGING DCS1 gt The Traffic Channel Logging port provides for logging protocol signaling from the Traffic channel Refer to Protocol Logging in the Application Guide Operating Considerations 16X CHIP OUTPUT 9 pin sub miniature D 115 2k Baud 8 bit No parity No flow control Pin assignments for this connector are as follows Pin 1 Not Used Pin 2 RX_A RS 232 Pin 3 TX_A RS 232 Pin 4 Not Used Pin 5 Ground Pin 6 Not Used Pin 7 Reserved Pin 8 Reserved Pin 9 Not Used The 16X CHIP OUTPUT is a 19 6608 MHz clock output synchronized with the 1 2288 MHz chip rate that spreads the CDMA signal The 16X CHIP OUTPUT is phase locked to the Test Set s internal 10 MHz reference Operating Considerations BNC Nominal output level is gt 5 dBm Output impedance is 50Q All frame clocks are locked to the Test Set s internal 10 MHz reference frequency stability is the same as the signal applied to the REF INPUT connector See Also CELL SITE TRIGGERS on page 70 79 Chapter 2 Description of Connectors Connectors 10 MHz OUTPUT The 10 MHz output is one output of a reference phase locked loop that generates 10 MHz reference signals for all of the digital and analog phase locked loops in the Test Set This reference phase locked loop can lock to many frequencies which are
27. Base Freq User Defined field description on page 183 Chan Space User Defined field description on page 202 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL CONFIGURE 365 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Table 16 Mobile Test Channel Valid Offset Channel Base Transmit Freq Mobile Transmit Freq Standard Channel Freq Spacing Range MHz Range MHz Numbers MHz MHz E8285A Generate E8285A Receive MS AMPS 1 to 799 45 0 0 03 869 01 to 893 97 824 01 to 848 97 990 to 1023 MS NAMPS 1 to 799 45 0 0 03 869 01 to 893 97 824 01 to 848 97 990 to 1023 MSL NAMPS 1 to799 45 0 0 03 869 00 to 893 96 824 00 to 848 96 990 to1023 MSU NAMPS 1 to 799 45 0 0 03 869 02 to 893 98 824 02 to 848 98 999 to 1023 MS TACS 1 to 1000 45 0 0 025 935 0125 to 959 9875 890 0125 to 914 9875 MS ETACS 1 to 1000 45 0 0 025 917 0125 to 959 9857 872 0125 to 914 9875 1329 to 2047 MS NTACS 1 to 798 55 0 0 0125 843 0125 to 869 975 898 0125 to 924 975 801 to 2141 MS JTACS 1 to 798 55 0 0 0125 860 0125 to 869 972 915 0125 to 924 9725 Japan CDMA 110799 55 0 0 0125 832 0125 to 869 9875 887 0125 to 924 9875 801 to 1039 1041 to 1199 KOR PCS po Oto 1300 90 0 0 05 1805 0 to 1870 0 1715 0 to 1780 0 KOR PCs P1 gt 1 to 1300 90 0 0 05 1805 05 to 1870 0 1715 05 to 1780 0 US PCS 0 to 1199 80 0 0 05 1930 00 to 1989 95 1850 00 to 1909 95 User Def 0 to 4095 1000 0to 1 000to 790 0 to 969 999999 790
28. OUTPUT 714 CALLP SID 231 OUTPUT 714 CALLP SID ENTER 714 Sid number Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL 395 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields SINAD This is the default measurement for this field Selecting this field displays the following measurement choices SINAD Distn Distortion SNR Signal to Noise Ratio AF Freq DC Level Current DC only Operating Considerations This is a priority control field Accessing the RX TEST or TX TEST screen overrides any changes made to this field in other screens For more information about SNR operation see the SNR field description on page 398 Screens Where Field is Present RX TEST AF ANALYZER TX TEST DUPLEX TEST RF GENERATOR RF ANALYZER Slope CDMA Swept Power Measurement 396 This field sets the edge of the amplitude trigger pulse on which the measurement will trigger GPIB Example CDMA SWEPtpower TRIGger SLOPe Rising sets the trigger slope Operating Considerations Select the edge of the trigger pulse that will trigger the measurement The selections are Rising and Falling The default is Rising Screens Where Field is Present CDMA SWEPT POWER MEASUREMENT When the Controls field is set to Trigger S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields SMS Sent annunciator This annunciator indicates that the SMS message has been sent The
29. RANDSSD 3 5 tet da le e b dada e dete t ei ele uen 353 Contents 353 354 TAO AAA REE ce somes tt Pk se edd ATI 354 Rcv Pace Sesto DDD A asda cds Ses ee rt te d ete eben EN ee dise etel poe TA 355 Id M 356 Ref Level CDMA Swept Power Measurement eese eee eeetttne then tne tht ettet netten trennen en 356 Reg Period erecta ee sieht A teat imei eR ed USA 357 Register Anali oeren RR A tiep dica beri E ere d tene 358 Register CDM A nmo ot e a Ee divo A RE RR EE 358 Register arnuriClatOE s iet eripit rte a eerie ete eee er ees 359 Registering atinuficIatoL a ERE 360 Release Times ai e RE RR RE ERR LI EUN ERE E Pe RAE NU de dede es 361 362 362 362 RF Anl Freq CDMA Swept Power Measurement 363 KE Channel analog its iore tit 363 RE Channel GDMA no a NOE ERE I t e YR t 364 RE ChatStd i rito e e ardet ette ete et b ee a e leo ed 365 RE Cnt Gate aerae ile metet OE EEG IIR 367 REJDISpl y eicere AA deca eb Ue Eee dts 367 RF Gen Preg cti Add daa 368 RE Gen Vol ani et e mre ae ot dad er teret 368 RE Tis LAORE nant oet e e ated tee eei ids 369 RE Eeyel Offset itte i A RI ERNEUERBARE NRI eR 369 RF Offset 370 BE opi MM n 370 RF Power 371 Rgstr NID 371 honsuJPpM C 372
30. RSSI Thr sh eds eR n o e RD RERO 372 RATA El atiis leve aie eam tbe cad dust tiste te rideo oed 373 R ti ise ento RAO e ee RBS 374 uti p ERE 374 SA e tidad 374 A ai 375 SAD nd MOLE 376 Sat Tol iie E A AA AA IA A a e 377 Save Recall 378 SCM 378 SC Priority 1 Lu eee et ee epic te db e ace Aen D ee ct eese les 379 Scope To see 9479 SACA PD teet etu o eaae cto ee teure eiie ne du A aos de de 380 SAB PW iti don iia oA en IG UE a IO UEBER EE ERE 381 Select Procedure Filename intei eerte ee eme HE Ea Yea e er rte eed 381 25 Contents 26 Select Procedure Location 382 KO ur tees 382 Send Msg CDMA Swept Power Measurement seen teet eene nete nene 383 Send Word 383 A ERE A TEE IEEE 384 NM 384 Serial Baud nte ote etl nete bebe te tede certe dan cobcaacvaceerons ceed erae ene eSa 384 Serial O Tria ettet lestie enti tee e GO EPOD UE EE 385 Serial IN Ont o ooi e o aU Rote en nete UI nM ea Ee a EM Gere Mas 385 Set Message e A Ot 386 Kin eeerbes 394 Seqni Order of Tests 2 3 estu ert E io ee deste ioni e tete eine POS 394 SID MSB cepto tt ebbe RR E I t AR eh ii 395 SINAD ARAS hit beso e bso ode LLL de Le bead EEEE id 396 Slope CDMA Swept Power Measurement eococcccccnncnnconinncnnannnnnonacanonanonnonnnncnnonn
31. SCM MIN OUTPUT 714 CALLP DATA RECCW A ER 714 Message PRINT Message Printed Test Set Response Message 010 1 1 1110 110111100101101111010101 In order to read individual response message units into individual string variables combined into one ENTER statement the programming language used must recognize the response message unit separator as an entry terminator for each string in the input list If the programming language used cannot recognize the response message unit separator as an entry terminator then the response message must be read into one string and individual responses parsed out S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp Chapter 3 Description of Screens CDMA Authentication Screen CDMA Authentication Screen COM RUTHERT CRTISR Call Stated E francativine O Besisterins Be Fame Sant O Access Probe O Connected dota Traffig Daia Bade AS Database O angles Dara Trae ESO UpBaia aba Chali Ruthan Data Figure 13 The CDMA Authentication Screen The CDMA Authentication screen provides the necessary features for testing a CDMA mobile station s ability to perform call processing functions with authentication Once a mobile station is registered valid A Key Check Digits can be generated and a table displays the authentication parameters sent by the mobile station along with the expected value and
32. Schr A Pur a dBn EN ux us O Beales iar 128 1254 iur nirnls Ton cM Ente fer Ont Hoge eet ia T O Palos Figure 18 The CDMA Gated Power Screen 105 Chapter 3 Description of Screens CDMA Generator Control Screen CDMA Generator Control Screen Figure 19 106 TOMA GENERATOR CONTROL Serr A Pur setr E Pur RHEM LUI Wc Lae RF Friar fi 4 0 di ek des BH vm m C m di Te Screen pegina The CDMA Generator Control Screen This screen controls the Test Set s forward CDMA channel output power and relative code channel power CDMA Generator Control Block Diagram on page 107 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp CDMA Generator Control Block Diagram Base Station Modulator Gain Adjustment Pilot dB 4 BSM NN X B a BSM Sector A Power i off Pagin dBm a Port fs 3 BSM N t f VA oO Y lt 5 Traffic 3 off n dB 4 BSM mM AWGN Source OCNS 0 0000 4 dB AMA Pilot dB A BSM M EZ 2 Traffic g Off a dB 4 4 a y em BSM NA Y 3 Na o o 72 Sector B OCNS 4 EA dBm BW Chapter 3 Description of Screens CDMA Generator Control Screen RF Power 65 0000 dBm BW IQModu MK lator RF Power Automatically set based on Sector A Sector B an
33. Screens Where Field is Present CDMA GENERATOR CONTROL S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Pam Size Parameter Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field allows entry of the access channel preamble length PAM SZ GPIB Example DISP CCON CDMA CELL CONFigure PAMSize 10 sets PAM SZ to 10 Operating Considerations This field sets the length of the access probe preamble An access probe is composed of the access channel preamble followed by the access channel message capsule The access channel preamble length is expressed in units of 20 millisecond frames Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION This column in the authentication results table lists the parameters that are used to authenticate a registration page or origination These parameters are returned from the mobile in the Access Channel Registration Page Response Message or Origination Message See Also Authen field description on page 170 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA AUTHENTICATION Parm Test Parameters Selecting this field displays the TESTS Test Parameters screen Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Main Menu 329 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Parity Pass Word 330 This field specifies the serial communication parity setting when using the rear panel serial port This setting is retained when the instrument is turned off Screens Where Field is Present
34. Screens Where Field is Present CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE This field is displayed when the Message Data Mode is set to ASCIT It is used to enter the message to be sent on the paging channel You can use the default message or enter your own message Operating Considerations A maximum of 64 ASCII characters can be entered The default ASCII message is as follows ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPORSTUVWXYZ 01234 abcdefghi jklmnopqrstuvwxyz 56789 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE This field is displayed when the Message Data Mode is set to Hex It is used to enter the message to be sent on the paging channel You can use the default message or enter your own message Operating Considerations A maximum of 128 hex characters can be entered The default hex message is as follows 4142434445464748494A4B4C4D4E4F50 5152535455565758595A5F3031323334 245 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields 61626364656666768696A6B6C6D6E6F70 7172737475767778797A233536373839 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE Enter Procedure Filename Errors 246 This field is used to enter the name of the file you want to save or delete Operating Considerations When you save a procedure file you can use any name with up to 9 characters You can also delete previously saved files to be able to resave a file using the same file name Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Save Delete Procedure Indicate
35. Sector power Sector B power and AWGN are summed together and output on the selected output connector The total power in a 1 23 MHz bandwidth centered at the RF channel setting is displayed in the RF Power field This field is duplicated on the CDMA GENERATOR CONTROL screen Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL CDMA GENERATOR CONTROL CDMA TRANSMITTER POWER RANGE CDMA MOBILE REPORTED FER EST CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE REC EIVE iR CDMA CELLULAR 380 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp OBILE TRANSMIT EST Sctr B Pwr Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field provides control of the Sector B forward CDMA channel generator power level Also referred to as Ior Forward CDMA channel power is expressed in units of dBm 1 23 MHz bandwidth GPIB Example DISP CGEN CDMA CELL BSECtor BWPower 100 dBm sets Sector B s power to 100 dBm BWPower is an optional command therefore the following program line would also be valid DISP CGEN CDMA CELL BSECtor 100 dBm Operating Considerations Sector A power Sector B power and AWGN are summed together and output on the RF IN OUT connector The total power in a 1 23 MHz bandwidth centered at the RF channel setting is displayed in the RF Power field Screens Where Field is Present CDMA GENERATOR CONTROL
36. TX_A RS 232 Pin 4 Not Used Pin 5 Ground Pin 6 Not Used Pin 7 Reserved Pin 8 Reserved Pin 9 Not Used S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL connectr chp Chapter 2 Description of Connectors Connectors PARALLEL PORT This port is used with printers requiring a parallel interface when printing screen images or test results Set the Printer Port field on the PRINT CONFIGURE screen or TESTS Printer Setup screen to Parallel to print using this port Use address 15 when sending data to this port from IBASIC programs Operating Considerations e 25 pin Centronics Pin assignments for this connector are as follows Pin 1 nStrobe Pin 2 Data 1 Least Significant Bit Pin 3 Data 2 Pin 4 Data 3 Pin 5 Data 4 Pin 6 Data 5 Pin 7 Data 6 Pin 8 Data 7 Pin 9 Data 8 Most Significant Bit Pin 10 nAck Pin 11 Busy Pin 12 PError Pin 13 Select Pin 14 nAutoFd Pin 15 nFault Pin 16 nInit Pin 17 nSelectIn Pin 18 Signal Ground nStrobe Pin 19 Signal Ground Data 1 and Data 2 Pin 20 Signal Ground Data 3 and Data 4 Pin 21 Signal Ground Data 5 and Data 6 Pin 22 Signal Ground Data 7 and Data 8 Pin 23 Signal Ground Busy and nFault Pin 24 Signal Ground PError Select and nAck Pin 25 Signal Ground nAutoFd nSelectIn and nInit PROTOCOL SERIAL This connector provides access to Test Set diagnostics and is intended to be used only by factory service represe
37. To Use the Analog Meter Format in the Operating Overview chapter of the ES283A User s Guide 48 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL keys chp No Ratio W On Off POWER Preset Previous Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys No is used to disregard selected operations before they are executed Press the No Ratio W key to answer no to prompts requiring a yes or no reply GPIB Example No equivalent GPIB command See Yes On Off field description on page 56 POWER turns the instrument s power on and off GPIB Example No equivalent GPIB command Preset restores most of the instrument s settings to their factory default states although most CONFIGURE screen changes are not affected Instrument self diagnostics are not run when Preset is pressed Programming Preset The IEEE 488 2 Common Command RST is used to select this function programmatically Syntax RST Example OUTPUT 714 RST This resets the Test Set to its power up state Previous accesses the previous screen GPIB Example No equivalent GPIB command 49 Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys Print Recall 50 Pressing Print outputs the entire contents of the displayed screen the time and date and any print title defined in the PRINTER CONFIGURE screen To print measurement results through GPIB the program must query the measurement and print the result in a format determined by the programmer GPIB Example No equivalent
38. Voltmeter Audio Monitor a Output Rear Panel ras DC Measurement To Oscilloscope To Decoder To Internal Voltmeter 1 Speaker Speaker ALC VOLUME 1 vai peaker Vo On OFF Pot Off Figure 6 AF ANALYZER Functional Block Diagram The Settling Gain Cnt1 and Ext Load R fields are not shown Variable Frequency Notch if purchased 85 Chapter 3 Description of Screens Call Control Screens Call Control Screens CORA CALL COMTROL Call gratis M Transnitiins O Resisterins ve auer ELI O Fase Seat O Access Probe C tannected safier Handelt O Bard Hamdadf Ideal Mobile Power Traftti e Data Hodes Data Tres Power Aras Figure 7 The CALL CONTROL Screen NOTE The number and type of fields displayed on the CALL CONTROL screen depends on the selected system type The CALL CONTROL screen is the primary analog call processing screen It contains the most often used call processing configuration and command fields Figure 7 shows the CALL CONTROL screen for AMPS The top right hand portion of the CALL CONTROL screen is used to display the following information e decoded data messages received from the mobile station on the reverse control channel or the reverse voice channel modulation quality measurements made on the mobile station s RF carrier while on a voice channel raw data message bits displayed in hexadecimal format received from the mobile station on the reverse c
39. Watts If the overpower circuit is triggered signified by a warning message at the top of the screen remove the signal from the ANTENNA IN port and press the Meas reset key or turn the Test Set off and on to reset it See Also Sensitivity field description on page 384 Screens Where Field is Present ADJACENT CHANNEL POWER CONFIGURE DUPLEX TEST RF ANALYZER TX TEST SPECTRUM ANALYZER CDMA REVERSE CHANNEL SPECTRUM S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp Insert Ch NOTE Insrt Ins Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field allows you to enter a new channel in frequency table at the bottom of the screen Operating Considerations You are required to specify if the test channel is a prime test channel Prime test channels are the radio channels primarily used by the radio operator they are the channels you are the most concerned about testing Use the RX Chan Info or TX Chan Info fields if the channel requires a tone code or frequency for testing radios that have CTCSS Continuous Tone Controlled Squelch System squelch For example if your radio uses a CTCSS tone of 91 5 Hz you could enter the tone frequency in both RX and TX channel information fields as CT FR91 5 or you could enter the tone code itself as CT ZZ When testing cellular radios the Channel Information is the channel number you are testing don t confuse this with the Chan field used to list channels on this screen En
40. deviation FM 262 digital supervisory audio tone 239 digital to analog handoff 250 Disarm field 223 disconnect call 35 disk procedure location 345 382 Display field 223 Data M eas 223 NData NM eas 223 Display Interim Results field 231 269 Display Word field 232 Distn field 236 distortion measurement 156 213 219 236 396 398 measurement amplifier 315 measurement variable notch filter 315 down arrow key 57 Drop Intcpt field CDMA Mobile Reported Pilot Strength screen 237 Drop Timer field 238 DSAT field 239 DSAT Meas field 241 DSAT DST hex field 240 Dual Mode 306 Duplex key 60 DUPLEX OUT connector avoiding damage 324 description 72 gain at 242 loss at 242 Duplex Out field 242 Duplex Test screen AC Level 151 AF Anl In 155 AF Freq 156 AF Gen1 Freq 157 Amplitude 165 Atten Hold 169 Audio Out 170 Current 213 DC Current 218 DC Level 219 De emphasis 220 Detector 222 Distn 236 Filter 1 260 Filter 2 260 FM Coupling 261 FM Deviation 262 Freq Error Analog 266 267 functional block diagram 116 IF Filter 274 Input Port 278 Output Port 324 RF Gen Freq 368 SAT Deviation 376 SINAD 396 SNR 398 Tune Freq 436 TX Power 437 view of 116 Duplicate User Data field 242 Eb Nt field 243 Echo Data Type 217 Echo Delay field 243 EEX key 34 electronic serial number decimal 248 hexadecimal 249 Index Index electronic serial number ESN
41. field values The increment divide by 10 function reduces the increment setting by a factor of 10 New increment setting current setting 10 The increment setting function sets the increment value for real number numeric entry fields The increment multiply by 10 function increases the increment setting by a factor of 10 New increment setting current setting x 10 Programming Increment set The GPIB command INCRement is used to select this data function programmatically To Set the Increment Value Use the INCRement command to set the increment value Syntax INCRement Example OUTPUT 714 RFG FREQ INCR 2 5 MHZ This sets the increment value for the RF Gen Freq field to 2 5 MHz When setting the value of a numeric field such as RF Gen Freq any non GPIB unit s unit of measure must be specified in the command string otherwise the current GPIB unit is assumed by the Test Set Integer only fields such as Intensity and Print Adrs have a fixed increment of 1 and they cannot be changed To Query the Increment Value Use the INCRement command to query the increment value Syntax INCRement Example OUTPUT 714 RFG FREQ INCR ENTER 714 Incr value This queries the increment value for the RF Gen Freq field S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL keys chp NOTE Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys When querying a field setting or measurement result through GPIB the Test Set a
42. for external load resistance measurement 256 selecting 155 AUDIO IN HI connector 68 AUDIO IN LO connector 600 ohm impedance 169 description 68 floating 169 grounded 169 Audio n Lofield 169 AUDIO MONITOR OUTPUT connector 69 AUDIO OUT connector coupling 170 description 69 selecting 155 Audio Out field 170 audio power measurement 151 Authen Data Clear field 171 Authen field 170 Authent field 176 Authentication Data Table 171 CDMA Authentication screen 171 Authentication key 60 Authentication screen 1 of n 447 A_Key 160 Authent 176 ESN 249 RAND_A 350 RAND B 351 RAND U 353 RANDSSD 1 352 RANDSSD 2 352 RANDSSD 3 353 SSDA 407 SSDB 408 view of 89 AuthWORD 96 233 Auto All Range Hold 354 Auto Zero Adjacent Channel Power screen 177 RF Analyzer screen 177 Auto Zero field 177 automatic level control 401 Auto N orm field 176 autoranging AF RF measurements 354 gain setting 268 input attenuator 269 276 Autostart Test Procedure on Power U p field 177 auto tuning AF RF measurements 354 Auxiliary spectrum analyzer controls 211 Average key 32 Averages Field 178 averaging measurements 32 Avg 1 100 field 313 Avg Power field 178 AWGN field 181 backspace key 57 Band Class field 182 bandwidth adjacent channel power 196 IF filter 274 resolution ACP measurement 362 Base Freq field 183 Base ID field 184 baud rate 384 beeper error alert 184 volume con
43. is used to enter the Voice Mobile Attenuation Code VMAC The VMAC determines the mobile station power level to be used on the designated voice channel the channel number entered into the Chan right hand subfield The VMACode command is used to control the right hand subfield The query form of the command that is VM A Code can be used to determine the current VMAC setting Syntax VMACode VMACode integer number 0 to 7 Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP VMAC 3 OUTPUT 714 CALLP VMAC ENTER 714 Vmac setting Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Pwr Up Reg Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL This field determines if at power up the mobile station will attempt to register with the Test Set e On the mobile station will perform a power up registration Off the mobile station will not perform a power up registration GPIB Example CDMA CELL CONF PUR On causes the mobile station to attempt to register at power up Operating Considerations This field provides the option of performing a zone based registration when a mobile station finds service Register CDMA field description on page 358 instead of waiting for the power up registration This field should be set to the desired mode before a mobile station finds CDMA service When this field is On the Test Set instructs the mobile station to attempt a
44. on page 203 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA TRANSMITTER POWER RANGE TEST 193 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Chan 194 Chan is divided into two fields The left hand field displays the voice channel number assignment being used by the Test Set and the mobile station A numeric value is only displayed when the Test Set s Connected annunciator is lit connected state A is displayed if a mobile station is not actively connected on a voice channel This is a read only field The AVCNumber query command is used to query the contents of the left hand field There is no command form of the AVCNumber query Syntax AVCNumber Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP AVCN ENTER 714 Active vc number The right hand field highlighted field is used to set the voice channel number which will be assigned to the mobile station by the Test Set as either an initial voice channel assignment or as a handoff voice channel assignment The VCHannel command is used to control the right hand subfield The query form of the command that is VCHannle can be used to determine the current voice channel setting Syntax VCHannel real number VCHannel Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP VCH 215 OUTPUT 714 CALLP VCH ENTER 714 Vch number Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Channel CDMA to Analog or In
45. orChirp Screens Where Field is Present CDMA GENERATOR CONTROL CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE RECEIVER TEST This field is displayed only when the Data Type field is set to Echo This field allows selection of the time period between when you talk into the mobile station and when you hear your voice echoed back 0 Seconds 2 Seconds 5 Seconds GPIB Example DISP CCNT CDMA CALL TRAFfic ECHO DELay 2 SECONDS delays your voice 2 seconds Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL CDMA TRANSMITTER POWER RANGE TEST CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE RECEIVER TEST CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE TRANSMITTER TEST 243 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Encoding 244 Table 12 This field determines how the characters in the User Data field will be encoded in the SMS message The choices currently available are e Octet causes each character to be encoded as a byte 8 bits e 7 bit ASCII causes each character to be encoded in 7 bit lengths Shift JIS allows Kanji and Kana characters to be sent Arib T53 must be selected in the Protocol field before this choice is available GPIB Example CDMA SMS ENC Octet selects the Octet format Operating Considerations If you select Octet and the Data Mode field is set to Hex the Test Set will put each byte of data from the User Data field in the SMS message without translation If you select 7 bit ASCII and the Data Mode field is set to Hex the T
46. should set this field to Auto A11 when operating the instrument manually Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Rev Pace Received Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE The receive pace field is used when receiving serial data e Xon Xoff lets the Test Set talk to the transmitting device to alter the rate of the data being sent None disables the Xon Xoff function This setting is retained when the instrument is turned off Screens Where Field is Present I O CONFIGURE This column in the authentication results table lists authentication data for the parameters that are returned from the mobile in the Access Channel Registration Page Response Message or Origination Message The data in the Received column is compared to the data in the Expected column to verify if authentication passes or fails See Also Authen field description on page 170 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA AUTHENTICATION 355 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Ref Level Reference level sets the amplitude reference level for the top line of the display All signals displayed are referenced to this line This field is displayed when the Controls field is set to Main GPIB Example CSP RLEV 0 sets the reference level to 0 dBm Operating Considerations The unit of measure for the reference can be changed as needed For instance 0 dBm 0 224 V 107 0 dBmV and
47. 0 to 969 999999 1000 0 1 000 1700 0 to 1999 999999 1700 0 to 1999 999999 a Requires Agilent Technologies 83236B Opt 007 Wideband b Requires Agilent Technologies 83236B 366 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp RF Cnt Gate RF Display Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields RF counter gate specifies how long the RF counter samples the signal before displaying the frequency Specifying a shorter gate time may enable you to see frequency fluctuations that might not be seen using a longer gate time Screens Where Field is Present RF ANALYZER This field selects the format for entering the RF Generator s and RF Analyzer s frequencies e When Freq is selected you enter the RF Generator s and the RF Analyzer s frequencies directly using the keypad or knob e When Chan is selected the RF Gen Freqand Tune Freq fields on all screens are replaced by the RF Channel field and only the channel number is entered and displayed Operating Considerations Channel tuning eliminates the need to enter transmit and receive frequencies directly into the Test Set Once your radio s RF channel standard is selected you only have to enter the channel number to automatically set the RF Generator and RF Analyzer to the correct frequencies See Also RF Chan Std field description on page 365 Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE 367 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields RF
48. 274 IF for ACP measurements 362 variable notch 315 Firmware field 261 firmware revision number 261 first word of called address 233 floating input at AUDIO IN LO 169 FM deviation measurement 262 input 301 FM Coupling field 261 FM Demod AF analyzer input 155 FM Deviation field 262 FM Deviation field call control 262 FM Mod AF analyzer input 155 form feed 259 Format Card PCMCIA field 331 forward control channel modifying messages 90 turning on 152 forward voice channel modifying messages 90 four dashes meaning of ACP level measurement 153 meaning of squelch 403 meaning of TX power measurement 153 437 Frame Clock field 263 Frames Counted field 264 Frames field 264 Freq Channel Information field 265 Freq Error field 164 427 Freq Error field Analog 266 267 Freq Error field CDMA 265 Freq field marker 286 frequency AFGenl 157 AF Gen2 158 carrier ACP measurement 191 center for notch filter 315 center for spectrum analyzer 192 center RF signal 436 effects of RF offset 370 offset RF generator analyzer 269 RF generator reference 183 setting 367 368 span 401 spectrum analyzer 286 frequency offset tracking generator 319 G gain automatic control 268 between ANT IN and device under test 167 between DUPLEX OUT and device under test 242 between RF IN OUT and device under test 369 370 de emphasis 220 input 277 manual control 268 notch
49. 362 RSSI Thresh 372 SAT 375 Sat Tol 377 SCM 378 SID 395 System Type 418 TX Power 438 TX Pwr Zero 440 VC Order 444 Call Data screen Access annunciator 148 Active annunciator 153 Connect annunciator 209 Display Word 232 Page annundiator 326 reading the call data screen message fields 97 view of 95 Call Limit field 189 call processing description 83 Call Status Connected 210 Hard Handoff 271 Page Sent 328 Registering 360 SMS Sent 397 Softer Handoff 400 SSD_A 0 406 Transmitting 434 Uniq Chall 442 Call Status field 190 Call Page key 34 called number 306 Called Number field 188 Calling Name field 189 Cancel key 34 Candidate pilot status 410 card procedure location 345 382 carrier effect on RX TX screen 373 Carrier field 191 332 Carrier Ref field 191 Carrier RX TX Cntl 373 CC Order field 192 CDMA Authentication screen A Key Digits 161 Authen 170 Authen Data Clear 171 Call Status 190 Check Digits 200 Data Type 217 Expected 251 MSDatabase 306 Parameter 329 RAND 350 351 RANDU 354 Received 355 SSD U pdate 409 SSD Update annunciator 410 Status 413 Timer Reg 428 Traffic Data Mode 433 Uniq Chall 441 CDMA Call Control screen Access Prb Pwr 149 Access Probe annunciator 151 AvgPower 178 Band Class 182 Calibrate Power M eas 198 341 Call Status 190 Chan Power 197 Chan Power Meas Intrvl 198 Channel 195 Data Rate 215 Data Type 217 DSAT 239
50. 365 V variable frequency notch filter 315 VC Order field 444 version number firmware 261 Vert Offset field 445 Vert div field 445 vertical offset oscilloscope 287 445 vertical sensitivity oscilloscope 445 video averaging spectrum analyzer 313 VMAC voice mobile attenuation code 347 voice channel assignment 194 voltage measurement 151 RF across 50 ohm load 368 RF emf open circuit 368 volume beeper 184 internal speaker 402 Ww Walsh field Sector A 446 Walsh field Sector B 446 word abbreviated address 233 extended address 233 first word of called address 233 number of additional word coming 234 reverse voice channel order confirmation message 234 Index 463 Index second word of called address serial number 233 X Xmt Pace field 447 Xon Xoff 355 447 Y Yes On Off key 56 Z Zero field Power M eas 341 zeroreference transmitter power 440 zeroing average power measurements 178 179 measurement offset 218 power meter 440 464 Index
51. 5dB e 10dB 15dB e 20dB 25dB e 30dB e 35dB Screens Where Field is Present ADJACENT CHANNEL POWER CONFIGURE RF ANALYZER SPECTRUM ANALYZER CDMA REVERSE CHANNEL SPECTRUM CDMA SWEPT POWER MEASUREMENT When the Controls field is set to Auxiliary This field displays and selects the gain of the AF Analyzer s input amplifier Refer to the Gain Cntl field on page 268 Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALZYER 277 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Input Port CAUTION 278 This field selects the RF IN or ANTENNA IN port for making RF measurements Operating Considerations Maximum power levels for each port are printed on the Test Set s front panel If the RF power at the RF IN OUT port exceeds allowable limits a warning signal sounds and a message appears at the top of the screen If this occurs disconnect the RF power press the Meas reset key and allow the Test Set to cool off for approximately two minutes before making any other measurements on this port The ANTENNA IN antenna input connector provides a highly sensitive input for very low level signals such as off the air measurements You cannot measure TX RF Power Average Power Channel Power or ACP Level on this screen using the ANTENNA IN port Connecting a signal of gt 200 mW to the ANTENNA IN port can cause instrument damage although internal protection circuits can typically withstand a short duration signal of 1 or 2
52. CDMA MOBILE REPORTED FER Select Procedure Filename This field is used to select the file you want to load from the location chosen in the Select Procedure Location field Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Main Menu 381 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Select Procedure Location Send Msg 382 This field is used the select the location of the procedure to load Procedures can be loaded from disk card ROM or RAM This field is used the select where a new procedure will be saved or the location from which a procedure will be deleted Procedures can be saved to or deleted from disk card or RAM Operating Considerations Procedure files contain a subset of the library file This is where you save all of your own frequency parameter test sequence specification and system configuration information To save a file to an external disk drive you must enter the drive s GPIB address into the External Disk Specification field on the TESTS External Devices screen Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Save Delete Procedure TESTS Main Menu When Execute is selected this field sends the message entered in the User Data ASCII or User Data Hex fields GPIB Example CDMA SMS TERM SEND sends the message currently displayed in the User Data field Operating Considerations After Execute has been selected the SMS Sent annunciator will light while the Test Set waits for
53. CDMA interband handoff GPIB Example DISP CCNT CDMA CALL AHAN EXEC executes the handoff Operating Considerations If AMPS or any of the other analog systems is selected in the System Type field a CDMA to Analog handoff is executed A CDMA call must be connected to execute a CDMA to Analog handoff If TIA EIA 95B is selected in the System Type field a CDMA to CDMA interband handoff to the channel selected in the Channel field is performed when the Execute field is selected An EIA TIA 95B CDMA call must be connected to execute a CDMA to CDMA interband handoff See Also System Type CDMA to CDMA or CDMA to Analog Handoff field description on page 419 Protocol field description on page 346 Chan Std field description on page 199 Channel CDMA to Analog or Interband Handoffs field description on page 195 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Execute Closed Loop Power Control Change This field allows execution of n up n down or ramp power control steps GPIB Example DISP CTXR CDMA PCONtrol EXECute causes the Test Set to output the selected number of steps in the direction selected in the Change field over the power control sub channel Operating Considerations When Execute is selected the Test Set will begin sending power control bits to the mobile station Each power control
54. Dota Meas O Active O Register O Page O Access O Connect ANPS Handoff Order MS Id Phone Nun sa System Type Cntrl Chan Release Anplitude dBn CALL CONTROL received data Geld RODD moeived data Geld RODD received dita Bell RCDDS raeed data Held EGDIM received dita Held REDDS secelyed dita Beld REDD Voice Channel Assianment Chant Pur Luli SRT CALL CONTROL Screen Received Data Fields To Screen 225 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields The control program queries these received data fields to obtain the displayed information strings Information Strings Available From The Received Data Fields Table 9 lists the information strings available from the reverse control channel data messages received from the mobile station The control program would query the appropriate received data field to obtain the displayed information string Table 10 lists the information strings available from the reverse voice channel data messages received from the mobile station The control program would query the appropriate received data field to obtain the displayed information string Table 11 lists the information strings available when a decoding error occurs The control program would query the appropriate received data field to obtain the displayed information string 226 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Table 9 Information Strings Available From Revers
55. Echo Delay 243 Execute 250 Handoff 271 I deal Mobile Power 273 MSID 308 MSDatabase 306 Power Meas 341 Protocol 346 Pwr Level 347 Register 358 RF Chan Std 365 RF Channel 364 SAT 374 Sector A Power 380 System Type 419 Type 441 VMAC Power Level 347 Zero Power M eas 178 179 341 CDMA Cell Configure screen Max Slot Cycle Index 294 CDMA Cell Site Configuration screen Answer Mode 166 BaselD 184 Call Limit 189 Cntry Code 206 Index 451 Index Esc Mode 248 Ext NGHB 257 Init Power 274 Max Req Seq 294 Max Rsp Seq 294 Network ID 310 Netwrk Code 310 NGHB Fq Ch 311 Nom Power 312 Nom Pwr Ext 312 Num Pages 316 317 Num Step 317 Page Rate 326 Page Send 327 Pam Size 329 Power Inc 334 Power Step 342 Pwr Dwn Reg 347 Pwr Up Reg 349 Reg Period 357 Rgstr NIID 371 Rgstr SID 372 Sc Priority 379 Srch Win A 404 Srch Win N 405 Srch Win R 406 System ID 418 CDMA Cellular Mobile Receiver Test screen Arm 167 AWGN 181 Confidence 207 Data Rate 215 Data Type 217 Disarm 223 Display Interim Results 231 Eb Nt 243 Echo Delay 243 Errors Counted 247 FER 258 FER Spec 259 Frames Counted 264 Max F rames 292 Meas Cntl 295 Sector A Power 380 Test Status 423 Traffic Data Mode 433 CDMA Cellular Mobile Transmitter Test screen Ampl Error 164 265 427 428 Arm 167 Avg Power 178 Calibrate Power Meas 341 Carrier 191 332 Data Rate 215 Data Typ
56. Een rana 35 Increment 10 Increment set Increment x10 36 Kl x K5 amp A KB 3e A HD OON 39 TOGA soho ch shiv eve th TRETEN idus E sodes Ao cse A UAM RC E cR ree e cd Ed 40 Tow slime i ohh limit ooo eee beet rte ri ttd e doe 40 Meds reset 5o once e A sea pe Med E a E Re eh dod A ais 44 Meter ise tet E debi ien ettet Eee Ati 45 No EIN P 49 Que MEI 49 POWER ied Re RE SR NER S ARTE de ERN 49 Id ER 49 PLE VIOUS 5 os ORE RE OR GER ERR ED 49 un e P MIEL 50 Rec ll 35 0 eme Need eoe AER etnia HET 50 Ref set 51 Register 54 IX 2I 2Z 2 2 54 NATOS EIE 54 Nui pe EE 55 Yes On Off 5 tette dette tei iR etes ee tase e te Ede ES Eee dde tede 56 0 to 9 decimal point amp and A to F see treten eie endesa ee ede de ee eR eR gehen Re enden 56 Symbol Keys hse Lae A eee i ARR 57 Backspace ci sveescenonubu suivent c dei UENIRE EE 57 Down Arrow Up Arrow ERU Units of Measure Keys es ds e ee ee tete ene ittm 58 Miscellaneous Hardware cooooocccnoooccccooonncnonnnncnnnnnnnnnno Front Panel Knobs iere tn ei erede e RE n o or Pede RT Programmable Front Panel Keys for Screens Non Programmable Front Panel Keys and Functions eese rene 61 DATA FUNCT
57. F LOCAL LT MIN2 NAWC ORDER ORDQ Parity RSVD RECCW C Standard Equivalent Word C Serial Number Word Message Fields F NAWC Parity SERIAL RECCW D Standard Equivalent Word D First Word of the Called Address Message Fields F Dig through Dig 8 NAWC Parity 233 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields 234 RECCW E Standard Equivalent Word E Second Word of the Called Address Message Fields F Dig 9 through Dig 16 NAWC Parity RVCBSChal Standard Equivalent Word 2 Reverse Voice Channel Base Station Challenge Order Message Fields F NAWC Parity RANDBS T RVC Ord Standard Equivalent Word one Reverse Voice Channel Generic Order Message Fields F Local NAWC Order ORDQ Parity RSVD T RVCOrdCon Standard Equivalent Reverse Voice Channel Order Confirmation Message Message Fields F LOCAL NAWC ORDER ORDQ Parity RSVD T UniqChCon Standard Equivalent Word C Unique Challenge Order Confirmation Word Message Fields AUTHR F NAWC Parity RSVD Call Data Display Word Message Field Descriptions AUTHR Output of the authentication algorithm when responding to a Unique Challenge Order AWC This field indicates the number of additional words coming COUNT This field displays the modulo 64 count maintained by the mobile station and used for authentication and anti fraud purposes Dig 1 through Dig 8 These fields display digits 1 through 8 of the phone number dialed on the mobile statio
58. I O CONFIGURE The time response to open loop power control tests the mobile station s response to a step change in the Test Set s output power GPIB Example STATus OLTR EVENt queries the Open Loop Time Response status event register If bit 1 is set the last gated power test passed If bit 2 is set the last gated power test failed GPIB Example STATus CDMA2 EVENt queries the CDMA 2 status event register If bit 5 is set the last gated power test passed If bit 4 is set the last gated power test failed The Pass Word field allows you to access a secured test procedure file Test procedures are secured using the SECURE IT program in ROM Load and run the ROM IB UTIL program to access the SECURE IT program Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Save Delete Procedure S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp PCMCIA Phone Num CAUTION NOTE Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field provides re formatting of PCMCIA cards GPIB Example DISP IOC CONFigure PCMCia CARD STATus displays the YO CONFIGURE screen and queries the current status of the PCMI CA card slot No card or card inserted Operating Considerations This field will format a PCMCIA card using the DOS formatting system It will only format the first megabyte of memory so if a 2 MByte card is inserted only 1 MByte will be usable Screens Where Field is Present VO CONFIGURE This field di
59. Lines Page 283 Main Menu 285 Model 301 Output Heading 323 Print Data Destination 343 Print Title 343 Printer Address 343 Printer Port 343 Run 374 Run Test 374 view of 142 Tests Save Delete Procedure screen 134 Code Location 206 Index Index Enter Procedure Filename 246 Main Menu 285 Pass Word 330 Procedure Library 345 Select ProcedureLocation 382 view of 139 Tests Test Parameters screen 134 Main Menu 285 view of 136 This 426 Time field 426 Time field marker 288 time markers 288 Time Offset field 164 265 427 428 Time div field 427 TimeBase field 426 Timer Reg field 428 title for printout 323 343 TM Rhofield 429 To Add pilot status 410 To Drop pilot status 410 To Screen field 430 Total RAM field 431 trace comparison spectrum analyzer 314 spectrum analyzer 314 Trace CDMA Swept Power Measurement field 431 tracking generator frequency 192 frequency offset 319 output 339 output port 339 sweep 339 Traffic Data Mode field 433 Traffic field Sector A Power 432 Traffic field Sector B Power 432 Traffic Rho field 434 transmit pace 447 transmitter power fast 439 measurement 437 zero reference 440 Transmitting annunciator Call Status 434 Trig Delay field 435 triggering automatic 176 continuous 211 encoder oscilloscope 281 external oscilloscope 281 internal 283 internal oscilloscope 281 level 176 ne
60. MANUAL fields chp Carrier Carrier Ref Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field is displayed when Carrier is selected from the list of choices available when the unnamed field displaying one of the following choices is displayed e phase error measurement carrier feedthrough measurement GPIB Example DISP CTXT MEASure CDManalyzer CARrier FEEDthrough queries the carrier feedthrough measurement result Operating Considerations These measurements along with rho frequency error amplitude error and time offset are made by DSP analysis techniques The Meas Cnt1 field triggers these measurements See Also Meas Cntl field description on page 295 Phs Error field description on page 332 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE TRANSMITER TEST Use the carrier reference field to indicate whether the carrier Tune Freq being measured should be unmodulated or modulated when making the ACP reference measurement For more information refer to How the Test Set Measures Adjacent Channel Power ACP on page 83 Operating Considerations FM transmitters can be measured with the carrier modulated or unmodulated e For AM transmitters the carrier must be measured while unmodulated AFGen1 and the AUDIO OUT port must be used as the modulation source whenever Unmod is selected Screens Where Field is Present ADJACENT CHANNEL POWER 191 Chapter 4 Description of Fields
61. MES Standard Equivalent TACS Narrow Handoff Message Message Fields CHAN CTYP BIT12 DSCC OE PDSCC RSVD TIT2 VMAC NTMS FVC Standard Equivalent FVC TACS Mobile Station Control Message Message Fields DSCC LOCAL OE ORDER ORDQ PDSCC RSVD TIT2 RandChalA Standard Equivalent Random Challenge A Global Action Message Message Fields ACT DCC END OHD Parity RANDA T1T2 RandChalB Standard Equivalent Random Challenge B Global Action Message Message Fields ACT DCC END OHD Parity RANDB TIT2 RAND SSD1 Standard Equivalent First SSD Update Order Word Message Fields Parity RAND_SSD1 SCC TIT2 RAND SSD2 Standard Equivalent Second SSD Update Order Word Message Fields Parity RAND_SSD2 SCC TIT2 RAND SSD3 Standard Equivalent Third SSD Update Order Word Message Fields Parity RANDSSD3 RSVDI RSVD2 SCC TIT2 REG ID Standard Equivalent Registration ID Message Message Fields DCC END OHD Parity REGID T1T2 REG INC Standard Equivalent Registration Increment Global Action Message Message Fields ACT DCC END OHD Parity REGINCR RSVD TI1T2 389 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields 390 SPC WORD1 Standard Equivalent System Parameter Overhead Message Word 1 Message Fields DCC NAWC OHD Parity RSVD S1D1 TIT2 SPC WORD2 Standard Equivalent System Parameter Overhead Message Word 2 Message Fields CPA CMAX 1 DCC DTX E END N 1 OHD Parity RCF REGH REGR S TIT2 UniqCh
62. Noise AWGN generator s level GPIB Examples CDMA AWGN BWPower 75dBm CDMA AWGN STATe ON sets the AWGN generator s level to 75 dBm Operating Considerations AWGN is summed with Sector A power and Sector B power The total power is displayed in the RF Power field When AWGN is turned on Ey N will be displayed unless the Data Type field is set to Echo This field is duplicated on the CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE RECEIVER TEST Screens Where Field is Present CDMA GENERATOR CONTROL CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE RECEIVER TEST 181 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Band Class 182 The Band Class field is displayed on the CDMA CALL CONTROL screen when the Protocol field on page 346 is set to TIA EIA 95B and the RF Chan Std field on page 365 is set to USER DEF This field allows entry of the BAND_CLASS parameter The range of values that can be entered in this field is 0 to 4 GPIB Example DISP CCNT CDMA CELL BCL 0 sets the BAND CLASS parameter to 0 Operating Considerations The value entered in the Band Class field affects Test Set operation only when the Protocol field on page 346 is set to TIA EIA 95B and the RF Chan Std field on page 365 is set to USER DEF The BAND CLASS parameter which affects forward channel messages is a function of Protocol and RF Chan Std field settings When the RF Chan Std field is set to USER DEF user defined the user is expected to select one of the five available
63. OGIES SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDI TIONS OR MERCHANTABILITY SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ASSISTANCE 8 8 Agilent Technologies will be liable for damage to tangible property per incident up to the greater of 300 000 or the actual amount paid for the product that is the subject of the claim and for damages for bodily injury or death to the extent that all such damages are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been directly caused by a defective Agilent Technologies product TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE REMEDIES IN THIS WAR RANTY STATEMENT ARE CUSTOMER S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES EXCEPT AS INDICATED ABOVE IN NO EVENT WILL AGILENT TECHNOLO GIES OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA OR FOR DIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA OR OTHER DAMAGE WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE FOR CONSUMER TRANSACTIONS IN AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED DO NOT EXCLUDE RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU Product maintenance agreements and other customer assistance agreements are available for Agilent Technologies products For any assistance contact your nearest Agilent Technologies Sales and Service Office S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUA
64. Offset field description on page 427 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE TRANSMITTER TEST S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Amplitude Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field sets the output power of the Test Sets s transmitter that is the output power of the Test Set s RF Generator See RF Generator in the GPIB Command Syntax chapter of the E8285A Condensed Programming Reference Guide for programming command syntax The AMPLitude command is used to control this field To query the current setting of the amplitude field use the AMPLitude command Syntax AMPLitude real number units AMPlitude Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPL 50 DBM OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPL ENTER 714 Amp1_val Operating Considerations This is a priority control field Accessing the RX TEST or TX TEST screen overrides any changes made to this field in other screens If a microphone is connected and the amplitude is set to O keying the microphone causes the amplitude to turn on to its previous level until the microphone is no longer keyed See Also Atten Hold on page 169 Screens Where Field is Present DUPLEX TEST RF ANALYZER RF GENERATOR RX TEST SPECTRUM ANALYZER CALL CONTROL ANALOG MEAS 165 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Amplitude CDMA Swept Power Measurement This field sets the measurement trigger ampli
65. Protocol field on page 346 for more information about changing protocol Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE CDMA AUTHENTICATION This field displays the mobile station s reported FER frame error rate The number displayed is a ratio of bad frames to total frames The mobile station can be commanded through the Test Set to change its periodic FER reporting intervals through the MS FER Report Interval field GPIB Example DISP CFER CDMA MOBile FER returns integer value of mobile station reported FER percentage See Also MS FER Report Interval field description on page 308 by errors field description on page 187 by frames field description on page 188 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA MOBILE REPORTED FER 307 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields MS FER Report Interval MS ID 308 This field sets the number of frames the mobile station will count before reporting frame error rate FER when the by frames field is On GPIB Example DISP CFER CDMA MOBile FERasure REPort INTerval 160 FRAMES sets the mobile station s FER report interval to 160 frames Operating Considerations This setting may affect FER measurement speed and will affect the display rate of the MS FER Report field Screens Where Field is Present CDMA MOBILE REPORTED FER The MS ID field determines how the Test Set identifies a mobile station for pagi
66. REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Print Data Destination This field will be used in the future to select whether the data is formatted specifically for printers or for some other device such as a computer At this time the only selection is Printer Screens Where Field is Present PRINT CONFIGURE Printer Address This field is used to specify the address of a GPIB printer This field is only displayed if the Printer Port field is set to GPIB Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Printer Setup Printer Port This field is used to select the port your printer is connected to Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Printer Setup PRINT CONFIGURE Print Printer Setup Selecting this field displays the TESTS Printer Setup screen Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Main Menu Print Title This field is used to enter up to 50 characters to be displayed at the top of the print Screens Where Field is Present PRINT CONFIGURE 343 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Priority This field sets the Priority Indicator parameter in SMS messages None Normal Interactive Urgent Emergency GPIB Example CDMA SMS TERM PRI Urgent sets the Priority parameter to Urgent Operating Considerations Each of these choices represent different levels of call priority Refer to TIA EIA IS 637 for detailed information about the Priority Indicator and its effect on t
67. Screens Where Field is Present CALL BIT 383 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Sensitivity Sensitivity Serial Baud 384 RF Analyzer sensitivity adds about 6 dB of sensitivity for the ANTENNA IN port when High is selected Operating Considerations Selecting High sensitivity may cause Spectrum Analyzer measurements to be uncalibrated when the ANTENNA IN port is used a message appears when this occurs High level AM measurements may be distorted when high sensitivity is used with the ANTENNA IN port Screens Where Field is Present RF ANALYZER This area performs two functions e The upper field selects Normal or High sensitivity for the RF input The High setting adds about 6 dB of sensitivity to the ANTENNA IN port for looking at very low level signals However this setting can cause measurements to be uncalibrated indicated by a message on the screen High sensitivity can also cause high level AM signals to be distorted e The lower field selects the vertical resolution of the display You can choose from 1 dB 2 dB or 10 dB per graticule Screens Where Field is Present SPECTRUM ANALZYER CDMA REVERSE CHANNEL SPECTRUM This field selects the baud rate for serial communications when using the rear panel serial port Selecting this field displays a list of baud rate choices This setting is maintained after the instrument is turned off Screens Where Field is Present I O CONFIGURE S agilent
68. See Also To Specify Units of Measure in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide 58 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL keys chp Chapter 1 Description of Keys Miscellaneous Hardware Miscellaneous Hardware Front Panel Knobs Cursor Control Knob The large knob on the Test Set s front panel has three functions Moving the cursor Selecting fields screens and settings from a list of choices Changing numeric field values VOLUME The VOLUME knob controls the speaker volume for monitoring the AF Analyzer s selected input The volume is also affected by the Speaker Voland Speaker ALC fields in the analog AF ANALYZER screen 59 Chapter 1 Description of Keys Programmable Front Panel Keys for Screens Programmable Front Panel Keys for Screens Table 2 Key Name Screen Displayed GPIB Example AF analyzer AF ANALYZER DISP AFAN Authentication CDMA AUTHENTICATION DISP CAUT Call control CDMA CDMA CALL CONTROL DISP CCNT Call control ANALOG CALL CONTROL DISP ACNT Cell config CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION DISP CCON Config CONFIGURE DISP CONF Duplex DUPLEX TEST DISP DUPL Gen control CDMA GENERATOR CONTROL DISP CGEN MS report CDMA MOBILE REPORTED PILOT STRENGTH DISP CMOB MS FER CDMA MOBILE REPORTED FER DISP CFER Printer PRINTER CONFIGURE DISP PCON RX test CDMA CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE R
69. Set The SSDA NEW value is the most significant 64 bits of the SSD value stored in the mobile station SSDA NEW is entered as a 16 digit hexadecimal value The query form that is NEW can be used to query the current Test Set value Syntax NEW lt gt lt 16 character hex value NEW Example UTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH SSDA NEW 1234567890ABCDEF O OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH SSDA NEW ER 714 Ssda_new_val 407 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields SSDB 408 The SSDB command is only available through the remote users interface No field is displayed for this function on the test set The user can enter a valid value into the Test Set along with other necessary shared secret data to avoid the SSD Upd process at the start of testing to reduce testing time SSDB is the least significant 64 bits of the SSD value stored in the mobile station SSDB is entered as a 16 digit hexadecimal value The SSDB command is used to control this field The query form that is SSDB can be used to query the current Test Set value Syntax SSDB lt gt lt 16 character hex value SSDB Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH SSDB 1234567890ABCDEF OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH SSDB ENTER 714 Ssdb val The SSDB NEW command is only available through the remote users interface No field is displayed for this func
70. Subsystem the state is set to Active NOTE If the Test Set is in the Connect state and a change is made to the Cnt1 Channel field the Connect state will be lost This field is used to set the control channel number used by the Test Set The CCHannel command is used to control this field The query form of the command that is CCHannel can be used to determine the current control channel setting Syntax CCHannel integer number CCHannel Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP CCH 333 OUTPUT 714 CALLP CCH ENTER 714 Control_chan Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL Cnfg External Devices Selecting this field displays the TESTS External Devices screen Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Main Menu 205 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Cntry Code Code Location 206 This field sets the base station s country code This field is displayed when the field Protocol on page 346 has IS 95A TSB 74 or J STD 008 selected and the Esc Mode field is set to Off GPIB Example CDMA CELL CONF BCC 2 sets the base station s country code to 2 Operating Considerations The Test Set sends the base station country code in the MCC field of the Extended System Parameters Message See Also Protocol field description on page 346 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION This field is used to select where the program code file fo
71. Syntax METer INTerval lt integer valve gt Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS RFR POW MET INT 5 This sets the number of intervals displayed on the analog bar graph meter for the TX power measurement To Query the Number of Intervals on the Meter Use the METer INTerval commands to query the number of intervals displayed on the analog bar graph meter Syntax METer INTerval Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS RFR POW MET INT ENTER 714 Num intervals This queries the number of intervals displayed on the analog bar graph meter for the TX power measurement 46 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL keys chp NOTE NOTE Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys To Set the Meter High End and Low End Points Use the METer HEND and MEter LEND commands to set the analog bar graph meter s high endpoint and low endpoint Syntax METer HEND lt real number gt METer LEND lt real number gt Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS RFR POW MET HEND 20 OUTPUT 714 MEAS RFR POW MET LEND 10 This sets the analog bar graph meter s high endpoint to 20 watts and the low endpoint to 10 watts for the TX power measurement When setting the value of the Meter data function through GPIB a non Attribute Unit unit of measure must be specified in the command string otherwise the current Attribute Unit is assumed by the Test Set Refer to To Specify Units of Measure for GPIB Data Transfer in the Operating Overv
72. a passed failed indication 99 Chapter 3 Description of Screens CDMA Call Control Screen CDMA Call Control Screen CORA CALL COMTROL T3 OO00008 1 Jace fransmiiiins Rewisterins Hur Fouer E Fade Sead decora Probe rannected safier Handelt ford Hamdadi Ideal Mobile Posar 2 0 dEr ims Trattie Data H Prelagol than Sta Power Aras EF Figure 14 The CDMA Call Control Screen This screen allows you to establish a call terminate a call and perform handoffs 100 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp Protocol J ST0 008 Network ID ERES A System ID Cntry Code Neturk Code Rastr NID fe Rastr SID ME COMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION Non Power dB Non Pur Ext Init Power dB Power Step d Pam Size 10 Num Step Max Rea Sea Max Rsp Sea l Max Slot c lt n D 3 a D x CDMA Cell Site Configuration Screen Timer Rea On Off Res Period 29 Sc Priority Mediun NGHB Faith 4 Answer Mode Auto Manual Call Limit Pilot Inc 12 Srch Win A Srch Win N Srch Min R The CDMA Cell Site Configuration Screen Chapter 3 Description of Screens CDMA Cell Site Configuration Screen Pase Rate Half Num Pases Ext NGHB On Off Contis CONFIG This screen provides fields for setting up CDMA cell site syste
73. analyzer calibration 132 frequency markers 286 level markers 289 marker norm delta 288 markers 291 markers frequency 286 markers level 289 measuring low level RF power 437 resolution bandwidth 132 span 132 squelch effects 403 sweep rate 132 traces 314 use of 437 Spectrum analyzer key 60 Spectrum Analyzer screen Center Freq 192 Controls 213 Freq marker 286 Input Atten 276 Lvl marker 287 Marker To 291 No Pk Avg 313 Normalize 314 Offset Freq Tracking Gen 319 Output Port 324 Port Sweep Tracking Gen 339 Ref Level 356 RF Channel 363 RF Gen Freq 368 Sensitivity 384 Span 401 view of 131 Spectrum key 60 spurs ACP measurement 362 squelch effects on decoder 403 effects on GPIB operation 403 effects on oscilloscope 403 effects on remote operation 403 effects on spectrum analyzer 403 fixed level 403 manual control 403 off 403 using attenuator hold 168 169 186 361 Squelch field 403 Srch Win A field 404 Srch Win N field 405 Srch Win R field 406 SSB Demod AF analyzer input 155 SSD Update Execute 409 SSD Update annunciator 410 SSD Update field 409 SSD Update on Paging Failed message 409 Index 461 Index SSD Update on Paging Passed message 409 SSD Update on Traffic Failed message 409 SSD Update on Traffic Passed message 409 SSD_A 0 annunciator 406 SSDA field 407 SSDB field 408 station dass mark 378 Status CDMA Swept Power M
74. and reverse voice channel signaling messages available on the CALL DATA screen The syntactical structure for reading one or more fields from an individual message is as follows General Syntax CALLP lt messag name field name gt lt gt lt gt lt additional field gt lt gt Call Data Screen Message and Field Names Table 4 lists the message names used to access each of the signaling messages available on the CALL DATA screen CALL DATA Screen Signaling Message Names Message Message Name RECCW A RECA RECCW B RECB RECCW C RECC RECCW D RECD RECCW E RECE RVCOrdCon RCOConfirm BSChalOrd BSCOrder AuthWORD AWORD UniqChCon UCConfirmation RVCOrd RVCOrder RVCBSChal RVCBSChallenge NRVC Ord NOConfirm MRI Ord MRIOrder 97 Chapter 3 Description of Screens Call Control Screens 98 Querying a Single Field Example of Querying A Single Field OUTPUT 714 CALLP DATA RECCW A OUTPUT 714 CALLP RECA SCM ENTER 714 Scm PRINT Scm Example Printout NEL Querying Multiple Fields With Single OUTPUT ENTER When multiple queries are combined into one command string the Test Set responds by sending one response message containing individual response message units separated by a response message unit separator Example of Multiple Queries Combined Into One Command String OUTPUT 714 CALLP RECA NAWC SER EXT
75. are displayed in MS Database as comma separated numeric character string e g If OP_MODEO and OP_MODE1 are set the displayed string will be 0 1 Displayed when TIA EIA 95B is selected in the Protocol field on page 346 P Op Modes PCS band class 1 or 4 OP MODE INFO Bits that are set are displayed in MS Database as comma separated numeric character string e g If OP MODEO and OP MODEL are set the displayed string will be 0 1 Displayed when TIA EIA 95B is selected in the Protocol field on page 346 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp MS FER Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Pwr Step MIN_PWR_CNTL_STEP Minimum closed loop power control step size supported by mobile station Possible values are 1 dB 0 5 dB or 0 25 dB message parameters 0 1 2 respectively Displayed when TIA EIA 95B is selected in the Protocol field on page 346 e Called Num The number dialed on the mobile station handset during the last mobile station originated call e Clr A11 Selecting this Choice clears all MSDatabase values allowing verification that information currently displayed is not from a previous registration GPIB Example DISP CCNT CDMA MOBile DAT ESN CDMA MOBile DAT VALue sets the desired indicator to ESN and returns the 4 digit value for ESN Operating Considerations These indicators are updated each time a mobile registration occurs The database is cleared whenever the protocol is changed See
76. available on the CALL BITS screen The syntactical structure for setting the contents of a field in an individual message is as follows General Syntax CALLP message name gt lt field name gt lt space gt lt gt lt data string gt lt gt Table 3 CALL BIT Screen Signaling Message Names on page 92 lists the message names used to access each of the signaling messages available on the CALL BIT screen Example of Modifying A Single Field OUTPUT 714 CALLP SPOM1 SID 00000001110011 Example of Modifying Multiple Fields With One OUTPUT OUTPUT 714 CALLP SPOM1 DCC 01 SID 00000001110011 OHD 110 93 Chapter 3 Description of Screens Call Control Screens Call Control Screens CALL CONFIGURE TALL CPHFTGUEE Figure 11 The CALL CONFIGURE Screen NOTE The number of fields displayed on the CALL CONFIGURE screen depends on the selected system type This screen is used to set some of the less commonly used Test Set configuration parameters When the CALL CONFIGURE screen is displayed and the Call Processing Subsystem is in the connect state the Test Set constantly monitors the mobile station s transmitted carrier power If the power falls below 0 0005 Watts the error message RF Power Loss indicates loss of Voice Channel will be displayed and the Test Set will terminate the call and return to the active state NOTE In order to ensure that the Test Set makes the correct decisions regarding
77. below The purpose of this calculation is to determine the approximate power level threshold that will cause the mobile station to add a Neighbor Set pilot to the Candidate Set To compare Expected T_Add with the current value the mobile station should be receiving refer to the Expected Strength field on page 253 GPIB Example CDMA MOBile PARM ETADd queries the Expected T Add value calculated by the Test Set Operating Considerations The value displayed in this field is calculated by the Test Set using the following formula unless the Soft Slope field on page 400 is set to 0 AddIntercept TAdd ExpectedTAdd 2x max gU x 10 x log IA APS 1 e A where PS is defined as E I for the pilot in question The calculations used in determining Expected T_Add do not account for any interfering signals the mobile station may be receiving in addition to the forward CDMA channels from the Test Set If the Soft Slope field on page 400 is 0 the Expected T Add field will display the same value as that currently entered in the T Add field See Also T Add field description on page 420 Add Intcpt field description on page 154 Soft Slope field description on page 400 Status Mobile Reported Pilot Strength field description on page 410 Expected Strength field description on page 253 Softer Handoff field description on page 399 254 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Expected T_D
78. bit attempts to adjust the mobile station s power level by 1 dB See Also Change field description on page 193 Steps field description on page 414 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA TRANSMITTER POWER RANGE TEST Exec Execution Cond Expected Selecting this field displays the TESTS Execution Conditions screen Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Main Menu This column in the authentication results table lists Test Set s computed authentication data for the parameters that are returned from the mobile in the Access Channel Registration Page Response Message or Origination Message The data in the Expected column is compared to the data in the Received column to verify if authentication passes or fails See Also Authen field description on page 170 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA AUTHENTICATION 251 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Expected PN Offset 252 The values displayed in this column are the current Sector A and Sector B pilot PN Offsets The mobile station should report pilot PN Offset values for each of its Active or Candidate set pilots whenever level thresholds are crossed that might indicate a change in pilot status The mobile reported PN Offset values should exactly match one of the Expected PN Offset values depending on the reported pilot Sector A or Sector B GPIB Example DISP CGEN CDMA CELL ASECtor PNOFfset queries the expected PN Offset value
79. can be used to determine the last order sent to the mobile station using the ORDer command Syntax ORDer order message gt lt gt ORDer Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP ORD CHNG PL 0 OUTPUT 714 CALLP ORD ENTER 714 Last ord sent OUTPUT 714 CALLP ORD NORDer for system types NAMPS This command is used to send an order type mobile station control message to the mobile station The Access annunciator will light momentarily while the Test Set is sending the mobile station control message The NORDer command is used to send an order type mobile station control message to the mobile station The Access annunciator will light momentarily while the Test Set is sending the mobile station control message A mobile station must be actively connected on a voice channel to the Test Set that is the Connect annunciator lit before attempting to send an order to a mobile station The query form of the command that is NORDer can be used to determine the last order sent to the mobile station using the NORDer command 321 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Orig Addr 322 Syntax NORDer lt gt lt NAMPS order message gt lt gt NORDer Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP NAMPS NORD MRI OUTPUT 714 CALLP NAMPS NORD Chng PLO OUTPUT 714 CALLP NAMPS NORD ENTER 714 Last ord sent Screens Where Field is Present CA
80. channel See Also Measuring Access Probe Output Power in the CDMA Transmitter Tests chapter in the E8285A Application Guide Pilot Inc field description on page 334 Max Req Seq Max Rsp Seq field description on page 294 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION 189 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Call Status Table 7 190 The labels under Call Status are highlighted by annunciators When lit these annunciators indicate that an event took place or that a condition exists The CDMA Status Condition Register bits that correspond with Ca11 Status annunciators are shown in table 7 All call status annunciators can be queried over GPIB CDMA Status Register Bit Definitions Status LED CDMA Status Condition Register Bit Transmitting 2 Registering No Condition Register Bit available See Registering annunciator on page 360 Page Sent 1 Access Probe 0 Connected 3 Softer Handoff 5 Hard Handoff 6 SMS Sent SMS Ack Received SSD Update Unig Chall a CDMA Short Message Service Screen Only b CDMA Authentication Screen Only See Also RF Channel CDMA field description on page 364 PN Offset Sector A Power field description on page 338 Traffic Sector A Power field description on page 432 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL CDMA AUTHENTICATION CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE
81. data transmission 215 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Data Spec NOTE 216 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL CDMA TRANSMITTER RANGE TEST CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE RECEIVER TEST CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE TRANSMITTER TEST This field is used to determine how the contents of the signaling messages are built Std Use the signaling formats defined in the applicable industry standard to build the forward control channel and forward voice channel signaling messages Use the contents of the applicable fields on the CALL CONTROL screen and the CALL CONFIGURE screen to obtain information necessary to build the messages Whenever a signaling message is used update the contents of all fields in that message on the CALL BIT screen Bits Use the bit patterns as set on the CALL BIT screen to build all forward control channel and forward voice channel signaling messages For any call processing function that is setting the message stream on the active control channel registering the mobile station paging the mobile station handing off the mobile station or releasing the mobile station the user is responsible for setting the contents of all signaling messages used in that function The Call Processing Subsystem host firmware uses the messaging protocol as defined in the applicable industry standard The contents of the applicable fields on the CALL CONTROL screen and the CALL CONFIGURE screen are not updated to refle
82. db STAGES CN i6 STAGES Attenuator 40 db ny Tune Mode Tune Freq Auto Manual 150 000000 MHz RF Cnt Gate 50 0 ms CLK AF Frequency Counter Signal Analyzer To RF Freq Counter ela Y Sensitivity Squelch Normal High Pot Figure 35 RF ANALYZER Functional Block diagram 125 Chapter 3 Description of Screens RF Generator Screen RF Generator Screen AFGeni Frea kHz Anplitude RFGenl To 0 Atten Hold n Qff FH Couplins Qutput Port Ac Figure 36 The RF Generator Screen m T Th Power EM RF GENERATOR AFGen2 To Audio Qut Ac OC Deviation Mod In To FITIS RF Generator Block Diagram on page 127 126 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp kHz To Screen O COMA CALL CNTL finalos RF GEN Chapter 3 Description of Screens RF Generator Screen RF Generator Block Diagram Mic Pre Emp RF Gen Freq Brus Auto Hold 100 000000 MHz dBm On Off Duplex Out MIC ACC Output Port Atten Hold RF Out Dupl Modulation On Off Input Rear Panel Mod In To FM Vpk Off FM Coupling AC DC DC FM Zero REG AF Gen 1 Freq 1 0000 AF Gen 2 Freq AF Gen 2To 1 0000 kHz Audio Out AC DC y Figure 37 RF GENERATOR Functional Block Diagram 127 Chapter 3 Description of Screens RX Test Screen RX Test Screen AC Level ss NN EF en Freq Filt r ki Afan Tp Filter 2 Fig
83. e NTACS New available only when the Protocol field is set to ARIB T53 e NTACS Wide available only when the Protocol field is set to ARIB T53 e JTACS available only when the Protocol field is set to ARIB T53 In all instances the default is AMPS Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL 419 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields T_Add T_Comp 420 This field allows entry of the pilot detection threshold T_ADD GPIB Example DISP CMOB CDMA MOBile TADD 32 sets T ADD to 32 Operating Considerations If the mobile station finds that the Sector B pilot s signal strength has exceeded T Add the mobile station will send a Pilot Strength Measurement message to the Test Set The Test Set will display Candidate in the Status column of the CDMA Mobile Reporting table for Sector B identified by the PN Offset Screens Where Field is Present CDMA MOBILE REPORTED PILOT STRENGTH This field allows entry of the pilot detection threshold T Comp GPIB Example DISP CMOB CDMA MOBile TCOMp 3 sets T COMP to 3 Operating Considerations If the mobile station finds that the Sector B pilot s signal strength has exceeded Sector A by T COMP x 0 5 the mobile station will send a Pilot Strength Measurement message to the Test Set The Test Set will display To Add in the Status column of the CDMA Mobile Reporting table for Sector B identified by the PN Offset Screens Where Field is Present CDMA MO
84. enne nente ennenn enne nente ene nnt nentes 431 Traffic Sector A PO WEIL RO nO OE IRR GROB NO TRREHHARI 432 Prate Sector B POWEL c e a Y edo ae a e di N OR es NEM 432 Trafic Data Mode iia 433 Trato RA er ee a carbide eese o on ce E esee torte Dd ON 434 Trafismittng Ann fictdtOr ti dan 434 Ta Delay 5o ett A Dh E de pe f RE Ou Oen ee 435 Tune Freq 436 De IE R as 437 DX uq cde TERES 438 TX Pwr Meas 439 TXGPSWEZETO1 2 e d E Re Ri ette n bd cts apre ta aia I E DNE oa 440 TVD6 sen voted a a onn uen nat ENS 441 Umg Chall siii eet ee e ete eee b ttai ete t et teta 441 Unig Ch all annurnciat r eee eee dime Aaa 442 Bi pr ST 442 Upper Limit gt ione enses ecdesiae dead sie etta 443 User Data ASCH or Hex E ea 443 NCOP OE EE 444 Muf 445 Vert Offset 445 Walsh Sector A m Ra 446 Walsh Sector B caede cor Wet e eene eie reda ren eb oie bie 446 Xmt Pace 447 FORN S 2 o oo item lari ete M Mea Cap A se de Lu pM ve ase du tC MERE RENAL AR Banik eh dae 447 27 Contents 28 Description of Keys The keys are listed in alphabetical order 29 Chapter 1 Description of Keys BE BOOOO PAO E a al En 5 9 o Figure 1 Agilent Technologies E8285A Front Panel 30 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANU
85. entry is the active choice e All outputs all test results on to the location selected in the Output Results To field e Failures outputs only the results of tests which fail Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Execution Conditions Printer Setup S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Output Results To Page Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field selects where test results are output The underlined entry is the active choice e CRT displays test results on the Test Set s CRT Printer displays test results on the Test Set s CRT and outputs them to a printer The printer information must first be entered on the TESTS Printer Setup screen Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Execution Conditions Printer Setup This field is used to initiate a page to the mobile station connected to the Test Set The Test Set must be in the active state that is Active annunciator lit and the MS Id information must be correct before attempting to page a mobile station The PAGE command is used to control this field There is no query form of the PAGE command Syntax PAGE Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP PAGE Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL 325 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Page annunciator Page Rate 326 When lit the Page annunciator indicates that the mobile station connected to the Test Set is currently being paged on the forward control ch
86. et nia ee enel be een t em de TEE 333 Ill M ED 334 Pilot Meas Clear 335 Pk Der TO A c 335 O Et m ER NERA C DERE EE 336 PN Offset Sector A Power 338 PN Offset Sector B Power 338 POPU SWEEP D M 339 POSICOD Ou sees Sette at ete DC e ee Noe Ne Ta Ma es e LO e ME o ol 339 Power Cntl Step Sizes ia estes e eo do de ek Ait aa et det p maderas 340 POWEL MEAS a e te eei Rehd ot Nt a ME es 341 DOE Pit trei tu ere etidm e re PUT OH FRED IR 342 Pant A ds eet a e ra acere ttes cortes eb eius voveo tse Perte Iis 342 Pririt D ta De eee oto uet ea eite indic obe ees 343 Printer Add Ni t REIR eR a NER NI een 343 Ptititet POLE 58s e NER see tiers Peso Pe eter d testes iet Pcr eoe tardan 343 Print Printer Setup 343 Piri Title RERO Rr e EE SEE a de debut A E ATT 343 Priority 344 Privacy i teste naked d de PARI ne EB eI coe Ute e ut oe Medeae Pose o tdg 345 Procedure Library isis iim A A euo DERE ER 345 Proc Save Delete Procedure 345 PHO SAM NN 346 Protocols ien n dee eaa iau altes sq M aa d d 346 Pwr Dwi ROG sederet deridet e ie Rte tud b N cn o Me rs deserit nde cud 347 Pwr Levelt se C EE 347 348 349 350 350 351 RANDSSD js 351 RANDSS Der Da eR Ran sb esee ee RAM Rue o dls a Sl O Ama 352 RANDSSD 2x5 nn A ERO o Red 352
87. factory calibrated power detector The detector measures power during the time that power control groups are gated on Each Average Power measurement is computed from data taken during a 10 ms one half of one traffic frame sampling period ensuring that at least one out of the eight available power control groups in the half frame will be gated on even if the transmit data rate is 1200 bps For example if the data rate is 9600 bps full rate average power will be measured during all eight available power control groups If the data rate is 1200 bps Average Power will be measured during only one power control group The Test Set is able to determine the pseudo random positioning of the power control groups that are gated on The benefit of this measurement process is that measurement results will be consistent across all possible transmit data rates Use the TRIG command to trigger Average Power measurements when using single trigger mode The command TRIG AST Arm will not trigger Average Power measurements See Also Chan Power on page 197 Zeroing Average Power Measurements in the Calibrating the Test Set chapter of the ES285A Application Guide Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL CDMA TRANSMITER POWER RANGE TEST CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE TRANSMITTER TEST S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp AWGN Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field controls the Additive White Gaussian
88. field E This field displays the extended address word sent to the mobile e Set to 1 if the extended address word is sent Set to 0 if the extended address word is not sent EF Extended Protocol Forward Channel Indicator END End indication field e Set to 1 to indicate the last word of the overhead message train e Set to 0 if not the last word F1 Control filler message field 1 All bits must be set as indicated F2 Control filler message field 2 All bits must be set as indicated F3 Control filler message field 3 All bits must be set as indicated F4 Control filler message field 4 All bits must be set as indicated LOCAL This field is specific to each system The ORDER field must be set to local control for this field to be interpreted MINI First part of the mobile identification number field MINA Second part of the mobile identification number field MSL Message Length Extended Protocol Message Length MST Message Type Extended Protocol Message Type N 1 N is the number of paging channels in the system OE The Odd Even data field is used for adjacent channel protection 391 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields 392 OHD This field displays the overhead message type e A 100 indicates a global action message e A 110 indicates that this is the first word of the system overhead parameter message e A 111 indicates this is the second word of the system parameter overhead mes
89. field This field is available on the CONFIGURE COMA REVERSE CHANNEL SPECTRUM analog RX TEST DUPLEX TEST RF GENERATOR and SPECTRUM ANALYZER screens CAUTION Connecting an RF source of gt 200 mW to this connector can permanently damage the instrument EVEN SEC INPUT This input allows the user to synchronize the Test Set s CDMA frame clocks with an external trigger The input must be a positive edge TTL signal and must be present when the Test Set is turned on Operating Considerations The input must be a positive edge TTL signal When the Test Set is powered on the frame clocks will align to within 2 4 and 3 25 us after the trigger See Also CDMA CLOCK MUX OUTPUT field description on page 71 72 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL connectr chp EXT REF INPUT GPIB Chapter 2 Description of Connectors Connectors This input provides a frequency reference for the Test Set s internal phase locked loops Operating Considerations BNC This Test Set does not require a jumper between the 10 MHz OUTPUT and the EXT REF INPUT When the TimeBase field is set to Auto the Test Set will lock to a 1 2 5 or 10 MHz reference signal once it has been detected on the rear panel EXT REF INPUT connector Below the TimeBase field the Test Set will display External if an external reference signal is detected If not the Test Set will display Internal indicating that the Test Set is using its internal high stability 10 MHz timebase as a ref
90. field andthe NGHB Fq Ch field appear on the screen and the custom neighbor list is enabled If it is set to O the fields do not appear and the list is disabled The default is Off The field appears only if a valid protocol is selected in the Protocol field The valid protocols are TIA EIA 98 B ARIB 53 J STD 008 Kor PCS Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION The time response to open loop power control tests the mobile station s response to a step change in the Test Set s output power GPIB Example STATus OLTR EVENt queries the Open Loop Time Response status event register If bit 1 is set the last gated power test passed If bit 2 is set the last gated power test failed When a mobile station is operating in variable data rate transmission mode the RF power is gated on during randomized 1 25 ms periods During a CDMA Gated Power measurement the Test Set analyzes an ensemble of gated on periods referred to as bursts The number of bursts used is controlled by the Num of Bits field on page 316 257 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields FER 258 GPIB Example STATus CDMA2 EVENt queries the CDMA 2 status event register If bit 5 is set the last gated power test passed If bit 4 is set the last gated power test failed This field displays the current frame error rate FER measured by the Test Set A Service Option 2 mobile station data loop
91. field may also stop a test Single Stepruns the tests in the test sequence one at a time The operator is prompt ed to press Continue to proceed with testing Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Execution Conditions The labels under Test Status are highlighted by annunciators When lit these annunciators indicate that an event took place or that a condition exists All status annunciators can be queried over GPIB See Connected annunciator on page 423 See Sve Opt 2 9 annunciator on page 424 See Testing annunciator on page 424 See Passed annunciator on page 424 See Failed annunciator on page 425 See Max Frames annunciator on page 425 Connected annunciator This annunciator indicates that the Test Set and a mobile station have completed the signaling steps required to establish a CDMA call and the Test Set has not had any indication that the call has ended or should end e Fora call to the mobile station initiated by the Test Set the mobile station must ring and then be answered before this annunciator will light When using Service Option 2 the mobile station will automatically answer a call and go to the Connected state e Fora call to the Test Set initiated by the mobile station the Test Set will automatically answer the call if the Answer Mode field is set to Auto and the Connected annunciator will light If the Answer Mode field is set to Manual a message will appear prompting
92. field selects the settling time for making AF measurements Lower frequency signals require additional settling time Slow Higher frequency measurements require less settling time Fast Operating Considerations Use Slow for lt 200 Hz signals Use Fast for gt 200 Hz signals If the signal being measured is a composite of different frequencies above and below 200 Hz select the appropriate filtering to analyze the desired signal component Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALZYER Seqn Order of Tests Selecting this field displays the TESTS Order of Tests screen Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Main Menu 394 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp SID MSB Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field is used to set the system identification number SID of the Test Set The SID field is an immediate action field If the field is selected and changed the signaling message s being sent on the forward control channel are immediately changed No change occurs to the current state that is active register page access connect of the Call Processing Subsystem This field is used to set the system identification number SID of the Test Set The SIDentify command is used to control this field The query form of the command that is SIDentify can be used to determine the current system identification number SID setting Syntax SIDentify lt integer number gt SIDentify Example
93. filter 315 Gain Cntl field 268 gate time 155 RF counter 367 Gate Time field 268 gated power measurement mask type 292 Gen control key 60 Gen Anl field 269 generator AF frequency 157 158 level 157 generator RF amplitude 165 frequency 368 output port 324 339 reference frequency 183 generator tracking frequency 192 frequency offset 319 output port 339 sweep 339 sweep frequency range 401 GPIB address displaying 31 address external devices 154 address printer 343 address test set 272 Index 455 Index non programmable front panel functions 61 GPIB Address field 272 GPIB connector 73 GPIB operation squelch effects 403 Grid CDMA Swept Power Measurement field 270 grounded input at AUDIO IN LO 169 H handoff executing 250 Handoff field 270 Handoffs Interband CDMA to CDMA 419 Hard Handoff annunciator 271 heading for printout 323 343 Help screen view of 118 High limit key 40 Hold All Range Hold 354 Hold key 35 horizontal sweep oscilloscope 427 1 0 Configuration screen PCMCIA 331 1 0 Configure screen Data Length 214 GPIB Address 272 IBASIC Echo 272 Inst Echo 280 Mobile Pwr 300 Mode 300 Parity 330 Rev Pace 355 Save Recall 378 Serial Baud 384 Serial 91n 385 Stop Length 415 view of 119 Xmt Pace 447 IBASIC controller configuring 385 IBASIC Echo field 272 IBASIC error messages 272 IBASIC IBASIC Cntrl field 272 IBASIC rese
94. for Sector A Operating Considerations A Pilot Strength Message which includes each detected pilot s PN Offset is sent from the mobile station when a Softer Handoff is executed ended or when the mobile station detects a change in pilot levels that could affect the assignment of pilots to the mobile station s Active Candidate or Neighbor sets refer to the CDMA Mobile Reporting table at the top of the display The actual mobile reported values for PN Offset in the CDMA Mobile Reporting table at the top of the display should exactly match the values for Expected PN Offset See Also Expected Strength field description on page 253 PN Offset Sector A Power field description on page 338 PN Offset Sector B Power field description on page 338 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA MOBILE REPORTED PILOT STRENGTH S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Expected Strength Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields The values displayed in this column are the expected pilot strength numbers the mobile station should be sending to the Test Set based on the current ratio of pilot energy to RF power Changes to the following fields could cause changes to the Expected Strength numbers e Sector A Pilot e Sector B Pilot e Sector A Power e Sector B Power e AWGN Example With Sector A Power on Sector B Power off and AWGN off changes to Sector A Power will not affect expected strength numbers This is because the rela
95. gt lt gt MESSage Example UTPUT 714 CALLP MESS SPC WORD1 O OUTPUT 714 CALLP MESS ER 714 Message Screens Where Field is Present CALL BIT Set Message Choices ACCESS Standard Equivalent Access Type Parameters Global Action Message Message Fields ACT BIS DCC END OHD Parity RSVD T1T2 BSChalCon Standard Equivalent Base Station Challenge Order Confirmation Word Message Fields AUTHBS Parity RSVD1 RSVD2 SCC TIT2 C FILMESS Standard Equivalent Control filler Message Message Fields CMAC DCC F1 F2 F3 F4 OHD Parity RSVD1 RSVD2 TIT2 WFOM S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields EXT PROT Standard Equivalent FCC Mobile Station Control Message Message Fields EF MIN2 MSL MST Parity SCC TIT2 FVCBSCon Standard Equivalent Base Station Challenge Order Confirmation Message Fields AUTHBS Parity RSVD1 RSVD2 TIT2 FVC O Mes Standard Equivalent FVC Mobile Station Control Order Message Message Fields Local Order ORDQ Parity PSCC RSVD SCC T1T2 FVC SSD1 Standard Equivalent First SSD Update Order Word Message Fields Parity RANDSSD 1 RSVD TIT2 FVC SSD2 Standard Equivalent Second SSD Update Order Word Message Fields Parity RANDSSD 2 RSVD TIT2 FVC SSD3 Standard Equivalent Third SSD Update Order Word Message Fields Parity RANDSSD 3 RSVD TIT2 FVCUniqCh St
96. in the User Data field the least significant four bits of the last byte will consist of zeroes S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Data Rate Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields See Also Encoding field description on page 244 User Data ASCII or Hex field description on page 443 Screen s Where Field is Present CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE This field is displayed only when the Traffic Data Mode field is set to Svc Opt 2 or Svc Opt 9 or when the Traffic Data Mode field is set to Svc Opt 1 Sve Opt 3 or SO 32768 andthe Data Type field is set to PRBS It allows the selection of various traffic channel data transmission rates from the Test Set When the Traffic Data Mode field is set to Sve Opt 1 Sve Opt 2 or Svc Opt 3 the following data rates are available Full 9600 bps data rate Half 4800 bps data rate Quarter 2400 bps data rate e Eighth 1200 bps data rate e Random The Test Set will pseudorandomly choose a data rate on a frame by frame basis When the Traffic Data Mode field is set to Sve Opt 9 or Sve Opt 32768 and the Data Type field is set to PRBS the following data rates are available Full 14400 bps data rate Half 7200 bps data rate Quarter 3600 bps data rate e Eighth 1800 bps data rate e Random The Test Set will pseudorandomly choose a data rate on a frame by frame basis GPIB Example CDMA CALL TRAFfic DATA RATE FULL selects full rate
97. instrument s 24 hour clock Example 4 53 PM is entered 16 53 Operating Considerations The internal clock still functions when the instrument is turned off Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE This field setting determines whether the Test Set uses its internal 10 MHz timebase or attempts to detect an external signal on the EXT REF INPUT connector e Auto nt GPIB Example DISP CONF CONFigure TBASe MODE Int displays the CONFIGURE screen and selects the internal timebase Operating Considerations When Auto is selected in this field an indicator below this field will display External if a 1 2 5 or 10 MHz reference has been detected on the rear panel EXT REF INPUT connector If no reference signal is present this indicator will read Internal meaning that the Test Set is currently using its high stability 10 MHz timebase as a reference signal When Int is selected in this field the Test Set uses its high stability 10 MHz timebase as a reference signal and the indicator below this field will display Internal The Test Set does not require a cable or any other type of jumper between the 10 MHz OUTPUT and EXT REF INPUT in order to use its internal timebase Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp Time div Time Offset Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field selects the horizontal sweep time per division Operating Consideration
98. is set to Freq RF analyzer tune frequency sets the center frequency for the RF signal to be analyzed Operating Considerations The Test Set does not perform auto tuning The operator must enter the desired tune frequency or use the Test Set s default RF Display field setting Chan and enter a channel number See Also RF Channel CDMA field description on page 364 and RF Channel analog field description on page 363 Screens Where Field is Present ADJACENT CHANNEL POWER DUPLEX TEST RF ANALYZER TX TEST S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp TX Power CAUTION Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Transmitter Power measures RF power at the RF IN OUT port Operating Considerations Only the RF IN OUT port can be used for measuring TX Power When the Input Port is set to Ant four dashes appear in place of digits for this measurement Use the Spectrum Analyzer to measure low level RF power lt 200 mW at the ANTENNA IN port Connecting a signal of gt 200 mW to the ANTENNA IN port can cause instrument damage although internal protection circuits can typically withstand a short duration signal of 1 or 2 Watts If the overpower circuit is triggered signified by a warning message at the top of the screen remove the signal from the ANTENNA IN port and press the Meas reset key or turn the Test Set off and on to reset it See Also Input Port field description on page 278 TX Pow
99. kHz Deviation TR Power EN Input Port RF Rnl In RFGenl Frea RF In Bnt FM Demod MHz kHz IF Filter Filter 1 AFGeni Lul TA Pur Zero lt 20Hz HPF Zero Filter 2 nY TX Test Block Diagram on page 145 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp To Screen O COMA CALL CNTL amp fnolos CALL CHTL TX Test Block Diagram Input Port RF In Ant ANT IN RF STAGES RF IN High Power Attenuator Tune Mode Auto Manual Tune Freq 150 000000 MHz TX Power Measurement Reference AF Anl In Auto Manual Zero FM Demod e Filter 1 AM Demod e SSB Demod e OHH BE From AUDIO IN O Audio IN e From Radio Interface Radio Int e Rear Panel Mod IN 2 From MIC ACC Q From AM FM Modulators e From AUDIO Out Audio Out De Emphasis Pk Max Auto Manual RMS RMS SQRT2 RK PK PK 2 Pk Max Voltmeter Pk Hold Pk Hold Pk 2Hd Pk MxHd AF Gen1 Freq 1 0000 AUDIO OUT Ext TX Key ON Off AF Gen1 Lvl 50 0 Figure 53 TX TEST Functional Block Diagram IF STAGES 750 us Off Detector Tune Mode Chapter 3 Description of Screens TX TEST Screen IF Filter 230 kHz Filter 2 50Hz LPF Measurements Display Area AF Anl In FM Demod FM Deviation AM Depth SNR MIC ACC 145 Chapter 3 Description of Screens TX TEST Screen 146 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp
100. key After you press the ANS key the Connected annunciator will light When a call is terminated this annunciator will go out When a Service Option or Service Option 9 call is initiated from the Test Set and the mobile station has acquired the traffic channel the mobile station will start ringing During this time bit 4 Alerting in the CDMA condition register will be set When a Service Option 1 or Service Option 9 call is initiated from the mobile station and Manual is selected in the Answer Mode field on the CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION screen a message on the display will prompt you to press the ANS key Until the mobile station is answered bit 4 Alerting in the CDMA condition register will be set GPIB Example DISP CRXT STATus CDMA CONDition queries the CDMA condition register Bit 4 will be set when the mobile station is ringing and Bit 3 will be set when the Connected annunciator is lit call was an swered Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE CDMA AUTHENTICATION This field is used to restart a paused test Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Main Menu Exection Conditions Printer Setup IBASIC Controller S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Cont Single Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field specifies whether the oscilloscope is continuously triggered Cont or if it is only triggered each time Reset is selected Single S
101. measured results If the measured result is below this limit the test will fail Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Pass Fail Limits Lvl CDMA Gated Power 284 This field displays the level at the CDMA gated power measurement marker relative to the measurement s ensemble average output power GPIB Example MEAS GPOWer MARKer LEVel queries the level at the current marker position Operating Considerations CDMA gated power level measurements are generated by the Test Set s DSP The accuracy of the level measurement will match the accuracy of the channel power measurement The resolution of the measurements varies depending on which part of the graph the marker is located on Each display pixel in the higher resolution areas at the rising and falling edges represents 1 DSP sample period or 203 45 nS Display pixels in the lower resolution areas at the middle portion of the signal are 58 DSP sample periods or 11 8 microseconds each See Also Marker Time CDMA Gated Power field description on page 289 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA GATED POWER S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Lvl Open Loop Time Response Main Menu This field displays the level at the open loop time response measurement marker relative to the measurement s O dB point referenced to the mobile station s output level before the test set s output power wa
102. messages that are transmitted on the reverse voice channel make sure that Data is selected in this field then select NData in the Display field Messages generated by signaling events such as when a call is ended by the mobile station will now be decoded and displayed If this field is not set to Data and a call is ended by the mobile station the Test Set will drop the call when it detects that the mobile station is no longer on the call GPIB Example CPRocess NAMPs DSAT MEASure SELect Data commands the analog signaling decoder to decode reverse traffic channel data Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL when NAMPS is selected in the System Type field 241 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Duplex Out Duplicate User Data 242 This field is used to indicate losses or gains between the DUPLEX OUT port and the device under test Enter a positive value to indicate a gain such as an amplifier gain The RF Generator s level is automatically set that amount below what is indicated in the RF Generator s Amplitude field Example if this value is 10 dB and the Amplitude field shows 0 dBm the actual level out this port is 10 dBm The value at the output of the external amplifier should then be at the level indicated in the Amplitude field Enter a negative value to indicate a loss such as cable loss The RF Generator s level is automatically set that amount above wha
103. not be decoded during the autoranging process The same situation can arise when trying to display the first part of the demodulated signal on the Oscilloscope When decoding a signaling sequence using the decoder or when trying to capture the initial modulation waveform of a signal on the Oscilloscope set the upper field to Hold and set the lower field to an appropriate level for the signal being decoded start with 40 dB GPIB Example DISP CSP CSP ATT MODE HOLD displays the CDMA REVERSE CHANNEL SPECTRUM screen and selects attenu ator hold mode Operating Considerations Input Attenuator autoranging can interfere with oscilloscope or signaling decoder operation under certain conditions See Input Atten on page 276 for additional information Maximum signal levels at each port are printed on the front panel This field is displayed on the spectrum analyzer when the Controls field is set to Auxiliary Setting the upper field to Hold prevents the RF autoranging process from interrupting Spectrum Analyzer operation when a signal is first measured This can be helpful when you need to see the signal the instant the source is input but requires you to set the needed amount of input attenuation Range of Values for Hold e OdB e 20dB e 40dB S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Input Gain Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Range of Values for Hold in CDMA SWEPT POWER MEASUREMENT Screen e OdB
104. of Screens CDMA Open Loop Time Response Screen CDMA Open Loop Time Response Screen COMA APEH LEIP TIME RESFORSE Marker ol EN Chale esi cin Qhaedar LDHH Gan Traffic Tratti data Arde EEE Jean Looe Eien Size Ertr A Pur Tias Fess DDEEDEEEM IA den Eal G Figure 22 The CDMA Open Loop Time Response Order Screen 110 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp Chapter 3 Description of Screens CDMA Reverse Channel Spectrum Screen CDMA Reverse Channel Spectrum Screen CIMA REVERSE LSHHHEL SPECTER i Ae 3D tHr Eran 336 2000 Figure 23 The CDMA Reverse Channel Spectrum Screen 111 Chapter 3 Description of Screens CDMA Short Message Service Screen CDMA Short Message Service Screen CORA SHDAT MESSAGE SERVICE ral 5totus Bl Transnittina I Fese Sent Jser data DESCI Arresi Probe C Comacied L1 SAE n Progress COWS det Red 5 Ack Cause Lode Send Esa Alert Basa Hode Traf f Lc ESR Data Rode Briortiv Enceodins ata Tree FIVE duplicate User Dove Echo Deli jris Badr lini AS fatab s Lanvih sb char Page Rate Figure 24 The CDMA Short Message Service Screen The CDMA Short Message Service screen provides fields for entering and sending messages to the mobile station over both the Traffic and Paging channels The Test Set also indicates whether the mobile station acknowledged reception of the message 112 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MA
105. offset RF Generator sets the difference between the instantaneous frequencies of the Tracking Generator and the center frequency of the Spectrum Analyzer Operating Considerations The offset can be a positive or negative value When set to zero the Tracking Generator produces a sweeping signal that matches the Spectrum Analyzer s tune frequency Screens Where Field is Present SPECTRUM ANALYZER 319 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Open Loop Time Response Execute Options 320 This field is displayed on the OPEN LOOP TIME RESPONSE screen when Main is selected in the Controls Open Loop Time Response field on page 212 Selecting this field executes a time response to open loop power control test GPIB Example MEAS CDManalyzer OLTR EXECute executes a time response to open loop power control test Operating Considerations When Execute is selected the Test Set will step its output power up or down depending on the value entered in the Step Size field on page 414 The mobile station s output power as a function of time will be graphically displayed on the OPEN LOOP TIME RESPONSE screen Screens Where Field is Present OPEN LOOP TIME RESPONSE This field is used to enter the instrument s option number or numbers if any Operating Considerations This field may be left blank or otherwise may include other calling name options for example Printer options LN START END
106. or adhered to could result in damage to or destruction of part or all of the product Do not proceed beyond an CAUTION note until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL frntmt fo Safety Considerations for this Instrument WARNING This product is a Safety Class I instrument provided with a protective earthing ground incorporated in the power cord The mains plug shall only be inserted in a socket outlet provided with a protective earth contact Any interruption of the protective conductor inside or outside of the product is likely to make the product dangerous Intentional interruption is prohibited Whenever it is likely that the protection has been impaired the instrument must be made inoperative and be secured against any unintended operation If this instrument is to be energized via an autotransformer for voltage reduction make sure the common terminal is connected to the earth terminal of the power source If this product is not used as specified the protection provided by the equipment could be impaired This product must be used in a normal condition in which all means for protection are intact only No operator serviceable parts in this product Refer servicing to qualified personnel To prevent electrical shock do not remove covers Servicing instructions are for use by qualified personnel only To avoid electrical shock do not perform any servicing unless you are q
107. to reflect any changes made while using the CALL BIT screen There is no coupling between the CALL BIT screen and the Test Set For example changing the value of the SAT color code field SCC in the forward control channel mobile station control message MS IntVCh does not change the setting of the SAT field on the CALL CONTROL screen When using the CALL BIT screen the user is responsible for setting the contents of all messages used in a messaging protocol When using the CALL BIT screen the Call Processing Subsystem sends the correct messages at the correct times as defined in the applicable industry standard Message content is the responsibility of the user When the CALL BIT screen is displayed and the Call Processing Subsystem is in the connected state the Test Set constantly monitors the station s transmitted carrier power If the Power falls below 0 0005 Watts the error message RF Power Loss indicates loss of Voice Channel will be displayed and the Test Set will terminate the call and return to the active state In order to ensure that the Test Set makes the correct decisions regarding the presence of the mobile stations s RF carrier the Test Set s RF power meter should be zeroed before using the Call Processing Subsystem Failure to zero the power meter can result in erroneous RF power measurements The field descriptions for each of the messages are given in the Display Word on page 232 Reading the CALL BIT Screen
108. values If BAND CLASS 0 2 or 3 is selected The Nom Pwr Ext field on page 312 field is removed from the CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION screen and The offset power used to calculate Ideal Mobile Power field on page 273 is set to 73 and The Neighbor List Message is sent on the Paging channel not the Extended Neighbor List Message and The BASE CLASS field in the System Parameters message on the Paging channel is set to 0 Public Macrocellular System If BAND CLASS 1 or 4 is selected The Nom Pwr Ext field on page 312 field is displayed on the CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION screen and The offset power used to calculate Ideal Mobile Power field on page 273 is set to 76 and e The Extended Neighbor List Message is sent on the Paging channel not the Neighbor List Message and the BASE CLASS field in the System Parameters message on the Paging channel is set to 1 Public PCS System S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL Base Freq User Defined The Base Frequency field sets the RF Generator reference for channel 0 zero when the RF Chan Std field is set to USER DEF and the RF Display field is set to Chan Channel frequencies are calculated using the following formula Channel N Base Frequency N Channel Spacing The Base Frequency is calculated using the following formula Base Frequency Cha
109. you to delete a step from the test list at the bottom of the screen Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Order of Tests External Devices This field displays a description of the file chosen in the Select Procedure Filename field Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Main Menu 221 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Detector 222 This field is used to select the type of detector used to measure the amplitude of the audio signal being analyzed by the Audio Frequency Analyzer See AF Analyzer in the GPIB Command Syntax chapter of the E8285A Condensed Programming Reference Guide for programming command syntax Detector Types RMS displays the RMS value of signals RMS SQRT2 displays the RMS value of a signal multiplied by 2 Pk displays the positive peak value Pk displays the negative peak value Pk 2 adds the positive and negative peak values and divides the sum by 2 Pk Max compares the positive and negative peaks and displays the greater value polarity is not indicated Pk Hold displays and holds the positive peak value until the measurement is reset To reset press the Meas reset key select a different detector or re select the same de tector Pk Hold displays and holds the negative peak value until the measurement is reset To reset press the Meas reset key select a different detector or re select the same de tector Pkt 2 Hold divides the sum of the positive and negative peak v
110. 0 00100 W can all be used to represent the same level Screens Where Field is Present SPECTRUM ANALYZER CDMA REVERSE CHANNEL SPECTRUM Ref Level CDMA Swept Power Measurement 356 This field sets the amount of the high value on the 40 dB vertical range of the display GPIB Example CDMA SWEPtpower RLEVel 15 sets the reference level high value Operating Considerations Enter a value here that represents the reference level of the mobile station before it is ramped This will allow the DSP to autorange and capture the trace correctly The selectable range is 35 to 25 dBm The default value is 5 dBm This value is also used to set the input path gain on the Auxiliary menu Input Atten field Screens Where Field is Present CDMA SWEPT POWER MEASUREMENT When the Controls field is set to Main S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Reg Period This field sets the interval for timer based registrations The default value for this field 29 provides registration intervals of approximately 12 seconds Selecting higher numbers increases this interval Table 15 Timer based registration time periods Reg Period field setting Registration Period 29 12 16 30 14 48 331 17 2 32 20 48 38 57 92 62 3707 2 84 167772 16 GPIB Example OUTPUT 714 CDMA CELL CONF TREG PER 29 sets the timer based registration period to 29 Ope
111. 1 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA AUTHENTICATION Authentication Data Table The Authentication Data Table located on the CDMA AUTHENTICATION screen displays pass fail results and authentication parameters associated with the last authentication procedure performed COMA BUTHENTLCRTISH Resialratioe uith Buthent Pidid Resistranipe Tree Pouer u p A dash indicates that no valid table entry is currently available GPIB Example CDMA AUTHenticate DATA queries the CDMA Authentication Data Table 171 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Operating Considerations If the Authen field is O all Parameters displayed will be dashes except for AUTH_MODE which will be 0 When the data that is currently displayed in the Authentication Data Table is queried the returned string consists of 18 numeric values separated by commas Each numeric value occupies a Data Position and the format is shown in the table below NOTE If no data is available in a Data Position 1 is returned Table 6 Reading the Authentication Data Table over GPIB Data Position Data Numeric Value 1 Authentication 1 Registration with Authen Type 2 Page with Authen 3 Origination with Authen 4 Unique Challenge on Paging or Traffic channels 5 SSD Update on Paging or Traffic channels 6 Mobile Data Burst with Authen 2 Overall Test 0 Passed Status 1 Failed 3 Registration 0 Timer Based Type 1 Zone Base
112. 1 0 GHz second 132 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp Chapter 3 Description of Screens TESTS Screens TESTS Screens ps TESTS Iain Renu Plte jelre a pracedure 16 Jagd Select Procedure Filenaae Librarri Prowran lezcrimtical CUSTOMIZE TEST FEOCEDUEE SET UF TEST SET channel TaArerage isa Exerurdos Cong fast Parameters Externe Devices irder at Tests Printer Setur uss Fail Limits BASIC Cntr faverDelete Procedure Figure 41 The TESTS Main Menu Screen Description of the Tests Subsystem The TESTS screens are the also referred to as the Tests Subsystem a group of screens used to create edit and run automated test programs Using program control the Test Set can run radio tests by itself and control other instruments using the GPIB or Serial Port The Agilent Technologies 83217A Mobile Station Test Software is an example this type of operation Tests can be run from memory cards the Test Set s internal ROM or RAM or from an external disk drive Test programs are written in the HP Instrument BASIC IBASIC programming language 133 Chapter 3 Description of Screens TESTS Screens TESTS Main Menu ps TESTS ain Ben Pl ti 381601 pracedura to dead LOAD TEST FROCEDURES geleri Procedure Lacatzani Select Procedure Filenaae Librarri Prosraa Ta Screen lesrrimiire c CONE LUSTEMIZE TEST FESCEDUSE SEP UP TEST EET Channel TA erant isa Ewecutiee Cong lasi Paranmgterz Exte
113. 12 Nom PWE ER S retire ed el edu eal oeste eus M a Sans ae aca 312 NO PKAN it erre hie Ted s Re e o 313 NOrtmalizZe 35 ente dd bn ceci ren ae c RD b SIS ete neces oen 314 Notch Frog ts ml obe lo i tee e ded c dou e Ee Lo oe 315 INO tla Gri m A A RE 315 Notch Coupl 316 Num of Bits 316 IN UMP AGES E E edi ER dedil ped EIL 317 Num Step a 7317 OGNS Sector A BOWeE oett aet ete ele iin OON it 318 QCNS Sector B POWe6t eras A NO ERE REAPER RUE E et teri 319 A e Nite e tide eat io t e edv e ee fet ee ibo elt 319 Open Loop Time Response Exec te 2 etta olaa cad 320 OpUONS cta Re e d ilti ea e eds 320 SEE 321 DAA EE QU RB DUE US EUER EROS e EN EIN 322 Output Atte Hold cata a Le DL Ne a trc Dre dd def 323 Output Heading ta E str 323 Output Port 324 Output dotes 324 325 325 326 Page Rate A RN 326 Pape Send 2 vn bottoni vet ie Ee de ated d e ettet t Sigh fete tede e 327 23 Contents 24 P ge Sent anunci dit ida 328 Paging Sector A Power 328 PA e On 329 Parameter 329 Parm Test Parameters 329 NN 330 P ss WOIds nA M eMe A eth Dd GAA ad i ed viet a ter lo 330 PCMGQGEIA ann eee ii emite HEBR 331 Phone NUM e rete teet eet ca eter ac ete tette dede ee a 331 Pha BITOE OR OO 332 Pilot Sector A POWOE ear ere Pre ra a carae eee ve n ro d Paredes 333 Pilot Sector B POWER 5e ron
114. 14 MEAS AFR DISTN LLIM STAT ENTER 714 Lo state 1 ON O OFF This queries the state of high and low measurement limit checking for the AF Analyzer distortion measurement To Set High and Low Measurement Limits Use the HLIMit VALue and LLIMit VALue commands to set the high and low measurement limit values Syntax HLIMit VALue LLIMit VALue Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS AFR FM HLIM 7 5 KHZ OUTPUT 714 MEAS AFR FM LLIM 2 5 KHZ This sets a high measurement limit of 7 5 kHz and a low measurement limit of 2 5 kHz for the AF Analyzer FM deviation measurement When setting high and low limit values a non Attribute Unit unit of measure must be specified in the command string otherwise the current Attribute Unit is assumed by the Test Set Refer to To Specify Units of Measure for GPIB Data Transfer in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide 41 Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys NOTE NOTE 42 To Set the Display Units for High and Low Measurement Limits Use the HLIMit DUNIts and LLIMit DUNits commands to set the units of measure used to display the high and low measurement limit values Refer to To Specify Units of Measure for CRT Display in the Operating Overview chapter of the ES285A User s Guide for description of display units Syntax HLIMit DUNits disp units LLIMit DUNits disp units
115. 213 DC Current 218 DC Level 219 Distn 236 Ext Load R 256 Filter 1 260 Filter 2 260 FM Coupling 261 functional block diagram 128 Output Port 324 RF Gen Freq 368 RX Test screen 157 SINAD 396 SNR 398 view of 128 RX TX Cntl field 373 Auto 373 Carrier 373 Manual 373 PTT 373 S SO SERIAL PORT connector 77 S1SERIAL PORT connector 78 SA TRIG OUTPUT connector 76 sampling AF counter 155 RF counter 367 SAT color code 374 SAT Deviation AF Analyzer screen 376 Duplex Test screen 376 RF Analyzer screen 376 TX Test screen 376 SAT field analog 375 SAT field CDMA 374 Sat Tol field 377 Save key 54 Save Delete Procedure field 345 Index Index Save Recall field 378 Sc Priority CDMA Cell Site Configuration field 379 scale for oscilloscope 339 SCC SAT color code 374 schematic diagrams See block diagram scientific notation 34 SCM Dual Mode 306 Pwr Class 306 Slot Class 306 Tx Mode 306 SCM field 378 scope horizontal sweep 427 input 122 level markers 287 markers 287 vertical offset 445 Scope To AF Analyzer screen 122 Scope To field 379 screen dump 123 screens printing 123 RX TX screen interactions 373 second word of called address 234 Sector A Power field 380 Sector B Power field 381 Select Procedure Filename field 381 Select Procedure Location field 382 Send Msg CDMA Mobile Reported Pilot Strength field 383 Send Msg field
116. 34 Cancel 34 Cell config 60 Config 60 DATA FUNCTIONS 62 down arrow 57 Duplex 60 EEX 34 End Release 35 Enter 35 Gen control 60 High limit 40 Hold 35 IBASIC reset 35 Increment div 10 36 Increment SET 36 Increment x10 36 K1 K5 39 KT K3 39 Local 40 Low limit 40 Meas reset 44 Meter 45 MS FER 60 MS report 60 No 49 No Ratio W 49 On Off 56 POWER 49 Preset 49 Previous 49 Print 50 Printer 60 Recall 50 Ref set 51 Release 54 RX test analog 60 RX test CDMA 60 Save 54 Shift 55 Spectrum 60 Spectrum analyzer 60 TX range 60 TX test analog 60 Index Index TX test CDMA 60 unit of measure 58 up arrow 57 USER 64 Yes On Off 56 KOR PCS protocol 346 L leakage ACP measurement 362 Length field 282 level ACP 153 AF generator 1 157 oscilloscope 287 referencefor spectrum analyzer 356 spectrum analyzer 289 Level div field 283 Library field 283 Lines Page field 283 load external resistance 151 256 Local key 40 loss between ANT IN and device under test 167 between DUPLEX OUT and device under test 242 between RF IN OUT and device under test 369 370 Low limit key 40 Lower ACP Level field 283 Lower ACP Ratio field 283 Lower Limit field 284 low level RF power measurements 437 LTR800 900 channel standard 365 Lvl marker field 287 Lvl field CDMA Gated Power screen 284 285 M Main spectrum analyzer controls 211 Main
117. 382 Send Word field 383 sensitivity adverse effects on measurements 384 ANT IN 384 modulation input 301 Sensitivity field 384 Segn Order Of Tests field 394 Serial Baud field 384 serial data word bits 214 Serial No field 385 serial number 385 electronic ESN 249 electronic decimal 248 electronic hexadecimal 249 serial number word 233 Serial 9In field 385 Service Option 14 433 Service Option 2 424 Service Option 32768 433 Service Option 6 433 Service Option 9 424 Set Message field 386 Settling field 394 settling time AF measurements 394 Shift key 55 SID field 395 signal noise ratio operation 398 SINAD measurement 156 213 219 236 396 398 measurement amplifier 315 measurement variable notch filter 315 SINAD field 396 Slope CDMA Swept Power Measurement field 396 Slot Class 306 SMS In Progress annunciator 397 SMS Sent annundator Call Status 397 Sngl Step field 397 SNR AF Analyzer screen 398 measurement 156 213 219 236 396 398 operation 398 Soft Slope field 400 Softer Handoff annunciator Call Status 400 Softer Handoff field 399 software running 133 source oscilloscope 379 peak detector 335 span effect on AF analyzer 401 spectrum analyzer 132 Span field 401 speaker ALC 401 disabling 402 volume control 402 Speaker ALC field 401 Speaker Vol field 402 Spec Pass Fail Limits field 402 Spec field 402 specifications setting limits 138 spectrum
118. 4 Audio In Lo 169 Current 213 DC current 218 DC Level 219 De Emp Gain 220 De E mphasis 220 Detector 222 Distn 236 Ext Load R 256 Filter 1 260 Filter 2 260 FM Deviation 262 Freq Error Analog 266 267 functional block diagram 84 Gain Cntl 268 Input Gain 277 Notch Freq 315 Notch Gain 315 Pk Det To 335 Scope To 379 Settling 394 SNR 398 Speaker ALC 401 Speaker Vol 402 TX Power 437 TX Pwr Zero 440 view of 84 AF Analzyer screen SAT Deviation 376 AF Anl In field 155 AF Cnt Gate field 155 AF Freq field 156 157 AF generator 1 level 157 AF generator 2 frequency 158 AF power external load resistance 151 AFGenl Freq field 157 AFGen1 Lvl field 157 AFGenl1 Tofield 158 AFGen2 Freq field 158 AFGen2 Tofield 159 ALC disabling 401 internal speaker 401 Alert CDMA Short Message Service screen 162 All Chans field 162 Alt Pwr Ms Cal Bands field 163 alternate power measurement calibration band field 163 Always Down power control 203 Always Up power control 203 AM Demod AF analyzer input 155 AM Depth field 164 AM input 301 AM Mod AF analyzer input 155 Ampl Error field 164 265 427 amplifier for distortion measurements 315 for SINAD measurements 315 amplitude effects of keying microphone 165 RF generator 165 vertical sensitivity 445 Amplitude CDMA Swept Power Measurement field 166 Amplitude field 165 AMPS channel standard 365 AMPS Cal
119. 5 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp NGHB Fq Ch Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field allows the user to specify the NGHBR FREQ in sending the Extended Neighbor List Message ENLM GPIB Example CDMA CELL CONF NBFR 243 sets the neighbor frequency channel number in the custom neighbor list Operating Considerations Enter the channel number of the neighbor frequency The Test Set compares the channel number with the band specified in the RF Chan Std field on the CDMA CALL CONTROL screen The permissible range of numbers is 1 through 799 The default is 1 The field appears only if the Ext NGBH field is set to On and a valid protocol is selected in the Protocol field The valid protocols are TIA EIA 98 B ARIB 53 J STD 008 Kor PCS Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION 311 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Nom Power Nom Pwr Ext 312 This field allows entry of the nominal transmit power offset NOM_PWR GPIB Example DISP CCON CDMA CELL CONFigure NOMinal POWer 0 sets NOM_PWR to 0 Operating Considerations Nom Power is an adjustment to the mobile station s open loop power level The mobile station obtains this value prior to transmitting as part of the Access Parameters Message Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION This field allows entry of the extended nominal transmit power NOM_PWR_EXT This field is displayed on
120. A 358 Registering annunciator Call Status 360 Registration Type field 170 Registration with Authen Failed message 170 Registration with Authen Passed message 170 Release field 362 Release key 54 Release Time field 361 remote operation mode 300 squelch effects 403 Res BW field 362 reset measurement 44 Reset field 362 resolution bandwidth ACP measurement 362 bandwidth spectrum analyzer 132 oscilloscope 379 reverse control channel message viewing 232 Index 459 Index reverse RF power 324 reverse voice channel message viewing 232 order confirmation message 234 revision number firmware 261 RF Analyzer screen AC Level 151 AF Freq 156 AM Depth 164 Amplitude 165 Auto Zero 177 Current 213 DC Current 218 DC Level 219 Distn 236 FM Deviation 262 Freq Error 266 267 functional block diagram 124 IF Filter 274 Input Atten 276 Input Port 278 Output Port 324 RF Channel 363 RF Cnt Gate 367 Sensitivity 384 SINAD 396 SNR 398 Squelch 403 Tune Freq 436 TX Power 437 TX Pwr Zero 440 view of 124 RF Analzyer screen SAT Deviation 376 RF Anl Freq field CDMA Swept Power Measurement 363 RF Chan Std field 365 RF Channel field analog 363 RF Channel field CDMA 364 RF Cnt Gate field 367 RF counter sampling 367 RF Display field 367 RF Gen Freq field 368 RF Gen Volts field 368 RF generator amplitude 165 frequency 368 output 339 output port 324 RF Ge
121. A OT ERR Sumas oes eae aes 219 De Bmp Gait 3x E RR er erai ai bete ee taa ta e ne n dec OE AER 220 De Bimiphasis c3 xe tote eate asco Mae tetsu ete real bl TT 220 Delete oi RR 220 Delet Ins 221 Delet Stp 221 DeScrptiOn doe de IRURE aaah na caves sere i ate CEA eek e Re e e ete eiue 221 Dd M EUER 222 DI tat sos us cass ades ctm lus mus op nce ales LA DAR SD EM Sa Mee tod KLUB uo A 223 Display ist RO on ndn vod ng mH URS 223 Display Interim Results i ratae e ee dete bt ere d tied tende 231 Display User Mss esis qe ne erteilen edd os a ne 231 Display Wo dis rt p RE e ete eod eei e De OO gs 232 DiSthtu d is cte eot eed e e A i ae e me os 236 Drop TMG tise eyes T 237 Drop mien m Sesh A Bee e tp E nM iu eR EE I Ae 238 DIA Ti sit RP SER AAA Ies 239 DSAT DST hex 240 DSAT Meas p 241 Duplex Qut airea rtt ere pee en ee ri e e dupe cedure deb ab ent i pe ener 242 Duplicate User Data 242 EN da a i luta e M Peru Sot a Med m do E DAS RUN A e Meg otal tay en 243 Echo Delay ne Ite i iHe aei dee PEE UE 243 Encoding A blade dei eie desde teri ete 244 Contents 245 245 246 246 247 248 BSN dec s s ten e chara diee ovi raid cett M eedem o A teu Rf uti a ci eh eve Baa 248 BESN hex dou nnuseiedaun RB REIR 249 ESIN D ad ene Ete ect num i er teh d 249 Execute Handoff 5 tic OE E RP EU EGO A RR UTR eB 250 Exe
122. AL keys chp Keys Address Answer Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys Press and release the Shift key then the Local key to display the GPIB address of the Test Set There is no equivalent GPIB command for the Address key Programming Address The Test Set s GPIB address can be changed through GPIB by using the CONFigure BADDress commands If the Test Set s GPIB address is changed programmatically all future GPIB commands must use the new address Example OUTPUT 714 CONF BADD 15 This sets the Test Set s GPIB address to 15 The Test Set s GPIB address can be queried through GPIB by using the CONFigure BADDress commands Example OUTPUT 714 CONF BADD ENTER 714 Address This queries the Test Set s GPIB address See Also VO Configure Screen on page 119 This key functions only when Answer Mode is set to Manual Pressing this key answers CDMA mode mobile station originated calls by removing the ring back tone from the mobile station s audio path and allowing user conversation or other traffic to be exchanged The Test Set will automatically answer calls if Answer Mode is set to Auto GPIB Example DISP CCNT CDMA CALL ANSW 31 Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys Assign Average NOTE 32 This key is used to assign the User Keys K1 through K5 and KT through K3 Press and release the Shift key then the K4 key to select the Assign function GPIB Example No
123. AL Pil str 35 16 140 PRINT Pilot Ty pilot strength is Str I 150 Keep I VAL Pil_str 52 16 160 PRINT Pilot I keep bit is Keep I 170 IF I lt gt Num_pn THEN 180 Pil_str Pil_str 69 LEN Pil_str Move to next Pilot in the string 190 PRINT 200 END IF 210 EXT I 220 END Table 14 documents the decimal numbers assigned to the Status column states In the previous programming example the variable Stat I will have one of the decimal values from Table 14 written into it for each pilot reported Status States Decimal Pilot Strength Level is above Status 0 None of the settable reference levels Candidate 1 None of the settable reference levels To Drop 2 T_Drop Candidate 3 T_Drop Active 4 T_Add Candidate 5 T_Add To Drop 6 T_Add and T_Drop Candidate 7 T_Add and T_Drop Active 14 T_Add and T_Drop and T_Comp Candidate 15 T_Add and T_Drop and T_Comp Active Screens Where Field is Present CDMA MOBILE REPORTED PILOT STRENGTH 337 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields PN Offset Sector A Power This field allows entry of the PN sequence offset for all Sector A code channels GPIB Example DISP CGEN CDMA CELL ASECtor PNOFfset 0 sets the pilot PN offset index to 0 Operating Considerations The PN offset is relative to the Test Set s even second clock Allowable values include 0 through 511 excluding the PN Offset for Sect
124. ALLP CSYS AMPS OUTPUT 714 CALLP CSYS ENTER 714 System type Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields System Type CDMA to CDMA or CDMA to Analog Handoff This field selects the type of system that the Test Set will attempt to handoff the mobile station to when the field titled Execute Handoff on page 250 is selected GPIB Example CDMA CALL AHANdoff CHANnel STYPe AMPS selects the AMPS system type for a CDMA to analog handoff Operating Considerations If the RF Chan Std field is set to MS AMPS US PCS MS TACS MS JTACS Japan CDMA Kor PCS PO or Kor PCS Pl the available selections are AMPS NAMPS Low NAMPS Mid NAMPS Uppr NAMPS Wide TACS e J STD 008 available only when the Protocol field is set to TSB 74 e TSB 74 available only when the Protocol field is set to J STD 008 TIA EIA 95B available only when the Protocol field is set to TIA EIA 95B e NTACS New available only when the Protocol field is set to ARIB T53 NTACS Wide available only when the Protocol field is set to ARIB T53 e JTACS available only when the Protocol field is set to ARIB T53 If the RF Chan Std field is set to MSL NAMPS MSM NAMPS MSU NAMPS MS ETACS MS NTACS or USER DEF the available selections are AMPS NAMPS Low NAMPS Mid NAMPS Uppr NAMPS Wide e TACS
125. Agilent Technologies E8285A CDMA Mobile Station Test Set Reference Guide Firmware Version A 05 00 and Above Agilent Part Number E8285 90016 Printed in U S A June 2000 Rev C Copyright Agilent Technologies 1999 2000 Notice Information contained in this document is subject to change without notice All Rights Reserved Reproduction adaptation or translation without prior written permission is prohibited except as allowed under the copyright laws This material may be reproduced by or for the U S Government pursuant to the Copyright License under the clause at DFARS 52 227 7013 APR 1988 Agilent Technologies Learning Products Department 24001 E Mission Liberty Lake WA 99019 9599 U S A 2 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL frntmt fo Manufacturer s Declaration This statement is provided to comply with the requirements of the German Sound Emission Directive from 18 January 1991 This product has a sound pressure emission at the operator position lt 70 dB A Sound Pressure Lp lt 70 dB A At Operator Position Normal Operation According to ISO 7779 1988 EN 27779 1991 Type Test Herstellerbescheinigung Diese Information steht im Zusammenhang mit den Anforderungen der Maschinenl rminformationsverordnung vom 18 Januar 1991 Schalldruckpegel Lp 70 dB A Am Arbeitsplatz Normaler Betrieb Nach ISO 7779 1988 EN 27779 1991 Typpr fung Safety Considerations WARNING CA
126. BILE REPORTED PILOT STRENGTH S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp T_Drop Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field allows entry of the pilot drop threshold T DROP GPIB Example DISP CMOB CDMA MOBile TDR 40 sets T DROP to 40 Operating Considerations When the Softer Handoff annunciator is lit Sector A and Sector B are added to the mobile station s Active list If either of these pilot s signal strength falls below T DROP the mobile station starts its handoff drop timer T TDROP If the weaker pilot s signal strength remains below T DROP and the timer expires the mobile station will send a Pilot Strength Measurement message to the Test Set The Test Set will display To Drop in the Status column of the CDMA Mobile Reporting table for the Sector A or Sector B pilot that fell below T Drop identified by PN Offsets See Also T TDrop field description on page 422 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA MOBILE REPORTED PILOT STRENGTH 421 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields T_TDrop Table 18 Test Name 422 This field allows entry of the handoff drop timer s value T_DROP GPIB Example DISP CMOB CDMA MOBile TTDRop 2 sets T TDROP to 2 Operating Considerations When the Softer Handoff annunciator is lit Sector A and Sector B are added to the mobile station s Active list If either of these pilot s signal strength falls below T_DROP the mobile station starts its h
127. CONFIGURE When Timer Reg is On the MSUT will perform periodic timer based registrations with the time period settable in the Reg Period field To observe timer based registrations clear the MS Database field CDMA CALL CONTROL screen or access the CDMA AUTHENTICATION screen and select the Authen Data Clear field See Also Reg Period field description on page 357 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA AUTHENTICATION CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp TM Rho Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field displays the mobile station s measured waveform quality factor Rho Rho can be measured in either of two available modes Traffic Rho Traffic Rho measures Rho when the mobile station is transmitting a reverse traffic channel The Connected annunciator on the CDMA CALL CONTROL screen must be lit e TM Test Mode Rho TM Test Mode Rho measures Rho when the CDMA mobile station is transmitting an unmodulated RF signal short spreading PN sequence only This measurement can only be made on mobile stations with a non industry standard test mode provided by some mobile station manufacturers Refer to the mobile station s service documenta tion for key sequences or bus commands used to put the mobile station in this mode The only code channel output by the Test Set during TM Rho measurements is the pilot channel The pilot channel provides a time reference for the mobile stat
128. CONTROL screen is used to display Decoded data messages received from the mobile station on the reverse control channel or the reverse voice channel If a decoding error occurs the raw data message bits re ceived from the mobile station are displayed in hexadecimal format Modulation quality measurements made on the mobile station s RF carrier while on a voice channel The Display field is used to select the type of mobile station information to be displayed Data Meas is displayed for AMPS measurements NData NMeas is displayed for NAMPS measurements The MODE command is used to Control the Display field for AMPS TACS and JTACS system types The NDMMode command is used to control the Display field for NAMPS system type The MODE query is used to determine the current Display field setting for AMPS TACS and JTACS system types The NDMMode query is used to determine the current Display field setting for NAMPS system type 223 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields 224 Syntax MODE lt gt lt DATA MEAS gt lt gt MODE ode lt gt lt NDATA NMEAS gt lt gt ode Example UTPUT 714 CALLP MODE DATA O OUTPUT 714 CALLP MODE ER 714 ScreenS OUTPUT 714 CALLP NAMP NDMMode NDATA OUTPUT 714 CALLP NAMP NDMMode ER 714 ScreenS Setting the Display field to Data When the Display field is set to Data
129. Current DC only Operating Considerations This is a priority control field Accessing the RX TEST or TX TEST screen overrides any changes made to this field in other screens SNR Operation Selecting SNR turns off the other audio measurements e The RF Generator and AFGen1 must be set up to provide the radio s carrier AFGen1 is automatically turned on and off repeatedly during this measurement AFGen2 must be turned off The radio s receiver s audio output must be connected to the AUDIO IN port set the AF Anl infield to Audio In Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALYZER RX TEST TX TEST DUPLEX TEST RF GENERATOR RF ANALYZER Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Softer Handoff Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field controls softer handoffs GPIB Example CDMA CALL SHAN ON begins a softer handoff Operating Considerations The Connected annunciator in the Call Status field must be lit before a softer handoff can be performed Also Sector B power must be turned on and at a power level that will allow diversity combining the default power levels that are set when the PRESET key is pressed are acceptable When On is selected a handoff direction message is sent to the mobile station to add Sector B to its active set The Softer Handoff annunciator lights until O is selected or the call is terminated Also a Pilot Strength Message is sent from the mobile station when a Sof
130. DE MANUALI fields chp Trig Delay Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields The trigger delay is used to specify the time relationship between the trigger and displayed signal Positive values delay the measurement trigger by a specific period The delayed trigger point is the left edge of the screen Negative values perform a pre trigger function displaying a section of the waveform before the trigger point The trigger point is indicated by small pointers that appear at the top and bottom of the screen Operating Considerations Negative Values The maximum negative delay cannot exceed ten divisions of the current Time Div setting For example if the Time Div field is set to 1 ms the maximum allowed negative delay is 10 ms Larger negative numbers cause an Excessive negative Trig Delay will be truncated message Positive Values For Time Div settings of 50 ms Div and smaller the maximum delay is 400 ms For Time Div settings of 100 ms Div and larger the maximum delay is 3200 ms Resolution For delays of 400 ms and less the resolution is 6 4 ms For delays greater than 400 ms the resolution is 51 2 ms All entries are rounded to the nearest multiple of 6 4 ms or 51 2 ms depending on the delay value Screens Where Field is Present OSCILLOSCOPE 435 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Tune Freq 436 This field is displayed on the screens listed below when the RF Display field on the CONFIGURE screen
131. DMA TRANSMITTER POWER RANGE TEST Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Power Meas Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field provides Average Power zeroing when Average Power is selected and Channel Power calibration when Channel Power is selected Calibrate Refer to the Chan Power field description on page 197 Zero Refer to the Avg Power field description on page 178 GPIB Example CDMA TX POW MEAS Chan Power MEAS CDM CHAN CAL selects and calibrates the Channel Power measurement CDMA TX POW MEAS Avg Power MEAS CDM AVGP ZERO selects and calibrates the Average Power measurement Operating Considerations Power Zero The Power Zero field is displayed when Avg Power is selected in the Avg Power Chan Power field To zero Average Power measurements select Power Zero If the message Zero degraded Reduce generator level for best results appears reduce or use the Yes On Off key to reduce RF Power which is the sum of the Sector A Sector B and AWGN sources See Also Zeroing Average Power Measurements in the Calibrating the Test Set chapter of the E8285A Application Guide Calibrating Channel Power Measurements in the Calibrating the Test Set chapter of the E8285A Application Guide Operating Consideration Calibrate The Calibrate field is displayed when Chan Power is selected in the Avg Power Chan Power field To calibrate Channel Power measurements connect the
132. DUPLEX OUT connector to the RF IN OUT connector and select Calibrate A flashing Unca1 annunciator will be displayed below the Chan Power field when the Channel Power measurement has not been calibrated for the frequency band selected in the RF Chan Std field 341 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Power Step Print All 342 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL CDMA TRANSMITTER POWER RANGE TEST CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE TRANSMITTER TEST This field allows entry of the power increment PWR_STEP GPIB Example DISP CCON CDMA CELL CONFigure STEP POWer 0 sets PWR STEP to 0 Operating Considerations This field specifies the step increase in transmit power between each access probe within an access probe sequence from a mobile station To make power level measurements during an access attempt set the Call Limit field on the CDMA CALL CONTROL screen to Page With Ca11 Limit set to Page the base station s response to access probes is inhibited and the mobile station will continue with an access attempt until its maximum number of access probe sequences has been transmitted See Also Call Limit field description on page 189 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION This field allows you to print the Test Set s screen image Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Channel Information Test Parameters Order of Tests Pass Fail Limits External Devices S agilent e8285
133. ECEIVER TEST DISP CTXR RX test ANALOG RX TEST DISP RX Spectrum CDMA REVSERSE CHANNEL SPECTRUM DISP CSP Spectrum analyzer SPECTRUM ANALYZER DISP SAN SMS CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE DISP CSMS TX range CDMA TRANSMITTER POWER RANGE TEST DISP CTXR TX test CDMA CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE TRANSMITTER TEST DISP CTXT TX test ANALOG TX TEST DISP TX 60 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL keys chp Chapter 1 Description of Keys Non Programmable Front Panel Keys and Functions Non Programmable Front Panel Keys and Functions ON OFF Power Switch VOLUME Control Knob Cursor Control Knob Shift Key Cancel Key Yes On Off Key No Ratio W Key Enter Key Backspace left arrow Key Previous Key Hold Key Help Key Print Key Address Key K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K1 K2 K3 Assign Release USER Keys 61 Chapter 1 Description of Keys DATA FUNCTIONS Keys DATA FUNCTIONS Keys The DATA FUNCTIONS keys can be divided into two groups those which affect measurements Ref set Meter Average High limit and Low limit and those which affect numeric entry fields Increment 10 Increment set Incrementx10 up arrow down arrow For measurements the data functions enable the programmer to change the way measurements are calculated and displayed and provide measurement limit detection For numeric entry fields the data functions enable the programmer to set scale and change the field s increment value Refe
134. Field is Present CDMA GENERATOR CONTROL Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Xmt Pace lof N Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields The transmit pace field is used when transmitting serial data e Xon Xoff lets the receiving device talk to the Test Set to alter the rate of the data being sent None disables the Xon Xoff function This setting is maintained after the instrument is turned off Screens Where Field is Present VO CONFIGURE The 1 of N field instructs the Test Set how many times to send a system parameter overhead message The message contains RAND values RAND_A and RAND_B The RAND values are difficult for phones which do not support authentication to parse This field allows for testing of these phones along with the testing of phones which support authentication by altering the number of times the system parameter message is sent to the mobile station Syntax 00N integer 00N Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH OON 2 OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH OON ENTER 714 Oon set Screens Where Field is Present AUTHENTICATION 447 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields 448 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Index meaning of ACP level measurement 153 meaning of squelch 403 meaning of TX power measurement 153 437 Symbols Clr All 306 RST 49 Numerics 1kHz Tone Data Type 217 10 MHz OUTPUT connecto
135. Fields CC Order The CC Order field is only visible when authentication is set to ON on the AUTHENTICATION screen and the Test Set is in the Active state This field is used to send an order on the forward overhead control channel to the mobile station when authentication is turned on There are two orders available The SSD Update ensures that the data contained in the mobile station and the base station is identical At the completion of the SSD Update process the mobile station and the Test Set will contain identical copies of shared secret data The Unique Challenge order challenges the mobile station s shared secret data through a series of algorithm data output comparisons A successful challenge confirms the validity of a mobile station s shared secret data The CCORder command is used to send an order type mobile station control message to the mobile station The Access annunciator will light momentarily while the Test Set is sending the mobile station control message The query form of the command that is CCORder can be used to determine the last order sent to the mobile station using the CCORder command Syntax CCORder lt gt lt SSD Upd Uniq Ch CCORder Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH CCOR SSD Upd OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH CCOR ENTER 714 Last ord sent Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL Center Freq Analog 192 This field sets th
136. Fields Fields Attack Time 168 See Also Measurement Triggering Process in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide Disarm field description on page 223 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE RECEIVER TEST CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE TRANSMITTER TEST CDMA GATED POWER This field displays the time period between the 20 and 3 dB points of the rising edge of an ensemble average of CDMA RF bursts This field will display a value only after a gated power measurement is made GPIB Example MEAS GPOWer ATTack TIME queries the CDMA gated power attack time Operating Considerations When a mobile station is operating in variable data rate transmission mode the RF power is gated on during randomized 1 25 ms periods During a CDMA Gated Power measurement the mobile station transmits eighth rate data The Test Set analyzes an ensemble of gated on periods referred to as bursts with the number of bursts controlled by the Averages field on page 178 The attack time represents the slope of the rising edge of the RF power which is required to conform to a transmission envelope mask This mask is displayed as a graph on the CDMA Gated Power screen and shows whether the burst is within the limits specified in test standards The Attack Time field provides a convenient way to observe or programmatically query the time period of the burst s rising edge Screens Where Field is Present CDMA GATED P
137. GPIB command See Also Print Configure Screen on page 123 Printing a Screen in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide Recall is used to recall instrument setups saved in save recall registers Programming Recall The GPIB commands REGister RECall are used to select this function programmatically The save recall mass storage device is selected using the Save Recall field on the I O CONFIGURE screen Example OUTPUT 714 REG REC SETUP1 This recalls the instrument state saved in the file SETUPI See Also Saving and Recalling Instrument Setups in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide SAV Save Instrument State in the GPIB Common Commands chapter of the E8285A Condensed Programming Reference Guide RCL Recall Instrument State in the GPIB Common Commands chapter of the ES285A Condensed Programming Reference Guide S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL keys chp Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys Ref set Press and release the Shift key then the Increment 10 key to access the reference set function This function is used to enter or remove a measurement reference for relative AF and RF measurements Programming Ref set The GPIB command REFerence is used to select this data function programmatically To Turn Measurement Reference Points ON and OFF Use the REFerence S TATe boolean commands to turn measurement reference points ON and OFF Th
138. Gen Freq RF Gen Volts 368 This field is displayed on the screens listed below when the RF Display field on the CONFIGURE screen is set to Freq This field sets the RF Generator s or CDMA generator s frequency GPIB Example RFG FREQ 815MHZ sets the RF generator to 815 MHz See Also RF Display field description on page 367 Screens Where Field is Present DUPLEX TEST SPECTRUM ANALYZER When the Controls field is set to RF Gen RX TEST RF GENERATOR CDMA CALL CONTROL CDMA REVERSE CHANNEL SPECTRUM When the Controls field is set to CDMA Gen This field specifies whether you want RF voltages expressed as the voltage across a 50 ohm load or the open circuit voltage emf Operating Considerations This setting affects the RF Generator s and the Tracking Generator s amplitudes Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp RF In RF Level Offset Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field is used to indicate reverse channel path losses or gains between the mobile station and the RF IN OUT port Enter a positive value to indicate a gain such as amplifier gain Enter a negative value to indicate a loss such as cable loss The RF In field is displayed only when RF In is selected in the Input Port field GPIB Example CONF OFL RF IN 1 enters a path loss of 1 dB between the RF IN OUT port input path only and the mobile station
139. IONS Keys unninn e ee S SERE thea MESE ataco Guidelines for Using Measurement Data Functions 15 Contents Guidelines for Using Numeric Entry Field Data Functions essent 63 USER KEYS cen em ie A eh abs 64 Description of Connectors CONE TERREA NDS UEUUE aa ds 67 PANEM 67 AUDIO IN LOW HIGH 2 2 nn A A re rere AI reete tie wa Feci ERU e ERU 68 AUDIO OU aia dd datos 69 AUDMONLTLOR QUIPU cm 69 CELE SITLE PRIGGERS 4 ds teet tet er rre ETAN a Eon ace bie eet Pea aereo AE dere Ree ee e ERES 70 CDMA CLOCK MUX OU EPUT 2 caida 71 COMPOSITE VIDEO LC L EDE 71 DUPLEX OUT 72 EVEN SEC INPUT 72 EXT REF INPUT 73 OPI EL AL A aE 73 MODULATION INPUT ii 74 PAGING CHANNEL EOGGINCGA DES25 oir da bee e ed weder 74 PARXALEEE PORT ect es de a uie nde nip 75 PROTOCOLS RA 252 2 te at eee iaa 75 JEE EN DATO OA E AEE ees b eie teri illa dd iria decididas 76 SASERIG OUR UA UR 76 SERTAL PORT ETT TI SERIAL PORT 10 78 TRAFFIC CHANNEL LOGGING DCS1 gt 719 I6X CHIP OUTPUT a eret tee e E pe debian E e ee e D AL seen EE eve CUR 79 10 MHz OUTPUT 80 Description of Screens Adjacent Channel Power Screen eese ene nennen tenete nter enr rn nennen nenne 82 How the Test Set Measures Adjacent Channel Power ACP essent eterni 83 AR Analyzer Sore tenete e P p rh epi le e einer e ete rete ote bie Eee ag
140. Kor PCS P1 1 to 1300 384 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL 195 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Channel BW Use the channel bandwidth field to specify the bandwidth of the carrier and adjacent channels to be measured See figure 54 T T Tune Frea T T T T E i i UE T l ur E cs OR ELEME M c MMOL nc Lepide 800 030 mhz HT a l B lt 3 adchpwr1 wmf Channel BH gee kHz Pp Ch Offset ie code kHz Figure 54 Relationship Between Tune Freq Ch Offset and Channel BW Fields Screens Where Field is Present ADJACENT CHANNEL POWER 196 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Chan Power Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field allows you to choose the CDMA Channel Power Average Power or Access Probe Power measurements The CDMA Channel Power Measurement can be made on a signal connected to the Test Set s RF IN OUT or ANTENNA IN connector This measurement must be cross calibrated to the Average Power Meter See Calibrating Channel Power Measurements in the Calibrating the Test Set chapter of the E8285A Application Guide An Uncal annunciator will flash below this field when the Channel Power measurement has not been calibrated for the frequency band selected in the RF Chan Std field Avg Power Avg Power Average Power displays the average power measured from all demodulated on power control groups transmitted by the mobile station und
141. L frntmt fo DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY according to ISO IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014 Manufacturer s Name Agilent Technologies Manufacturer s Address Spokane Division 24001 E Mission Avenue Liberty Lake Washington 99019 9599 USA declares that the product Product Name CDMA Mobile Station Test Set Model Number Agilent Technologies E8285A Product Options All conforms to the following Product specifications Safety IEC 61010 1 1990 A1 A2 EN 61010 1 1993 A2 EMC CISPR 11 1990 EN 55011 1991 Group 1 Class A IEC 61000 3 2 1995 EN 61000 3 2 1995 IEC 61000 3 3 1995 EN 61000 3 3 1994 EN 50082 1 1992 IEC 801 2 1991 4kV CD 8kV AD IEC 801 3 1984 3 V m IEC 801 4 1988 0 5 kV Signal Lines 1 kV Power Lines Supplementary Information This product herewith complies with the requirements of the Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC and the EMC Directive 89 336 EEC and carries the CE marking accordingly Wi ARGH Spokane Washington USA June 16 1999 Vince Roland Reliability amp Regulatory Engineering Manager European Contact Your local Agilent Technologies Sales and Service Office or Agilent Technologies GmbH Department ZQ Standards Europe Herrenberger Strasse 130 D 71034 Boblinger Germany FAX449 7031 14 3143 Agilent Technologies E8285A Support Contacts 10 The documentation supplied with your test set is an excellent source of reference applications and service information Please use these manua
142. LL CONTROL This field allows entry of an originating phone s address identified by its phone number which the mobile station will use when acknowledging reception of a SMS message GPIB Example CDMA SMS TERM OADD 1111111 enters 1111111 in the Orig Adar field Operating Considerations Refer to TIA EIA IS 637 for detailed information about the Originating Address parameter in SMS point to point messages Screens Where Field is Present CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp Output Atten Hold Output Heading Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field when set to On prevents the output attenuators in the Test Set from switching in and out avoiding temporary loss of the output signal as the RF Power level is changed On Off GPIB Example REG ATT On holds the output attenuators Operating Considerations Always adjust the RF Power level the sum of Sctr A Pwr Sctr B Pwr and AWGN to the highest power level in the range of values you will be testing before turning Output Atten Hold On If the RF Power is raised or lowered beyond the limits imposed by attenuator settings being held the Test Set will beep and the error message Change RF Gen Amplitude Output Port or Atten Hold if on will be displayed This field is coupled to the Atten Hold field on the analog RX TEST RF GEN and DUPLEX TEST screens Screens Where Field is Present
143. Lfields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Failed annunciator This annunciator is lit when an FER test has failed An FER test fails when the measured FER is greater than the target FER with the specified confidence level according to the criteria established by the confidence level and FER specification Example Failed FER measurement FER Spec set to 1 Confidence set to 95 Measured FER is displayed as 1 4 With the parameters specified above Failed means that the measured value of 1 4 indicates a true FER of greater than 1 with a confidence level of 95 GPIB Example DISP CRXT STATus CDMA CONDition queries the CDMA condition register If bit 9 is set a decimal value of 512 the failed condition is true Max Frames annunciator This annunciator is lit when an FER test terminates by reaching the number of frames entered for maximum frames to test In this case the measured FER neither passed nor failed the FER specification with the specified confidence level within the number of frames entered into the Max Frames field GPIB Example DISP CRXT STATus CDMA CONDition queries the CDMA condition register If bit 8 is set a decimal value of 256 the maximum frames condition is true Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE RECEIVER TEST 425 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Time Configure TimeBase NOTE 426 This field sets the time of day for the
144. Library b finilos Code Location ER TEST Cont js H Pasuwards Figure 47 The TESTS Save Delete Procedure Screen After selecting a test sequence and defining the appropriate specifications parameters frequencies and system configuration you can save all that information as a procedure file for later use This screen is also used to delete procedures 139 Chapter 3 Description of Screens TESTS Screens TESTS Executions Conditions TESTS IExBzuT ioe Conditions Juteut a Fari Jutput Hesdjsa i luteut Resulta Tos ant au If linit Under Test Fails Test Fracedure Run Made EX TEST Butos amp tart Test Procedure an Pousr llps Figure 48 The TESTS Execution Conditions Screen The TESTS Execution Conditions screen determines how tests are run 140 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp Chapter 3 Description of Screens TESTS Screens TESTS External Devices TESTS External Devices Heat Instk Calling Kane Addr TERMES Het pons RETE Print All tele HEN Po Go sis Hen To Seren G DHA EALL CHTL W Realos ee That Confia Exier al Disk Specification TEES a Figure 49 The TESTS External Devices Screen The Tests Subsystem can only access external devices if they have been configured Most external devices use the GPIB port for control A serial printer can be connected to the serial port for printing test results NOTE GPIB Mode The Mode field on the I O CONFIG
145. MA MOBILE REPORTED FER This field displays the called phone number in decimal form received from the mobile station on the reverse control channel when the mobile station originates a call The Called Number field is displayed only when the Display field is set to Data and a reverse control channel message has been decoded when the mobile originates a call See Display field on page 223 for information on how to read measurement results from this field See Also For CDMA calls see MS Database field on page 306 Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Calling Name Call Limit Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields The Calling Name field is used to enter the instrument s function in upper case letters For example PRINTER POWER SUPPLY DATA COLLECTION disk drive and so forth Screens Where Field is Present TESTS External Devices This field is used for measuring access probe power levels Page when a mobile or base originated call is attempted the Test Set will not respond to access probes In this state a call cannot be connected This causes the mobile station to continue with an access attempt until it has completed its prescribed number of access probe sequences None the Test Set will respond to access probes and acquire the reverse traffic channel GPIB Example DISP CCON CDMA CALL LIMit PAGE limits call progress to the paging
146. MMPower EXECute causes the Test Set to execute a Min Max Power measurement Operating Considerations While a mobile station is on a call the mobile station s range of power levels can be obtained by selecting the Execute field under the Min Max Pwr label Before Min Max Power is executed make sure that the Average Power measurement is zeroed and the Channel Power measurement is calibrated Refer to Calibrating the Test Set chapter in the E8285A Application Guide if you do not know how to zero Average Power measurements and calibrate Channel Power measurements The Test Set will measure the mobile station s minimum power first Using a procedure that closely follows the EIA TIA IS 98 test Minimum Controlled Output Power the Test Set sets Sector A power to 35 dBm BW and Traffic E Ior to 7 4 then sends Always Down power control bits to drive the mobile station to its minimum power level A Channel Power measurement is made and the Test Set is returned to closed loop power control mode 297 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Mobile Parm 298 Then to measure maximum power the Test Set sets Sector A power to 104 dBm BW turns the Call Drop Timer Off and sends Always Up power control bits to the mobile station using a procedure similar to the EIA TIA IS 98 test Maximum RF Output Power An Average Power measurement is made and the Test Set is returned to closed loop po
147. MS FER Report Interval 308 MS Report 335 Pilot Sector B Power 333 PN Offset 336 RF Power 371 Sector A Power 380 Sector B Power 381 Softer Handoff 399 Status 410 Strength 416 T Add 420 T Comp 420 T Drop 421 T Tdrop 422 CDMA Reverse Channel Spectrum screen Avg 1 100 313 BWs 187 Center Freq 193 Controls 211 Freq marker 286 Input Atten 276 Lvl marker 287 Marker Pos 289 Marker To 291 NoPk Avg 313 Normalize 314 Output Port RF Gen 324 Pk Hold 313 Ref Level 356 RF Channel 364 368 RF Power 371 Sensitivity 384 Span 401 CDMA Short Mesage Service screen SMS Ack Received 305 CDMA Short M essage Service screen Alert 162 Call Status 190 Data Mode 214 Duplicate User Data 242 Encoding field 244 Enter ASCII Data 245 Enter Hex Data 245 Index Index Length 282 Message Data Mode 295 MS Ack Cause Code 303 MS Database 306 Orig Addr 322 Priority 344 Privacy 345 Send Msg 382 SMS In Progress 397 Svc Opt 14 Traffic Data Mode 433 Svc Opt 6 Traffic Data Mode 433 Traffic Data Mode 433 CDMA Swept Power Measurement screen Amplitude CDMA Swept Power Measurement 166 Controls 212 Grid CDMA Swept Power Measurement 270 Marker Lvl 286 Marker Time CDMA Swept Power Measurement 290 Ref Level CDMA Swept Power Measurement 356 RF Anl Freq CDMA Swept Power Measurement 363 Slope CDMA Swept Power Measurement 396 Status CDMA Swept Pow
148. Menu field 285 manual operation 40 Marker spectrum analyzer controls 211 Marker Lvl field 286 Marker Pos field CDMA Gated Power screen 289 290 CDMA Reverse Channel Spectrum screen 289 Marker Time CDMA Swept Power Measurement field 290 Marker To field scope 291 Marker To field spectrum analyzer 291 markers frequency 286 level 286 287 oscilloscope 291 oscilloscope peak 291 position 289 spectrum analyzer 291 spectrum analyzer center frequency 291 spectrum analyzer peak 291 292 spectrum analyzer reference level 291 time 288 triggering 288 mask type gated power measurement 292 Max EIRP 306 Max Frames annundator Test Status 425 Max Frames field 292 Max Power field 293 Max Req Seq field 294 Max Rsp Seq field 294 Max Slot Cyde Index field 294 Meas Cntl field 295 Meas reset key 44 measurement accuracy gain control for 268 measurement accuracy zeroing for 218 measurement accuracy zeroing power for 440 measurement averaging 32 measurement settling 394 measurement speed ACP measurement 362 measurements aclevel 151 ac level peak detector 335 ACP reference 191 adjacent channel power 82 83 audio frequency 156 213 219 236 396 398 audio power 151 current dc 156 213 219 236 396 398 dclevel 156 213 219 236 396 398 distortion 156 213 219 236 396 398 FM deviation 262 RF power 437 rms potential 151 signal noi
149. Message Fields This section provides programming information on how to read the contents of individual fields in the signaling messages available on the CALL BIT screen The syntactical structure for reading the contents of one or more fields from an individual message is as follows General Syntax CALLP message name gt lt field name gt lt gt lt gt lt additional field gt lt gt 91 Chapter 3 Description of Screens Call Control Screens Table 3 lists the message names used to access each of the signaling messages available on the CALL BIT screen Table 3 CALL BIT Screen Signaling Message Names Message Message Name Message Message Name SPC WORD 1 SPOMI SPOMESSAGEI BSChalCon BSCConfirmation SPC WORD2 SPOM2 SPOMESSAGE2 UniqChOrd UCORder ACCESS ACCess FVC SSDI FVCSSDI REG INC RINCrement FVC SSD2 FVCSSD2 REG ID RIDentify FVC SSD3 FVCSSD3 C FILMESS CFMessage FVCBSCon FVCBSConfirmation MS WORDI MSWord FVCUniqCh FVCUChallenge MSMessOrd MSORder EXT PROT EPFControl EXTP MS IntvcH MSVoice NMS FVC NFVMessage NFVC FVC O Mes FVORder MRI MES MRIMessage NRMI FVC C Mes FV Voice WNHO MES WNHMessage RandChalA RCA NHO MES NHOMessage RandChalB RCB NTCH ASN NTCAMessagelNTCHA RAND SSDI RSSDI NTMS FVC NTFVMessagelNTFVC RAND SSD2 RSSD2 WNTHO MES WNTHOMessage RAND SSD3 RSSD3 NTHO MES NTHOMessage NCH ASN NCAMessage NCHA 92 Example of Querying A Single Field
150. ND DUN DBM OUTPUT 714 MEAS RFR POW MET LEND DUN DBM This sets the high end point and low end point display units of the analog bar graph meter for the TX power measurement to dBm NOTE When querying the Meter data function through GPIB the Test Set always returns numeric values in attribute units regardless of the current display units or GPIB units settings Numeric values are expressed in scientific notation To Query the Meter High End and Low End Point Display Units Use the METer HEND DUNIts and MEter LEND DUNIts commands to query the analog bar graph meter high end point and low end point display units Refer to To Specify Units of Measure for CRT Display in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide for description of display units Syntax METer HEND DUNits METer LEND DUNits Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS RFR POW MET HEND DUN ENTER 714 Met hidisp unit OUTPUT 714 MEAS RFR POW MET LEND DUN ENTER 714 Met_lodisp_unit This queries the high end point and low end point display units of the analog bar graph meter for the TX power measurement NOTE When querying the Meter data function through GPIB the Test Set always returns numeric values in attribute units regardless of the current display units or GPIB units settings Numeric values are expressed in scientific notation See Also
151. NUAL screens chp Chapter 3 Description of Screens CDMA Swept Power Measurement Screen CDMA Swept Power Measurement Screen COMA SWEPT POWER MEASUREMENT Status SWEPT PWR GATED PWR OPEN LOOP it ote ius Ones ea CT ae WP s his 25 50 5 100 merce Controls Swept Pur Ref Level Main ENEIDENEN dBm l Figure 25 The CDMA Swept Power Measurement Screen The CDMA Swept Power Measurement screen provides fields for performing a DSP based power versus time measurement When the measurement is invoked the mobile station is directed to generate an amplitude sweep The Test Set then captures 100 milliseconds of data and displays the results on a screen grid with markers of absolute dBm as a function of time 113 Chapter 3 Description of Screens CDMA Transmitter Power Range Test Screen CDMA Transmitter Power Range Test Screen Figure 26 114 CORA TERWwSHITTES POWER RAWGE TEE fva Fauer ET 5 85 1 Mobile Power vb dba Mobile Fpwar Roda H ji TT Puthut Biten Bild The CDMA Transmitter Power Range Screen S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp Configure Screen Figure 27 Ranae Hold Auta All Hold All Statetfuto Hotch Coupl AFGeni Nonel RFGen Volts BO ohw emt Input Atten Auto Hold 10 dB Display User Mssas Yes No TineBase AutosInt Internal Frame Clock The Configure Screen CONFIGURE RF Display eer
152. OBile MSID Phone Num enters a mode whereby the Test Set uses the Phone Number number entered by the user and ignores phone numbers obtained during registration DISP CCNT CDMA MOBile MSID MIN enters a mode whereby the Test Set uses the MIN number entered by the user and ignores MIN numbers obtained during registration DISP CCNT CDMA MOBile MIN 56789ABCD enters the mobile station s MIN number DISP CCNT CDMA MOBile PHONe NUMBer 1509922075 enters the mobile station s phone number Operating Considerations for MS ID Field When a registration occurs the MS Database field acquires identification values from the mobile station that is currently connected The MS Database field provides a feature at the end of its list of choices called Clr All This feature clears the contents of this data base If you are using MS ID Auto mode clear the MS Database before connecting the mobile station to the Test Set Then when the MS Database gets updated you will know that the MS ID Auto mode has the identification of the mobile station currently under test and you can make a Test Set originated call If the Phone Num MIN or IMSI field is selected the Test Set will use the number currently entered in the selected field for page attempts This mode disallows use of a mobile station under test s identification obtained through registration If an incorrect Phone Num or MIN is entered in these fields and Auto mode is not sele
153. OWER S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp Atten Hold Audio In Lo Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Attenuator hold prevents the fixed RF output attenuators from switching in and out eliminating the loss of the output signal as the level is changed This function is helpful when making squelch measurements Operating Considerations When this function is set to On the RF output level is restricted to a range of 15 dB around the present Amplitude setting Attempting to set an amplitude outside the allowed range results in an error message and beep if the beeper is on RF output level accuracy is greatly degraded outside the allowed range Screens Where Field is Present DUPLEX TEST RF GENERATOR RX TEST This field sets the AUDIO IN LO connector s state Gnd causes the center pin of the connector to be connected directly to chassis ground Float isolates the center pin of the connector from ground providing a floating input to the AF Analyzer 600 To Hi establishes a 600 ohm impedance between the center pins of the AUDIO IN LO and AUDIO IN HI connectors Also the Ext Load R field is removed since the load is now fixed to 600 ohms Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALYZER 169 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Audio Out Authen 170 Audio output coupling selects ac or dc coupling of the AF Generator to the AUDIO OUT connector Operating Considerations This field should be se
154. Ord Standard Equivalent Unique Challenge Order Word Message Fields Parity RANDU SCC TIT2 WNHO MES Standard Equivalent Wide To Narrow Handoff Message Message Fields CHAN CTYP C12 C13 DSCC Parity PSCC RSVD SCC TIT2 VMAC WNTHO MES Standard Equivalent NTACS Wide To Narrow Handoff Message Message Fields CHAN BIT12 CTYP DSCC PSCC RSVD SCC TIT2 VMAC Call Bit Set Message Field Descriptions ACT Global Action Field AUTHBS Output response of the authentication algorithm initiated by the Base Station Challenge order BER Most significant bits of number of allowable bit errors BER LSB Least significant bits of number of allowable bit errors BIS Busy Idle status field BIT12 Bit 12 field C12 Channel number bit 12 set 10 kHz below channel number in CHAN Field C13 Channel number bit 13 set 10 kHz above channel number in CHAN Field CHAN Channel number field Indicates the designated voice channel S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields CMAC Control mobile attenuation field Indicates the mobile station power level associated with reverse control channel CMAX 1 CMAX is the number of access channels in the system CPA Combined paging access field CTYP Channel type indicator DCC This field sets the digital color code DSCC DSAT color code for the new channel Also represents SCC for handoff to a wide analog channel DTX Discontinuous transmission
155. PIB Data Transfer in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide To Query A Measurement Reference Point Use the REFerence VALue commands to query a measurement reference point Syntax REFerence VALue Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS RFR POW REF VAL ENTER 714 Ref val This queries the measurement reference point for the TX power measurement NOTE When querying a measurement reference point through GPIB the Test Set always returns numeric values in attribute units regardless of the current display units or GPIB units settings Numeric values are expressed in scientific notation Refer to To Specify Units of Measure for GPIB Data Transfer in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide 52 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL keys chp Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys To Set Measurement Reference Point Display Units Use the REFerence DUNits commands to set a measurement reference point s display units Refer to To Specify Units of Measure for CRT Display in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide for description of display units Syntax REFerence DUNits disp units Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS RFR POW REF DUN DBM This sets the measurement reference point s display units for the TX power measurement to dBm NOTE When querying a measurement reference point through GPIB the Test Set always returns numeric values in Attribute Units regardless of the current Disp
156. PORT 9 Use SERIAL PORT 9 for connecting the test set to a serial printer Do not use SERIAL PORT 10 e The IBASIC controller sends and receives data to SERIAL PORT 9 using address 9 e 9 pin sub miniature D Pin assignments for this connector are as follows Pin 1 DCD RS 232 Pin 2 RX RS 232 Pin 3 TX RS 232 Pin 4 DTR RS 232 Pin 5 Ground Pin 6 DSR RS 232 Pin 7 RTS RS 232 Pin 8 CTS RS 232 Pin 9 RI RS 232 77 Chapter 2 Description of Connectors Connectors SERIAL PORT 10 This connector is a secondary serial port SERIAL PORT 9 is the primary and is used for serial data exchange with an external device Applications might include controlling a mobile station through a proprietary serial bus entering IBASIC programs or sending test results from the IBASIC controller to a connected controller disk drive or terminal Operating Considerations e You must select Port 10 in the Serial Port field on the I O CONFIGURE screen to define serial communication settings for SERIAL PORT 10 Do not use SERIAL PORT 10 for connecting the test set to a serial printer Use SERIAL PORT 9 e The IBASIC controller sends and receives data to SERIAL PORT 10 using address 10 e 9 pin sub miniature D Pin assignments for this connector are as follows Pin 1 DCD RS 232 Pin 2 RX RS 232 Pin 3 TX RS 232 Pin 4 DTR RS 232 Pin 5 Ground Pin 6 DSR RS 232 Pin 7 RTS RS 232 Pin 8 CTS RS 232 Pin 9 RI RS 232
157. RF Generator Two fields are used e The upper field determines whether the rear panel MODULATION INPUT signal is set for AM or FM modulation of the RF GENERATOR e The lower field sets the modulation sensitivity For instance if FM Vpk is selected for the upper field and you set the lower field to 1 0000 kHz the RF Generator will deviate 1 kHz for every 1 Volt peak at the MODULATION INPUT connector In addition the peak deviation produced by MIC signals will be approximately 1 kHz Screens Where Field is Present RF GENERATOR 301 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields MS Id This field is used to enter the identification number of the mobile station The MS Id field has two fields The content of the lower field is automatically updated upon successful completion of a mobile station registration The upper field is a one of many selection field and is used to select the format for entering the identification number The NMODe command is used to set the upper field Two formats are available Phone Num for entering a 10 digit phone number or MIN2 MIN1 for entering the mobile identification number The lower field is a numeric entry field and is used to enter the identification number in the format selected using the upper field There are two formats which can be used to enter the identification number in the lower field e The identification number can be entered as the 10 digit phone number in decimal i e
158. SMITTER POWER RANGE TEST 293 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Max Req Seq Max Rsp Seq This field allows simultaneous entry of the maximum number of access probe sequences for an access channel request and the maximum number of access probe sequences for an access channel response MAX REQ SEQ or MAX_RSP_SEQ These are separate parameters in the CDMA specification but the Test Set sets both parameters to a single value GPIB Example DISP CCON CDMA CELL CONFigure MAXRegqrspseq 3 sets both parameters to 3 Operating Considerations This field indicates the maximum number of access probe sequences sent by the mobile when the mobile is requesting service Max Req Seq or when the mobile has been paged Max Rsp Seq If the Call Limit field on the CDMA Call Site Configuration screen is set to Page the mobile station will transmit the number of access probe sequences entered in this field Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION Max Slot Cycle Index NOTE 294 Max Slot Cycle Index allows you to set the slot cycle used by the Test Set to page a mobile station It is set by integer values which correspond to time using the following formula T 1 28 x 2 seconds where i has integer values from 0 to 7 0 is default The Test Set will use the lesser of the value entered in this field and the slot cycle index of the mobile station when the MS ID field is set to Auto mode and the mob
159. Selecting this field displays the TESTS IBASIC Controller screen Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Main Menu 272 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp Ideal Mobile Power Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field displays the power level that a mobile station on a call should be transmitting to the Test Set The value displayed for Ideal Mobile Power should closely match the measured value for Average or Channel Power providing the following conditions are met The Average Power measurement is zeroed if you are making an Average Power measurement The Channel Power measurement is calibrated if you are making a Channel Power measurement The Closed Loop Pwr Cntl field mode is set to Closed Loop e Path loss has been accounted for by turning on the RF Level Offset field e No additional signals such as external interference are being received by the mobile station The noise figure of the mobile station receiver is 10 dB or greater Ideal Mobile Power is a calculated value based on equations found in the applicable TIA EIA standard under Estimated Open Loop Output Power GPIB Example DISP CCNT CDMA MOB POW IDEA queries the Ideal Mobile Power field Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL CDMA TRANSMITTER POWER RANGE TEST 273 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields IF Filter This field selects the desired IF filter bandwidth for modulated signals being analy
160. T Traffic Sector B Power 432 This field allows the entry of Sector B traffic E I the energy per PN chip for the forward traffic channel level relative to the total sector power The Walsh code can also be specified for the traffic channel GPIB Example DISP CGEN CDMA CE E BSECtor TRAFfic POWer 16 sets Sector B s pilot power to 16 dB DISP CGEN CDMA CELL BSECtor TRAFfic WALSh 8 sets the Walsh cover for Sector B s traffic channel to 8 Operating Considerations As the traffic level is varied OCNS is automatically adjusted so that the total power levels of pilot traffic and OCNS add up to Sector B power Ior Screens Where Field is Present CDMA GENERATOR CONTROL S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Traffic Data Mode Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field selects the desired service option Rate set 2 refers to vocoders that operate at 14 4 kips full rate e Svc Opt 1 normal traffic e Sve Opt 2 data loopback e Svc Opt 3 service redirection e Svc Opt 6 short message service for rate set 1 e Sve Opt 9 data loopback for rate set 2 vocoders displayed when the Protocol field is set to TSB 74 or J STD 008 e Svc Opt 14 short message service for rate set 2 Sve Opt 32768 normal traffic for rate set 2 vocoders displayed when the Protocol field is set to TSB 74 or J STD 008 GPIB Example DISP CCNT CDMA CALL TRAFfic DATA MODE
161. T 714 CALLP NMOD ER 714 Number_mode Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL MS Ack Cause Code This field displays the value of the cause code if the mobile station sent one GPIB Example CDMA SMS TERM DATA CCOD VAL queries the MS Ack Cause Code field An integer value is returned or an integer value of 1 is returned if no value is present CDMA SMS TERM DATA CCOD DESC queries the MS Ack Cause Code field A text string description of the MS Ack Cause Code is returned Operating Considerations The MS Ack Cause Code field displays an integer and the integer represents one of the following text messages 303 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Table 13 Integers and Text Messages Integer Value Displayed in MS Ack Text Message Cause Code Field no value displayed blank field 32 No page response 33 Destination busy 34 No acknowledgment 35 Destination resource shortage 36 SMS delivery postponed 37 Destination out of service 38 Destination not at this address 39 Other terminal problem 96 Encoding problem 97 SMS origination denied 98 SMS termination denied 99 Service not supported 100 SMS not supported 102 Missing expected parameter 103 Missing mandatory parameter 104 Unrecognized parameter value 15 Unexpected parameter value 106 User Data size error 107 Other general proble
162. TENNA IN VOLUME Max power 2 5W O L J Max power 60 mW Agilent Technologies E8285A Front Panel AUDIO OUT Max 12V peak MODULATION INPUT EVEN SEC INPUT COMPOSITE VIDEO E CELLSITE TRIGGERS Cu PROTOCOL SERIAL Figure 3 66 EXT REF INPUT AUD MONITOR OUTPUT TRAFFIC CHANNEL LOGGING DCS1 Gu PAGING CHANNEL LOGGING DCS2 10 MHz OUTPUT CDMA CLOCK MUX OUTPUT SATRIG OUTPUT Ee PARALLEL PORT SERIAL PORT 9 e SERIAL PORT 10 pm HP IB Mg 16X CHIP OUTPUT Agilent Technologies E8285A Rear Panel S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL connectr chp AUDIO IN 8285bck eps Chapter 2 Description of Connectors Connectors Connectors ANTENNA IN CAUTION The antenna input is used to analyze low power RF signals lt 200 mW and is typically used for off the air measurements This port can be selected in the CONFIGURE CDMA REVERSE CHANNEL SPECTRUM analog TX TEST DUPLEX TEST RF ANALYZER or SPECTRUM ANALYZER screens Operating Considerations e BNC Input impedance 50Q e TX Power cannot be measured using this port use the RF IN OUT port However low power levels can be measured using this port with the spectrum analyzer e Additional sensitivity for this port is available using the Sensitivity field in the analog RF ANALYZER and SPECTRUM ANALYZER screens Connecting a s
163. TESTS IBASIC Controller CMAX The cMax field sets the number of access channels in the system This will determine how many channels must be scanned by the mobile station when trying to access the Test Set The value of this field will affect the time required for the mobile station to connect with the Test Set The CMA Ximum command is used to control this field The CMAX field is an immediate action field That is whenever the CMAXimum command is sent the change is reflected immediately in the appropriate signaling message s being sent on the forward control channel No change occurs to the current state i e Active Register Page Access Connect of the Call Processing Subsystem The query form of the command that is CMAXimum can be used to determine the current control channel setting Syntax CMAXimum integer number CMAXimum Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP CMAX 21 OUTPUT 714 CALLP CMAX ENTER 714 Num acc chans Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONFIGURE 204 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Cntl Chan The Cntl Channel field is an immediate action field That is whenever the CCHannel command is sent the change is reflected immediately in the physical configuration of the Test Set the control channel is immediately deactivated reconfigured and then reactivated to reflect the change and causes an immediate change to the current state of the Call Processing
164. URE screen must be set to Control to access connected GPIB instruments 141 Chapter 3 Description of Screens TESTS Screens TESTS Printer Setup TESTE iPriptar Estuel TE lus put Bezultz Tol EUnnm ECT Jurbut Resulta Fort METUIT duiput Hardina j N a q To Screen f O DHA PRIHT SETUP PAGE COHTEILI CALL CHTL Made Lines Ponr oalon DC CENE Printer Porti FF at Snarti CPF Conf is P tt Ends E NEN EFEC Figure 50 The TESTS Printer Setup Screen The TESTS Printer Setup screen determines how tests are run 142 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp Chapter 3 Description of Screens TESTS Screens TESTS IBASIC Controller TESTS ITESSIC Controller EET EE Te ereen O CORA P Aneles Figure 51 The TESTS IBASIC Controller Screen The IBASIC controller is used to run IBASIC programs This screen is also used as a stand alone IBASIC computer See the Instrument BASIC documentation for information about writing your own tests for the Test Set If you need to perform a simple IBASIC operation such as a SAVE or GET function you can enter commands one at a time To do this access the TESTS BASIC Controller screen and use the knob to enter commands 143 Chapter 3 Description of Screens TX TEST Screen TX TEST Screen Figure 52 144 TR Pur Meas The TX Test Screen De Enphasis 750 us Off Detector TX TEST
165. UTION 4 Ib ANS GENERAL This product and related documentation must be reviewed for familiarization with safety markings and instructions before operation This product has been designed and tested in accordance with JEC Publication 1010 Safety Requirements for Electronic Measuring Apparatus and has been supplied in a safe condition This instruction documentation contains information and warnings which must be followed by the user to ensure safe operation and to maintain the product in a safe condition SAFETY EARTH GROUND A uninterruptible safety earth ground must be provided from the main power source to the product input wiring terminals power cord or supplied power cord set CHASSIS GROUND TERMINAL To prevent a potential shock hazard always connect the rear panel chassis ground terminal to earth ground when operating this instrument from a dc power source SAFETY SYMBOLS Indicates instrument damage can occur if indicated operating limits are exceeded Indicates hazardous voltages Indicates earth ground terminal A WARNING note denotes a hazard It calls attention to a procedure practice or the like which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in personal injury Do not proceed beyond a WARNING sign until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met A CAUTION note denotes a hazard It calls attention to an operation procedure practice or the like which if not correctly performed
166. Wer MARKer TIME O0 positions the marker at 0 microseconds MEAS GPOWer MARKer LEVel queries the gated power ensemble average level at the current marker position Operating Considerations The position is settable in units of microseconds Screens Where Field is Present CDMA GATED POWER 289 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Marker Time Open Loop Time Response This field is displayed when the Controls field on the OPEN LOOP TIME RESPONSE screen is set to Display This field sets the marker s position in milliseconds referenced to the time alignment of the step change in the Test Set s output power GPIB Example CDMA OLTR MARKer TIME 0 positions the marker at 0 milliseconds MEASure OLTR MARKer LEVel queries the power level of the last time response to open loop power control test at the current marker position Operating Considerations The position is settable in units of milliseconds Screens Where Field is Present OPEN LOOP TIME RESPONSE Marker Time CDMA Swept Power Measurement 290 This field sets the position of the measurement marker on the display GPIB Example CDMA SWEPtpower MARKer TIME 30 0 sets the marker position at 30 milliseconds Operating Considerations Adjust the position of the marker on the display as appropriate This field allows adjustment of the marker position over the full range of the trace which is from 0 0 m
167. Where is the number of lines on each page Where START causes a form feed at the start of each printout Where END causes a form feed at the end of each printout Data collection options NN Where NN is the number of records file size for the mass storage location where data will be collected on disk or memory card The default record size is 80 Screens Where Field is Present TESTS External Devices S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Order Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field is used to send an order type mobile station control message on the forward voice channel to the mobile station The orders available are Change Power to Power Level 0 7 Maintenance put the mobile station in maintenance mode e Alert alert the mobile station e MRI mobile reported interference request NAMPS system type only The ORDER field is updated with two separate GPIB commands depending on the selected system type The commands are ORDER for system types AMPS TACS AND JTACS This command is used to send an order type mobile station control message to the mobile station The Access annunciator will light momentarily while the Test Set is sending the mobile station control message A mobile station must be actively connected on a voice channel to the Test Set that is the Connect annunciator lit before attempting to send an order to a mobile station The query form of the command that is ORDer
168. X TEST RX TEST TX TEST RF GENERATOR RF ANALYZER 219 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields De Emp Gain De Emphasis Delete Ch 220 De emphasis gain displays and selects the desired AF analyzer de emphasis amplifier gain See Also Gain Cnt1 field description on page 268 Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALYZER This field is used to select or bypass the 750 uSec de emphasis filter network used to condition the audio signal before being analyzed by the Audio Frequency Analyzer See AF Analyzer in the GPIB Command Syntax chapter of the ES285A Condensed Programming Reference Guide for programming command syntax Operating Considerations This is a priority control field Accessing the RX TEST or TX TEST screen overrides any changes made to this field in other screens Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALYZER ANALOG MEAS DUPLEX TEST TX TEST This field allows you to delete a channel from the frequency table at the bottom of the screen Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Channel Information S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Delet Ins Delet Stp Description Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field allows you to delete an instrument from the list at the bottom of the screen Use the knob up arrow or down arrow key to select the step where you want to delete an instrument Screens Where Field is Present TESTS External Devices This field allows
169. a Mode is setto Svc Opt 1 Sve Opt 3 or 32768 e PRBS a pseudorandom bit sequence e Echo a reformatted and returned traffic packet originated by the MSUT received and reformatted by the Test Set then returned to the MSUT 1 kHz Tone amathematically generated 1 KHz sine wave fed through a voice coder by simulation software e 400Hz a vocoded 400 Hz tone sent as the forward traffic data e Chirp a vocoded chirp with a duration of approximately 3 seconds sent on the forward traffic channel The Chirp repeats after about 0 5 seconds delay GPIB Example CDMA CALL TRAFfic DATA TYPE PRBS selects PRBS Operating Considerations The 1 kHz Tone 400 Hz and audio Chirp require the mobile station to have an IS 96 A vocoder Some mobile stations will distort the 1 kHz tone after a few seconds Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL CDMA TRANSMITTER POWER RANGE TEST CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE RECEIVER TEST CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE TRANSMITTER TEST CDMA AUTHENTICATION 217 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Date DC Current NOTE 218 This field specifies the current date for the internal clock The date can be read by a controller using GPIB and printed on test results The format is MMDDYY Month Day Year using two digits for each term When entering months January through September 01 09 the leading zero is not displayed when entered Example May 5 1993 is entered as 050593 b
170. a cabinet the convection into and out of the product must not be restricted The ambient temperature outside the cabinet must be less than the maximum operating temperature of the product by 4 C for every 100 watts dissipated in the cabinet If the total power dissipated in the cabinet is greater than 800 watts then forced convection must be used CE the CE mark is a registered trademark of the European Community A CE mark accompanied by a year indicated the year the design was proven CSA the CSA mark is a registered trademark of the Canadian Standards Association S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL frntmt fo Agilent Technologies Warranty Statement for Commercial Products Agilent Technologies E8285A CDMA Mobile Station Test Set Duration of 1 Agilent Technologies warrants Agilent Technologies hardware accessories and Warranty 1 year supplies against defects in materials and workmanship for the period specified above If Agilent Technologies receives notice of such defects during the warranty period Agilent Technologies will at its option either repair or replace products which prove to be defective Replacement products may be either new or like new 2 Agilent Technologies warrants that Agilent Technologies software will not fail to exe cute its programming instructions for the period specified above due to defects in ma terial and workmanship when properly installed and used If Agilent Technologies receives notice
171. active The Test Set may still be outputting a modulated RF carrier but the Test Set s firmware is not active and no communication can occur between a mobile station and the Test Set The Active annunciator is not programmable Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL CALL BIT CALL DATA This field selects the format for displaying upper and lower adjacent channel power levels Ratio displays the power levels relative to the power around the center frequency Tune Freq Levels can be displayed in dB or as a percentage Level displays the absolute power levels in mW W dBm V mV and dBmV Operating Considerations TX Power and ACP Level can only be measured through the RF IN OUT port Four dashes are displayed for these measurements when the Input Port is set to Ant ANTENNA IN ACP Ratio can be measured on either the ANTENNA IN or RF IN OUT port For more information refer to How the Test Set Measures Adjacent Channel Power ACP on page 83 Screens Where Field is Present ADJACENT CHANNEL POWER 153 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Add Intcpt Addr 154 This field is used to enter the parameter ADD_INTERCEPT Refer to ANSI TIA EIA 95 B for additional details This field is displayed only when TIA EIA 95B is selected in the Protocol field on page 346 GPIB Example DISP CMOB CDMA MOB PARM IADD 8 enters 6 in the Add Intcpt field Operating Considerations This fiel
172. age 268 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp Num Pages Num Step Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field allows entry of the number of page attempts the Test Set will perform when a call is made from the Test Set The power up or preset default value is one page attempt GPIB Example CDMA CELL CONF NPAG 2 sets the Num Pages field to two Operating Considerations Multiple pages two or three should only be selected when testing non slotted mode mobile stations If multiple pages are selected when testing a slotted mode mobile station connect time could take minutes Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION This field allows entry of the number of power steps in an access probe sequence NUM STEP GPIB Example DISP CCON CDMA CELL CONFigure NUMStep O sets NUM STEP to 0 Operating Considerations This field allows the Test Set to set the maximum number of access probes the mobile station under test will transmit in each access probe sequence The number of probes transmitted will be NUM STEP Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION 317 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields OCNS Sector A Power This field displays OCNS Orthogonal Channel Noise Simulator The Walsh code can be specified for OCNS but OCNS power is not settable GPIB Example DISP CGEN CDMA CE kd ASECtor ORTHogonal POWer queries the relat
173. ally set to FM and the lower field set to the desired FM deviation in kHz The output level is the peak value for each tone pair regardless of the Twist and Pre Emp settings Operating Considerations This is a priority control field Accessing the RX TEST or TX TEST screen overrides any changes made to this field in other screens Screens Where Field is Present RF GENERATOR RX TEST 159 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields A_Key 160 Manually this field is used to enter the mobile station s A_key into the Test Set The user must obtain a valid A_Key from the mobile station s manufacturer service provider or must generate a valid A_key to test authentication procedures otherwise the authentication process will fail Entering an A_key Directly into the Test Set The AKEY command is used to enter an A_key into the Test Set The query form of the command that is AKEY can be used to determine the Test Set s current A_key value The length of the returned value requires declaring the variable length at 26 This command does not return the mobile station s current A_key Syntax AKEY 26 CHARACTER A key AKEY Example DIM Akey set 27 OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH AKEY 12345678901234567890123456 OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH AKEY ENTER 714 Akey set Generating a New A key The Generate command is only available through the remote user
174. alues by 2 and dis plays the value until the measurement is reset To reset press the Meas reset key select a different detector or re select the same detector Pk Mx Holdcompares the positive and negative peaks and displays the greater value until the measurement is reset To reset press the Meas reset key select a different de tector or re select the same detector Operating Considerations This is a priority control field Accessing the RX TEST or TX TEST screen overrides any changes made to this field in other screens Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALYZER ANALOG MEAS CALL CONFIGURE DUPLEX TEST TX TEST S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp Disarm Display Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field stops a measurement in progress It is only displayed when the Meas Cnt1 field is set to Single This field is not updated to show the Meas Cntl mode when the Test Set is operated remotely GPIB Example DISP CRXT TRIGger ASTate DISARM stops a measurement in progress Operating Considerations The DISARM command does not prevent subsequent measurements from being triggered when the Test Set is in repetitive triggering mode If Disarmis selected with no measurement in progress it will have no effect on the display Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE RECEIVER TEST CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE TRANSMITTER TEST CDMA GATED POWER The top right hand portion of the CALL
175. an SMS message acknowledgment from the mobile station See MS Ack Revd annunciator field on page 305 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Send Msg CDMA Swept Power Measurement Send Word This field allows the user to specify whether a Pilot Measurement Request Order PMRO Extended Handoff Direction Message EHDM with One Pilot Record EHDM with Two Pilot Records or none of the above is to be sent on the Forward Traffic Channel GPIB Example CDMA MOB SNDM ExtHoDP1P2 determines if a message will be sent and if so the format of the message Operating Considerations Select among the following to specify the message or messages Null No message PltMeasReqO PMRO ExtHoDP1 EHDM with PNI ExtHoDP1P2 EHDM with PN1 and PN2 The default selection is Nu11 The ExtHoDP1 and ExtHoDP1P2 fields appear only if a valid protocol is selected in the Protocol field The valid protocols are TIA EIA 98 B ARIB 53 J STD 008 Kor PCS TSB 74 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA MOBILE REPORTED PILOT STRENGTH The Send Word field is an immediate action field The current word in the Set Message field is immediately sent to the mobile station The Send Word command is only intended for use with MSMessOrd and does not provide any method for controlling the timing of the word sent to the mobile station
176. and software No Pk Avg means that peak hold and video averaging are off GPIB Example DISP CSP CSP TRACE MHOLD No Pk Avg e Pk Hold means that peak hold is on GPIB Example DISP CSP CSP TRACE MHOLD Pk Hold Avg n enables video averaging over n measurements where n 1 2 3 4 5 10 20 50 or 100 GPIB Example DISP CSP CSP TRACE MHOLD Avg 1 e Off means that peak hold and video averaging are off GPIB Example DISP CSP CSP TRACE MHOLD Off Operating Considerations After capturing the desired signal you can use the HOLD function press and release the SHIFT key then the Meas reset key to prevent additional signals from building up on the display Screens Where Field is Present CDMA REVERSE CHANNEL SPECTRUM SPECTRUM ANALYZER 313 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Normalize This field is displayed when the Controls field is set to Auxiliary This area performs three display operations e Save B saves the currently displayed trace for the A B operation A only provides a continuously updated display the normal mode of operation e A B displays the difference between the trace saved using Save B and the currently displayed trace The comparison can yield either losses or gains in amplitude GPIB Example DISP CSP CSP TRACE NORM A only Operating Considerations The A B function works correctly only if the Center Frequency and Span settings are the same fo
177. and_val Screens Where Field is Present AUTHENTICATION RANDSSD 2 The RAND SSD2 command is used to control this field The query form that is RAND SSD2 can be used to query the current field value Syntax RAND SSD2 RAND SSD2 Example UTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH RAND SSD2 4F5A55 O OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH RAND SSD2 ER 714 Rand val Screens Where Field is Present AUTHENTICATION 352 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp RANDSSD 3 RAND U Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields RANDSSD 3 is the 8 least significant bits of the random number issued by the base station in the SSD Update Order RANDSSD 3 is entered as a 2 digit hexadecimal value The RAND SSD3 command is used to control this field The query form that is RAND SSD3 can be used to query the current field value Syntax RAND SSD3 RAND 58D3 Example UTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH RAND SSD3 4F Oo OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH RAND SSD3 ER 714 Rand_val Screens Where Field is Present AUTHENTICATION RAND U is the 24 bit random number issued by the base station in the Unique Challenge Order RAND U is entered as a 6 digit hexadecimal value RAND U is user definable The RAND U command is used to control this field The query form that is RAND U can be used to query the current field value Syntax RAND U lt
178. andard Equivalent Unique Challenge Order Word Message Fields Parity RANDU RSVD T1T2 FVC V Mes Standard Equivalent FVC Mobile Station Control Voice Message Message Fields CHAN Parity PSCC RSVD SCC TIT2 VMAC 387 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields MRI MES Standard Equivalent MRI Parameter Message Message Fields BER BER LSB DSCC EF OE ORDER ORDQ Parity PDSCC RSSL T1T2 MS InVCh Standard Equivalent FCC Mobile Station Control Message Extended Address Word Message Fields CHAN MIN2 Parity SCC TIT2 VMAC MSMessOrd Standard Equivalent FCC Mobile Station Control Message Extended Address Word Message Fields Local MIN2 ORDER ORDQ Parity RSVD SCC TIT2 MS WORDI Standard Equivalent FCC Mobile Station Control Message Abbreviated Address Word Message Fields DCC MINI Parity TIT2 NCH ASN Standard Equivalent FCC Narrow Channel Assignment Message Message Fields CHAN C12 C13 DSCC Parity RSVD TIT2 VMAC NHO MES Standard Equivalent Narrow Handoff Message Message Fields CHAN CTYP C12 C13 DSCC OE Parity PDSCC RSVD TIT2 VMAC NMS FVC Standard Equivalent FVC Mobile Station Control Message Message Fields DSCC EF LOCAL ORDER ORDQ Parity PDSCC RSVD TIT2 NTCH ASN Standard Equivalent FCC TACS Narrow Channel Assignment Message Message Fields BIT12 CHAN CTYPE DSCC RSVD TIT2 VMAC 388 Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields NTHO
179. andoff drop timer T_TDROP If the weaker pilot s signal strength remains below T_DROP and the timer expires the mobile station will send a Pilot Strength Measurement message to the Test Set The Test Set will display To Drop in the Status column of the CDMA Mobile Reporting table for the Sector A or Sector B pilot that fell below T_Drop identified by PN Offsets Refer to table 18 Handoff Drop Timer Expiration Values Timer Timer T_TDROP Expiration T_TDROP Expiration seconds seconds See Also T_Drop field description on page 421 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA MOBILE REPORTED PILOT STRENGTH This field displays the names of the tests available from the software package or program currently selected As you turn the knob the Test Name for the corresponding step appears above the test s Description Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Order of Tests S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Test Procedure Run Mode Test Status This field selects how the test will be run The underlined entry is the active choice Continuous runs the tests in the test sequence one after another without stopping Testing pauses only if the operator is required to interact with the UUT or Test Set In teractions such as changing UUT channels and setting squelch and audio levels cause testing to pause Selecting Stop in the If Unit Under Test Fails
180. annel The Page annunciator is not programmable The state of the Page annunciator is reflected in the Call Processing Status Register Group Condition Register bit 3 See Call Processing Status Register Goup in the Status Reporting chapter of the E8285A User s Guide for further information Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL CALL DATA This field sets the modulation data rate for the forward paging channel The quarter 2400 and eighth 1200 rates are not allowed on the paging channel e Full 9600 bps Half 4800 bps GPIB Example DISP CCON CDMA CELL CONFigure PAGE RATE FULL sets the Page Rate field to full Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp Page Send Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field is used to specify the message s to be sent on the paging channel GPIB Example CDMA CELL CONF PAGE SNDMode AO AK GP specifies the message s to be sent Operating Considerations Select among the following to specify the message or messages None Only overhead message sent AO AK Audit Order message requiring AcKnowledgement AO NA Audit Order message Not requiring Acknowledgement GP General Page message AO AK GP Audit Order message requiring AcKnowledgement plus General Page message AO NA GP Audit Order message Not requiring Acknowledgement plus General Pag
181. annel number call processing 205 Controls field CDMA gated power 211 212 Controls field CDMA Swept Power Measurement 212 Controls field oscilloscope 213 Controls field spectrum analyzer 213 counter AF 155 RF 367 country code 206 coupling ac 170 261 dc 122 170 261 notch frequency 316 current measurement dc 156 213 219 236 396 398 Current field 213 customer support Agilent Technologies 10 D dashes meaning of ACP level measurement 153 meaning of squelch 403 meaning of TX power measurement 153 437 Data Length field 214 data loopback Service Option 2 433 Service Option 32768 433 Data Mode CDMA Short Message Service screen 214 Data Rate field 215 Eighth 215 Full 215 Half 215 Quarter 215 Random 215 Data Spec field 216 Data Type field 217 1kHz Tone 217 400Hz 217 Chirp 217 454 Echo 217 PRBS 217 Data M eas field Display 223 Date field 218 dc coupling 122 input 261 output 170 dc current zeroing measurement offset 218 DC Current field 218 dc level measurement 156 213 219 236 396 398 DC Level field 219 DCFM 261 decoder input attenuator 269 276 squelch effects 403 De E mp Gain field 220 de emphasis bypassing 220 gain 220 selecting 220 De E mphasis field 220 Delet Ins field 221 Delet Stp field 221 Delete Ch field 220 Description field 221 detector peak 222 335 rms 222 selecting 222 Detector field 222
182. annunciator should light when the Execute is selected in the Send Message field See Also Call Status field on page 190 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE SMS In Progress annunciator Sngl Step This annunciator indicates that the mobile station has been sent an SMS Data Burst Message and the Test Set is waiting for an SMS message acknowledgement t GPIB Example STAT CSMS COND queries the CDMA SMS Status Register Condition Register A BCD value of 1 is assigned to the SMS In Progress status bit See Also CDMA SMS Status Register Group Bit Assignments in the E8285A Users Guide Status Reporting Screens Where Annunciator is Present CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE This field single step allows you to step through an IBASIC program line by line Screens Where Field is Present TESTS IBASIC Controller 397 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields SNR 398 When set to SNR this field displays the signal to noise ratio of the input audio signal This field is a one of many field used to select the type of measurement to be made by the Audio Frequency Analyzer on the audio signal being measured See Measure in the GPIB Command Syntax chapter of the ES285A Condensed Programming Reference Guide for programming command syntax Selecting this field displays the following measurement choices SINAD Distn Distortion SNR Signal to Noise Ratio AF Freq DC Level
183. arker Lvl Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This measurement field displays the signal level of the current marker position GPIB Example DISP CSP MEAS CSP MARK LEV queries the amplitude at the marker s present position Operating Considerations The unit of measure for this field is dependent on the source of the signal being measured For instance when measuring a signal from the AUDIO IN connector the amplitude is measured in Volts When looking at a signal from the FM demodulator the amplitude is given in units of KHz When the Vert Offset field is 40 00 the displayed marker level is referenced to the center line generated by the vertical offset feature not the center line of the screen The REF SET function can be used with this measurement to display levels relative to a specific value The marker position can be adjusted using the Marker Pos field Screens Where Field is Present OSCILLOSCOPE SPECTRUM ANALYZER CDMA REVERSE CHANNEL SPECTRUM 287 Chapter 4 Description of F Fields Marker Norm Delta Marker Time 288 ields This measurement field selects whether an additional marker is displayed to allow delta values to be returned e Norm displays the Normal marker e Delta displays the Normal marker a Delta marker and causes marker control to transfer to the Delta marker GPIB Example DISP SAN SANalyzer MARKer MODE DELTa selects Delta in this field DISP SAN MEAS SANaly
184. ating the Test Set chapter of the E8285A Application Guide Channel power measurements must be calibrated whenever any of the following conditions occur Uncal annunciator is flashing e 5 Cchange in operating temperature e Test Set power cycle Daily The Average Power measurement which is used during cross calibration is automatically zeroed during the calibration procedure No special measurement triggers are required for Channel Power measurements See Also Avg Power field description on page 178 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL CDMA TRANSMITTER POWER RANGE TEST CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE TRANSMITER TEST Chan Power Meas Intrvl 198 This field allows you to set the interval for the Channel Power measurement This setting is only valid with Service Option 2 or Service Option 9 and during Full Rate GPIB Examples CDManalyzer CHANpower INTerval 1 sets the measurement interval to 1 ms Screens Where Field is Present CDMA TX S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp Chan Std Check Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field is displayed when TIA EIA 95B is selected in the Protocol field and the System Type field and is used during CDMA to CDMA interband handoffs The selection made in this field will specify the interband handoff s destination cell band and channel standard Range of Values MS AMPS US PCS Kor PCS PO Kor PCS PI Japan CDMA MS TACS MS JTACS GPIB Exa
185. ay that the mobile station manages pilot sets during soft handoffs These fields also affect the conditions which prompt the mobile station to send a Pilot Strength Measurement Message Refer to ANSI TIA EIA 95 B for additional details See Also Expected T Add field description on page 254 Expected T Drop field description on page 255 Add Intcpt field description on page 154 Drop Intcpt field description on page 237 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Span Speaker ALC Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field is displayed when the Controls field is set to Main This field sets the span of frequencies to be displayed on the screen GPIB Example DISP CSP CSP SPAN 3 MHZ sets the frequency span to 3 MHz Operating Considerations When the Tracking Generator is used the span also defines the frequency sweep range Spans gt 1 5 MHz disable the AF Analyzer when the analyzer s AF Anl In field is set to FM Demod AM Demod or SSB Demod This disables all the AF Analyzer s measurement and output functions When the AF Analyzer s AF Anl In field is set to any of the other available inputs such as Audio In or Ext Mod the speaker and AUDIO MONITOR OUTPUT are not affected when the Spectrum Analyzer s span is changed The span setting is coupled to the BW field Range of values 10 kHz to 5 MHz Screens Where Field is Present SPECTRUM ANALYZER CDMA REVERSE CHANNEL SPECTRUM Speaker Automati
186. ayed at the end of atestif Display Interim Results is No Measurement results will be displayed continuously if Display Interim Results is Yes Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE RECEIVER TEST Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Freq Channel Information Selecting this field displays the TESTS Channel Information screen Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Main Menu Freq Error CDMA This field is displayed when Freq Error is selected from the list of choices available when the unnamed field displaying one of the following choices is displayed frequency error amplitude error time offset measurement GPIB Example DISP CTXT CDMA RHO MEAS FERR Freq Error selects frequency error from the list of choices DISP CTXT MEASure CDManalyzer FREQ ERRor queries the CDMA frequency error measurement result Operating Considerations These measurements along with rho phase error and carrier feedthrough are made by DSP analysis techniques The Meas Cnt1 field controls these measurements Frequency error is referred to as AF See Also Meas Cntl field description on page 295 Ampl Error field description on page 164 Time Offset field description on page 427 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE TRANSMITTER TEST 265 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Freq Error Analo
187. back call must be connected before running an FER test A measurement result will be displayed at the end of a test if Display Interim Results is No The Passed Failed or Max Frames annunciator will light when a test is done Measurement results will be displayed continuously and queries will be returned based on interim results if Display Interim Results is Yes GPIB Example DISP CRXT MEASure CDManalyzer FERasure queries the currently displayed FER measurement result Operating Considerations To measure FER the mobile station must be on a traffic channel and looping data back The Connected and Sve Opt 2 annunciators are lit when the mobile station is looping data back The CDMA Status Register provides status bits for the Passed Failed and Max Frames Test Status indicators See Also Meas Cntl field description on page 295 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE RECEIVER TEST S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp FER Report Clear FER Spec FF at End Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field allows the user to clear the Errors Reported and Frames Reported fields on the CDMA MOBILE REPORTED FER screen GPIB Example DISP CFER CDMA MOBile FER REPort CLEar clears the Errors Reported and Frames Reported fields Screens Where Field is Present CDMA MOBILE REPORTED FER This field allows entry of the specified frame error rate FER the Test S
188. better modulation response at low data rates Screens Where Field is Present RX TEST RF GENERATOR DUPLEX TEST 261 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields FM Deviation This is the default measurement for this field The FM Deviation field displays the frequency deviation between the FM signal and the carrier The FM Deviation measurement field is only displayed when the AF An1 In field is set to FM Demod or FM Mod See Also Atten Hold field description on page 169 AF Anl In field description on page 155 Screens Where Field is Present DUPLEX TEST ANALOG MEAS AF ANALYZER RF ANALYZER RF GENERATOR TX TEST FM Deviation Call Control 262 This field displays the measured FM deviation of the carrier being transmitted by the mobile station Four dashes indicate that no carrier is present to measure See Measure in the GPIB Command Syntax chapter of the E8285A Condensed Programming Reference Guide for programming command syntax A numeric value would only be displayed in the connected state that is the Connected annunciator is lit The FM Deviation field is only displayed when the Display field is set to Meas Refer to the Display field on page 223 for information on how to read measurement results from this field When the CALL CONTROL screen is displayed the Test Set s instrumentation is configured for optimal performance of the signaling decoder Two characteristics of the instrumentation which ha
189. bile 188 mobile station entering 308 mobile station reading 306 Index Index phone numbers Agilent Technologies customer support 10 Phs Error field 332 Pilot field Sector A Power 333 Pilot field Sector B Power 333 pilot status Active 410 Candidate 410 To Add 410 To Drop 410 Pk Det To field 335 Pk Hold field 313 PN Offset field 336 PN Offset field Sector A Power 338 PN Offset field Sector B Power 338 Port Sweep field Tracking Gen 339 Position field 339 positive edge triggering 283 power control Always Down 203 Always Up 203 closed loop 203 off 203 open loop 203 Power Inc field 334 POWER key 49 Power Meas field 341 power meter zeroing 440 Power Step field 342 power zero reference 440 PRBS Data Type 217 pre emphasis automatic control 296 bypassing 296 manual control 296 microphone 296 Preset key 49 Previous key 49 Print All field 342 Print Configure screen Abort Print 148 FF at End 259 FF at Start 260 Model 301 Print Data Destination 343 Print Title 343 Printer Address 343 view of 123 Print Data Destination field 343 Print key 50 Print Printer Setup field 343 Print Titlefield 343 printer connecting 343 model 301 Printer Address field 343 Printer key 60 Printer Port field 343 Printer Setup field 343 printing aborting 148 form feed 259 lines per page 283 printer address 343 printer model 301 Screens 123 selecting prin
190. ble e Handoff CDMA to Analog Call Control handoff GPIB Example DISP CCNT CDMA CALL AHAN EXEC executes a CDMA to Analog handoff Operating Considerations A CDMA to Analog handoff to the voice channel selected in the Channel field is performed when the Execute field is selected A CDMA call must be in progress to execute a CDMA to Analog handoff Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL Hard Handoff annunciator This annunciator is lit when a change is made to the RF channel number while a call is connected It remains lit until the Test Set acquires the new reverse traffic channel or the call is terminated GPIB Example DISP CCNT STATus CDMA CONDition queries the CDMA condition register Bit 6 will be set when the Hard Handoff an nunciator is lit Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL 271 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields GPIB Adrs This field is used to display and change the GPIB address of the Test Set Operating Considerations The address can be set from 0 to 30 by using the DATA keys or by pushing and then turning the cursor control knob This setting is retained when the instrument is turned off Screens Where Field is Present I O CONFIGURE IBASIC Echo This field enables disables screen and error message echoing from IBASIC This setting is retained when the instrument is turned off Screens Where Field is Present I O CONFIGURE IBASIC IBASIC Cntrl
191. c Level Control enables disables the ALC function for the instrument s internal speaker When On is selected the speaker volume is independent of the signal level being measured When Off is selected the speaker volume is dependent on the signal level being measured Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALYZER 401 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Speaker Vol Speaker Volume enables disables the instrument s internal speaker When Pot is selected the VOLUME control knob operates normally When Off is selected the speaker is disconnected Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALYZER Spec Pass Fail Limits Spec 402 Selecting this field displays the TESTS Pass Fail Limits screen Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Main Menu The Spec field lists the order of selected pass fail limits for the current procedure Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Pass Fail Limits Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Squelch Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This setting determines the squelch operation when demodulating FM AM or SSB signals Three settings are available Pot uses the front panel SQUELCH knob for squelch level adjustment e Open disables squelch operation Fixed sets the squelch to a fixed level disabling the front panel SQUELCH knob con trol Operating Considerations Most measurement processes on this screen are not displayed if the incoming signal falls be
192. ces available are e Normal call connected e User requires user to enter mobile power into Mobile Pwr field When User is selected the Mobile Pwr field is displayed below it When the Mobile Pwr field is displayed the Test Set requires the expected mobile power level to be entered in the Mobile Pwr field for Channel Power measurements GPIB Example DISP CTXR CDMA MOBile POWer MODE User MPOWer O0 selects CDMA power measurements without a call connected and enters an esti mated mobile power level of 0 dBm Operating Considerations When this field is set to User the Test Set s normal autoranging capabilities are disabled If a call is connected the Test Set will attempt to drive the mobile station s power level to the value entered in the Mobile Pwr field instead of using the open loop law mobile station power 73 dBm forward channel power If a call is not connected the Test Set relies on the entry in the Mobile Pwr field matching the actual mobile station power level to set up analyzer path attenuation correctly The value entered must be within 3 dB of the actual power level See Also Mobile Pwr field description on page 300 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA TRANSMITTER POWER RANGE TEST 299 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Mobile Pwr Mode Model 300 This field is displayed when the Mobile Power Mode field is set to User When this field is displayed the Test S
193. cess Probe annunciator bits 151 AC Level Aidan A WO QU UD 151 CULV Cs a setas eats Nn pet aren iesus p Ne ur efe Ue heil ce EE es OAE eI E e be toe e c TO pM Re etn 152 Active annuhnclator 5 os aede ates ated ded tee bue er c io 153 ACP ME aS eie Ree epe pee diee is 153 Addilntepta 242 o eese bes aed ts Reid ie ice redet 154 Pd 154 LUN MEE 155 AF Cnt Grate E 155 Peor DES 156 Ligue A rta 157 AFGenl Freq 157 AFGenl Lvl 157 AFGenl To 158 AFGen2 Freq 158 AG n J 159 AeKeyec um ERE E Dac ende 160 A Key DIBits ug oae rA ERE EE SR Mte ed a Sept mee 161 POT iiie iii 162 AM Cha ams ove I a 162 Alt Pwr Ms Cal Bands eoo D e siii te M CE EE sgenadagccue Eee Eee be e e ERR Tai 163 AM D pth oet de DU A emu ien e ederet 164 Ampl BITOE id eb DR A a e Od bte 164 Amplitude Soa Rote RUE ER Y nU 165 Amplitude CDMA Swept Power Measurement eese neret nnne eene tenete teen nne 166 AMS WEE MOodezzi bete atium E ON e EA WE GU 166 Antenna In 167 ANETIL Lese E e oat see te este reat breed dio deb ch de tati is 167 Attack Time 168 Atten Hold 169 18 Contents 169 170 170 Authen Data Clear s ATI Authentication Data Table tiesa tdt 171 PAUSINI
194. confirmation to a specific action Parity This field displays the parity of the transmitted data RANDBS This field displays the random number used in the SSD update procedure RANDC This field displays the 8 bit number used to confirm the last RAND received by the mobile station RSSI This field displays the received signal strength over the last reporting period RSVD This field is reserved for future use S This field displays whether the serial number word is received from the mobile station e Setto 1 if the serial number word is sent e Set to 0 if the serial number word is not sent 235 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Distn 236 SCM This field displays the mobile station s received station class mark Serial This field displays the serial number of the mobile station T This field displays the message type received from the mobile station e Set to l to identify the message as an origination or an order e Set to 0 to identify the message as an order response or page response T1T2 This field identifies the received message as an order confirmation an order or a called address message VMAC This field displays the voice mobile attenuation code It shows the mobile station power level associated with the designated voice channel When this field is set to Distn it displays the percent of distortion for a 1 kHz signal tone This field is a one of many field used to select
195. creens Where Field is Present OSCILLOSCOPE Controls CDMA Gated Power This field allows the user to select which of the CDMA gated power measurement menus will be displayed Main Display CDMA Gen Traffic GPIB Example CDMA GPOWer CONTrol Main selects Main from the CDMA GATED POWER screen Controls field Screens Where Field is Present CDMA GATED POWER Controls CDMA Reverse Channel Spectrum This field allows the user to select which of the spectrum analyzer menus will be displayed Main controls RF channel input port span and RF level CDMA Gen controls RF power RF channel and output port Marker controls the position of the markers on the display Auxiliary controls input attenuation peak hold video averaging trace comparison normalize and sensitivity Screens Where Field is Present CDMA REVERSE CHANNEL SPECTRUM 211 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Controls CDMA Swept Power Measurement This field allows the user to select which of the CDMA swept power measurement menus will be displayed GPIB Example CDMA SWEPtpower CONTrol Main selects Main from the CDMA SWEPT POWER MEASUREMENT screen Controls field Operating Considerations Select among the following Main displays Swept Pwr and Ref Level Trigger displays Amplitude and Slope Display displaysMarker Time Trace and Grid Auxiliary displays RF Channel and Input Atten The default selection
196. cription of Fields Fields Operating Considerations The Test Set measures the time response of the mobile station s output power in response to a step change in the Test Set s output power Test standards require that sector A power Sctr A Pwr field on page 380 initially be set to 60 dBm The first step is 20 dB to 40 dBm The next step is 20 dB back to 60 dBm The third step is another 20 dB to 80 dBm and the final step is 20 dB back to 60 dBm See Also Open Loop Time Response Execute field description on page 320 Screens Where Field is Present OPEN LOOP TIME RESPONSE The Step field lists the order of selected tests for the current procedure Operating Considerations Use the knob up arrow or down arrow key to select the step where you want to delete replace or insert a test Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Order of Tests This field specifies the number of stop bits used for serial communications when using the rear panel serial port Selecting this field displays a list of stop bit choices This setting is maintained after the instrument is turned off Screens Where Field is Present VO CONFIGURE 415 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Strength NOTE 416 This column in the CDMA Mobile Reporting table lists the power level most recently measured and reported by the mobile station for each pilot the mobile station is currently tracking All numbers displaye
197. ct any changes made while in the Bits mode There is no coupling between the Bits mode and the Test Set For example if a mobile station was actively connected to the Test Set on a voice channel and the user changed the CHAN field on the forward voice channel mobile station control message FVC V Mes and sent that message to the mobile station the mobile station would change its voice channel assignment However the Test Set will stay on the voice channel assignment specified in the Chan field on the CALL CONTROL screen This situation will result in a dropped call The Bits mode should not be used to change any parameter that can be set on any other Call Processing Subsystem screen The DSPecifier command is used to control this field The query form of the command that is DSPecifier can be used to determine which method is currently being used to build the contents of the signaling messages See Reading the CALL BIT Screen Message Fields on page 91 for information on how to read the contents of the individual messages S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Data Type Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Syntax DSPecifier lt gt lt STD BITS gt lt gt DSPecifier Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP DSP OUTPUT 714 CALLP DSP STD ENTER 714 Build method Screens Where Field is Present CALL BIT This field selects the data type This field appears only when Traffic Dat
198. cted attempts to make a call will be unsuccessful When using IMSI all subfields MSIN MCC MNC and Max Slot Cycle Index CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION screen are required to bring up a Test Set originated call See Also Register CDMA field description on page 358 MS Database field description on page 306 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL 309 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Network ID Netwrk Code 310 This field allows entry of the cell site s network identification NID GPIB Example DISP CCON CDMA CELL CONFigure NID O sets the network identification of the simulated CDMA cell site to 0 Operating Considerations The mobile station stores the NID number it receives from the cell site and compares it with its home NID to determine if it is roaming Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION This field is displayed when the field called Protocol on page 346 has IS 95A TSB 74 or J STD 008 selected and the Esc Mode field is set to Off This field sets the base station s network code GPIB Example CDMA CELL CONF BNC 2 sets the base station s network code to 2 Operating Considerations The Test Set sends the base station network code in the IMSI 11 12 field of the Extended System Parameters Message See Also Protocol field description on page 346 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION S agilent e828
199. cute Closed Loop Power Control Change eese nennen entente nennen eterne 251 ExecXExe cution Cord 5 REO p t eoe BOR ORE 251 Expected iet pot RIS COR RENE E o entes 251 Expected PN Offset Gs 2252 Expected MEN A E Eee Oudend en eee 253 Expected LS Add espe Mmi nsi 254 Expected T Drop ds 255 External Disk Specification at dee ee een A iei 256 Ext Load Rs treo e HERR RR OR Ur EPIRI INO 256 EXE NGHB 4 54545 lt a teo eu rd el a ad dd ad el 257 jug M a e a a IO 258 FER Report Clear dd n EBORE da alain E 259 A RN 259 ERAREDO st O eet dt dd do e A e a ER lo o nn ad 259 dde dM xS 260 Ius 260 Filter 2 260 Firmware 261 ld gener EE 261 FM Coupling 261 EMNDeVIAtlOn oer eite o tede oth es N EE E COEM dd de en LOI 262 EM D viation Call Control ert e oO EDT ERE Ur et 262 Erame Clock oen etaed A re cera rat ee ovt baee eei Gs 263 Etraftiesi3e s aer UTENTI a Unam eie TUS 264 PraiesCounted sede O Ma at nati dde e es 264 Breq Channel Information 5 teer e tee eo ede erede eerte 265 Freg Error II a 265 Preq Error CAdalog 8 en com ci et ed d oet AO sete ed O 266 Frequency Adal iii RR IRR d e dE eed e ETE buste 267 Gate Time 268 Gain Cntl 268 Gen Anl 269 Grid stet tod 269 Grid CDMA Swept Power Measurement 0 ccceccsccesesseeseesceseeseeseeseeseescesecsecsecsecseeseesecaecaecseesaesae
200. cution Conditions screen 134 Autostart Test Procedure on Power U p 177 Continue 210 If Unit Under Test Fails 274 Main Menu 285 Output Results For 324 Output Results To 325 Run Test 374 Test Procedure Run M ode 423 view of 140 Tests External Devices screen 134 Addr 154 Calling Name 189 Delet Ins 221 External Disk Specification 256 Insrt Ins 279 Main Menu 285 Model 300 Options 320 view of 141 Tests I BASIC Controller screen 134 Clr Scr 204 Continue 210 Main Menu 285 Sngl Step 397 view of 143 Tests Main Menu screen 134 Channel Information 265 Cnfg External Devices 205 Continue 210 Description 221 Exec Execution Cond 251 Freq Channel Information 265 IBASIC IBASIC Cntrl 272 Library 283 Order of Tests 394 Parm Test Parameters 329 Pass Fail Limits 402 Print Printer Setup 343 Proc Save Delete Procedure 345 Program 346 Run Test 374 Save Delete Procedure 345 Select Procedure Filename 381 Select Procedure Location 382 Seqn Order of Tests 394 Spec Pass Fail Limits 402 Test Parameters 329 view of 134 Tests Order of Tests screen 134 All Chans 162 Delet Stp 221 Insrt Stp 280 Inst 280 Main Menu 285 Specs 402 Step 415 Test Name 422 view of 137 Tests Pass Fail Limits screen 134 Check 199 Lower Limit 284 Main Menu 285 Units 442 Upper Limit 443 view of 138 Tests Printer Setup screen 134 Continue 210 FF at End 259
201. d Power up or Register field 2 Implicit 4 Expected 0 orl AUTH_MODE 5 Received 0 orl AUTH_MODE 6 AUTH_MODE 0 Passed status 1 Failed 7 Expected Decimal value AUTHR 8 Received Decimal value AUTHR 9 AUTHR Status O Passed 1 Failed 172 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Reading the Authentication Data Table over GPIB Fields Data Position Data Numeric Value 10 Expected Decimal RANDC 11 Received Decimal RANDC 12 RANDC Status O Passed 1 Failed 13 Expected Decimal COUNT If Unknown the value 255 is returned 14 Received Decimal COUNT 15 COUNT Status O Passed 1 Failed 16 Expected Decimal AUTHU 17 Received Decimal AUTHU 18 AUTHU Status O Passed 1 Failed 173 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Programming Example for Authentication Data Table ih 2 3 4 50 6 7 8 9 174 Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp RE SAV E c NE8285ANauth txt ON TI MEOUT 7 14 GOTO 500 CLEAR 714 Enter Authentication Data Table into a string variable DIM Data 100 OUTPUT 714 cdma auth data ENTER 714 Data Determine position values for each comma Commal POS Data 1 Comma2 POS Data Commal 1 Commal Comma3 POS Data Comma2 1 Comma2 Evaluate the first data position Authentication Type Type Data Commal 1 Commal 1
202. d AWGN settings 107 Chapter 3 Description of Screens CDMA Mobile Reported FER Screen CDMA Mobile Reported FER Screen CORE HEHILE REPORTED FEE 0 00 2 Errors Eesortet Frames Reoorten WS FEE fo Screen D Aralas FER Ferari Figure 20 The CDMA Mobile Reported FER Screen This screen displays FER as reported from the mobile station It also controls the mobile station report interval and allows the retrieval of mobile parameters 108 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp Chapter 3 Description of Screens CDMA Mobile Reported Pilot Strength Screen CDMA Mobile Reported Pilot Strength Screen COMA MOBILE REPORTED PILOT STRENGTH Status PN Offset Strength Keep Expected Expected PN Offset Strength Sector A 12 14 Sector B 36 Choices Sctr A Pur Null dBn BM PltMeasRead Send Msa Pilot ExtHoDP1 Null EEA ExtHoDP1P2 T_Dror dB T Conp RF Power T TOrop 75 00 dBn BM Figure 21 The CDMA Mobile Reported Pilot Strength Screen This screen displays pilot strength data as reported from the mobile station It also controls the mobile station report interval and allows the retrieval of mobile parameters Functionality added to this screen in the latest Test Set version provides new capability to e Senda Pilot Measurement Request Order PMRO when desired e Send an Extended Handoff Direction Message EHDM when desired 109 Chapter 3 Description
203. d in the CDMA Mobile Reporting table reflect the last pilot strength message received from a mobile station Before any numbers are displayed a call must be connected and Sector B must be transmitting at a high enough power level to cross either of two thresholds set up by the T_Add and T_Comp fields The CDMA Mobile Reporting table can be cleared by selecting the Pilot Meas Clear field GPIB Example DISP CMOB CDMA MOB PIL STR queries the results displayed in the CDMA Mobile Reporting table The value returned by the Test Set includes Status PN Offset Strength and Keep for each pilot currently being tracked by the mobile station These values are sent as a comma separated list of IEEE floating point numbers 16 characters each ending with a line feed character If no values are displayed in the CDMA Mobile Reporting table the query example shown above will return only the line feed character Programming Example for Strength Field 10 RE STORE C NWENDYLNREAD MRT 20 CLEAR SCREEN 30 DIM Pil str 500 40 OUTPUT 714 CDMA MOB PIL STR 50 E ER 714 Pil_strs 60 Length LEN Pi1_str 70 Num_pn Length 1 DIV 68 Determine number of Pilots in the table 80 FOR I 1 TO Num pn 90 Stat I VAL Pil_str 1 16 100 PRINT Pilot I status is Stat 1 110 Pnofst 1 VAL Pil_str 18 16 120 PRINT Pilot I PN Offset is Pno
204. d setting along with the Soft Slope field on page 400 modifies the way that the mobile station manages pilot sets Refer to the formula found in the field description for Expected T Add field on page 254 These fields also affect the conditions which require the mobile station to send a Pilot Strength Measurement Message See Also Expected T Add field description on page 254 Expected T Drop field description on page 255 Add Intcpt field description on page 154 Drop Intcpt field description on page 237 This field is used to enter the instrument s remote address For GPIB instruments enter the full 3 digit address such as 704 Screens Where Field is Present TESTS External Devices Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp AF Anl In AF Cnt Gate Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields The audio frequency analyzer input selects the input for the analyzer When selected this field displays a list of choices Signals can be analyzed from three different types of inputs e The output of the AM FM or SSB demodulators The AUDIO IN MODULATION INPUT MIC ACC and AUDIO OUT connectors e The signal present at the AM or FM modulators for the RF Generator See AF Analyzer in the GPIB Command Syntax chapter of the Agilent Technologies E8285A Condensed Programming Reference Guide for programming command syntax Operating Considerations This is a priority control field Accessing the RX TEST or TX TEST screen ove
205. d to the value of the tenth reading If a true average value is desired that is Vayg V4 V5 V3 VN N the recommended procedure through GPIB is to take N sequential readings and calculate the average within the program context S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL keys chp Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys To Turn Measurement Averaging ON and OFF Use the AVERage STATe commands to turn the averaging data function ON and OFF Syntax AVERage STATe ON AVERage STATe OFF Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS AFR DISTN AVER STAT ON This turns the Average data function ON for the AF Analyzer distortion measurement To Query the Measurement Averaging State Use the AVERage S TAT commands to query the current state of the averaging data function The returned value is either 0 OFF or 1 ON Syntax AVERage STAT Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS AFR DISTN AVER STAT ENTER 714 State on off 1 ON O OFF This queries the state of the Average data function for the AF Analyzer distortion measurement To Reset Averaging Use the AVERage RESet commands to restart the averaging algorithm used to calculate an averaged measurement Syntax AVERage RESet Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS AFR DISTN AVER RES This resets the Average Data Function for the AF Analyzer distortion measurement To Set the Number of Averages Use the AVERage VALue commands t
206. da E C e RE PEE reae e dece gna 125 RE Generator Screens eO DU E E BE E ES P ED PHP PEE EHE 126 RF Generator Block Di grat ree odere omae n OP E e pe OU EUER 127 POTES CIEN A etam ee He eo ce LE 128 RX Iest Block Di gram 52 o E Eee REO EMO 129 SEL VICE Sereen eios ee TH ERSTER RENE SERES Ue REL ET n OR E e PEE EE QU SET ENT rE TE Ne EE 130 Spectrum Analyzer Screens ie re E ee e ED ce Here e ee ed di 131 Using the Spec UA Zi e e ende ee RO eret de deer 132 TESTS SCreenss teet niti ee eee tectorio RR teer pode et M ERE eee PE EE aes oes 133 Description of the Tests Subsystem 133 TESTS Main Menu ss 134 TESTS Channel Information 135 TESTS Test Par metets 2 aree eee tee tere e deese te een e ee Rena E Eb dehet ade eade 136 17 Contents TESTS Ordet OF Tests scsi neret did Orten 137 TESTS Pass Fail Limits 138 TESTS Save Delete Procedure en REPRE Rue 139 TESTS Executions Conditions 140 TESTS External DEVICES i denter dett hired ier Ier e eed ie bei a edet 141 TESTS Printer Setup EE A a 142 TESTS IBASIGC Gonttoll t 1 4 25 2c crore cde tede be eed rr OG e ere eons 143 D OMEN eer 144 TX Test Block Diagr ni 5 oia coto ee erp eee I HIE caved LR Ro pice epe etie dep is bea sts aes 145 Description of Fields Ia Enc 148 O N EE E SEAE A N EARE 148 ACCESS annunciator kesuen A A dsd 148 ACC PID PWE EEE A ETEEN ree e i ERR GREAT E EEE 149 Ac
207. de IBASIC User s Handbook to assign IBASIC commands to User Keys Press and release the Shift key then the Recall key to access the save function This stores instrument setups Programming Save The GPIB commands REGister SAVE are used to select this function programmatically The save recall mass storage device is selected using the Save Recall field on the I O CONFIGURE screen Example OUTPUT 714 REG SAVE SETUP1 This saves the instrument state to a file named SETUP1 Removing Saved Instrument States One or all of the saved instrument states can be removed from the selected save recall mass storage device The save recall mass storage device is selected using the Save Reca11 field on the I O CONFIGURE screen The GPIB commands REGister CLEar are used to perform this function programmatically S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL keys chp NOTE Shift Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys The REGister CLEar ALL command is only valid for the internal save recall mass storage device To clear all saved instrument states from the Card RAM or Disk save recall mass storage devices each file must be removed individually using the REGister CLEar file name gt command Example OUTPUT 714 REG CLE SETUP2 This clears the instrument state SETUP2 from the selected save recall mass storage device Example OUTPUT 714 REG CLE ALL This clears all saved instrument states f
208. diee ERE ded 289 Marker Time Open Loop Time Response esee tennetr tenente tren ene ten 290 Marker Time CDMA Swept Power Measurement sessi nne tee tnt tht thttnttnt tnter nnn 290 Marker T0 ern A e RE RE re E Re EE 291 ME ol A dde 291 Mask Type 292 Max Frames 292 hUPRdin dE 293 Max Req Seq Max Rsp Seq 294 Max Slot Cycle Index 2 d nte ette te e te P n a ee tei tete tratte eee 294 Meas GCntl reu a Ue eiat dte enden 295 Message Data MOde tiva dete ei a edere d eie eh tede 295 Contents Mic Pre Emp 296 Min POV cnc 296 Min Max Pwr feos acra ee aee RR Re 297 Mobile Parm 298 Mobile Power Mode sata e tree eer need Pene nee bed dete 299 Moble PWE n 300 Modest hte cae bae mites ME es dl Stk RN ES metri ad Y latas Solo S 300 A O tee E RBHORIE 300 Model tente cette e a SC aei M O Ec lento AE 301 MoOdiIn TO to i ARE alias ates NR UNE RH e OR ERR d 301 NE e 302 MS Ack Cause Codes 5 5 2 uet A AN hi Ue d DIIS 303 MS Ack Rcvd annunciator n e ERE REOR A NR A REL NSN ROR 305 MS Database 306 307 308 308 310 Net wrk Codes ocv CIR ORIENTE IRA TERRAE ERES 310 NGHBB EQq Ch urere tte eee tas 311 IN OT POW Eis osten dae NR RO ERROR 3
209. ds chp Srch Win N Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field allows entry of the search window size for the neighbor set GPIB Example DISP CCON CDMA CELL CONFigure NWIN 5 sets search window N to 5 Operating Considerations The mobile station searches for the strongest pilot channel signal and usable multipath components of the pilot channel signals included in the neighbor set The search window limits the range of PN sequence offsets that the mobile station searches The range of values for the searcher window size is 0 to 15 e 0 4 PN chips minimum e 5 20 PN chips default e 15 452 PN chips maximum Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION 405 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Srch Win R This field allows entry of search window size for the remaining set GPIB Example DISP CCON CDMA CELL CONFigure RWIN 5 sets search window R to 5 Operating Considerations The mobile station searches for the strongest pilot channel signal and usable multipath components of the pilot channel signals included in the remaining set The search window limits the range of PN sequence offsets that the mobile station searches The range of values for the searcher window size is 0 to 15 e 0 4 PN chips minimum e 5 20 PN chips default e 15 452 PN chips maximum Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION SSD_A 0 annunciator 406 This annu
210. e boolean parameter can be a 1 or ON to turn measurement reference points on and a 0 or OFF to turn measurement reference points off Syntax REFerence STATe ON or 1 REFerence STATe OFF or 0 Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS RFR POW REF STAT ON This turns the measurement reference point for the TX power measurement ON To Query the State of Measurement Reference Points Use the REFerence S TATe commands to query the state of a measurement reference point The query returns a 1 if a measurement reference points is ON and a 0 if a measurement reference points is OFF Syntax REFerence STATe Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS RFR POW REF STAT ENTER 714 Meter on off returns a 1 ON or O OFF This queries the state of the measurement reference point for the TX power measurement 51 Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys To Set A Measurement Reference Point Use the REFerence VALue commands to set a measurement reference point Syntax REFerence VALue real number Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS RFR POW REF VAL 20 This sets the measurement reference point for the TX power measurement to 20 watts NOTE When setting a measurement reference point any non attribute unit s unit of measure must be specified in the command string otherwise the current attribute unit is assumed by the Test Set Refer to To Specify Units of Measure for G
211. e 217 Disarm 223 452 Echo Delay 243 Freq Error 164 265 427 428 Meas Cntl 295 Phase Error 191 Phs Error 332 Power Meas 341 RF Power 371 Sector A Power 380 Time Offset 164 265 427 428 TM Rho 429 Traffic Data Mode 433 Traffic Rho 434 CDMA CLOCK MUX INPUT connector 71 CDMA CLOCK MUX OUTPUT connector 263 CDMA GATED POWER screen Arm 167 Disarm 223 CDMA Gated Power screen Attack Time 168 186 Controls 211 212 Display Interim Results 269 Lvl field 284 285 Marker Pos 289 290 Release Time 361 CDMA Gen spectrum analyzer controls 211 CDMA Generator Control screen AWGN 181 Eb Nt 243 OCNS Sector A Power 318 OCNS Sector B Power 319 Paging Sector A Power 328 Pilot Sector A Power 333 Pilot Sector B Power 333 PN Offset Sector A Power 338 PN Offset Sector B Power 338 RF Power 371 Sector A Power 380 Sector B Power 381 Sync Sector A Power 417 Traffic Sector A Power 432 Traffic Sector B Power 432 view of 106 Walsh Sector A 446 Walsh Sector B 446 CDMA Mobile Reported Pilot Strength Expected T Add 254 CDMA Mobile Reported Pilot Strength screen Add Intcpt field 154 Drop Intcpt field 237 Expected T Drop 255 Send Msg CDMA Swept Power M easurement 383 Soft Slope 400 CDMA Mobile Reporting screen by errors 187 by frames 188 Errors 246 Expected PN Offset 252 Expected Strength 253 Frames 264 Keep 281 Mobile Parm 298 MS FER 307
212. e 245 Enter Hex Data field on page 245 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE 295 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Mic Pre Emp Min Power 296 Microphone pre emphasis determines whether the modulating signal from the MIC ACC connector goes through or bypasses the 750 ms pre emphasis network Two fields are used e The upper field is used to specify whether you want the instrument to automatically turn pre emphasis on during FM operation and off for other modulations Auto or to leave the pre emphasis switching to the user s operation Hold e The lower field tells you whether pre emphasis is on or off when Auto operation is selected or allows you to manually turn pre emphasis on or off if Hold is selected Screens Where Field is Present RF GENERATOR The value shown under the Min Power label in the upper left portion of the display is the minimum power measurement result obtained the last time a Min Max Power measurement was executed GPIB Example DISP CTXR MEASure CDManalyzer MMPower EXECute executes a Min Max Power measurement DISP CCNT CDMA MOBile POWer MINimum queries the Min Power measurement value Operating Considerations While a mobile station is on a call the mobile station s range of power levels can be obtained by selecting the Execute field under the Min Max Pwr label Before Min Max Power is executed make sure that the Average Power m
213. e 349 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA AUTHENTICATION S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Ch Loc Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields The Ch Loc field NAMPS and NTACS system types only sets the analog channel location that will be assigned to the mobile station by the Test Set as either an initial voice channel location or as a handoff channel location assignment For NAMPS systems the choices are e Lower 10 kHz below standard wide analog channel Middle centered at the wide analog channel Upper 10 kHz above the standard wide analog channel e Wide standard 25 kHz AMPS channel width For NTACS systems the choices are e Narrow standard narrow band NTACS channel the default value e Wide the JTACS channel The CEXT SETT command is used to set the new channel location The query form of the command that is CEXT SETT can be used to determine the current setting of the Ch Loc right hand field and CEXT ACT can be used to determine the actual setting of the Ch Loc left hand field The syntax and an example for NAMPS systems are as follows Syntax CEXTension ACT CEXTension SETTing lt gt lt LOWER MIDDLE UPPER WIDE gt lt gt CEXTension SETTing Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP NAMPS CEXT ACT OUTPUT 714 CALLP NAMPS CEXT SE LOWER OUTPUT 714 CALLP NAMPS CEXT SE gu
214. e Control Channel Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Reverse Control Channel Message Information Strings Displayed Displayed in Received Data Field Order Confirmation Message Phone Number RCDDI ESN dec RCDD2 ESN hex RCDD3 Station Class Mark RCDD4 Authentication messages RCDD6 Origination Message Phone Number RCDDI ESN dec RCDD2 ESN hex RCDD3 Station Class Mark RCDD4 Called Number RCDD5 Authentication messages RCDD6 Order Message Phone Number RCDDI ESN dec RCDD2 ESN hex RCDD3 Station Class Mark RCDD4 Authentication Messages RCDD6 Table 10 Information Strings Available from Reverse Voice Channel Reverse Voice Channel Message Information Strings Displayed Displayed in Received Data Field Order Confirmation Message Change Power Level Confirmation Authentication Messages Order Type RCDDI RCDDI RCDD2 Table 11 Information Strings Available When A Decoding Error Occurs Information Strings Displayed Displayed in Received Data Field Length of Received Data Field error data received from channel type word 1 word 2 word 3 word 4 word 5 word6 RCDDI RCDD2 RCDD3 RCDD4 RCDD5 RCDD6 30 characters max 40 characters max 30 characters max 40 characters max 40 characters max 40 characters max 227 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields 228 Reading The Received Data Fields To read the decoded data messa
215. e Test Set Measures Adjacent Channel Power ACP NOTE When you access this screen the Test Set automatically starts a multi step process for measuring ACP 1 2 AF Generator 1 is turned off if the Carrier Ref field is set to Unmod The amplitude of the center frequency Tune Freq is measured to establish a refer ence AF Generator 1 is turned back on if it was previously turned off The power in each of the adjacent channels is analyzed Adjacent Channel Power is calculated and displayed This value can be displayed as an absolute power level or as a ratio referenced to the center frequency s level Which Input Port to Use The TX Power measurement is used to calculate absolute Adjacent Channel Power Since TX Power can only be measured using the RF IN OUT port you must use this port to measure ACP Level ACP Ratio can be measured using either the RF IN OUT or the ANT IN port Measuring ACP on AM Transmitters When measuring AM signals the reference level must be measured on an unmodulated carrier so the Carrier Ref field must be set to Unmod After the reference is measured the power in the adjacent channels must be measured with modulation This requires the modulating signal to be turned off and on repeatedly as measurements are being calculated and displayed Since the Test Set automatically turns AFGenl on and off when the Carrier Ref field is set to Unmod you must use AFGenl and the AUDIO OUT port as the modulation sou
216. e connected state Connect annunciator is lit and a change is made to the Cnt1 Channel field the connected state will be lost The state of the Connect annunciator is reflected in the Call Processing Status Register Group Condition Register bit 5 See Call Processing Status Register Group in the Status Reporting chapter of the E8285A User s Guide for further information The Connect annunciator is not programmable Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL CALL BIT CALL DATA 209 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Connected annunciator NOTE Continue 210 This annunciator indicates that the Test Set and a mobile station have completed the signaling steps required to establish a CDMA call and the Test Set has not had any indication that the call has ended or should end For a Service Option or Service Option 9 call to the mobile station initiated by the Test Set the mobile station must be answered before this annunciator will light When using Service Option 2 or Service Option 32768 the mobile station will automatically answer a call and the Connected annunciator will light For a call to the Test Set initiated by the mobile station the Test Set will automatically answer the call if the Answer Mode field on the CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION screen is set to Auto and the Connected annunciator will light If the Answer Mode field is set to Manual a message will appear prompting you to press the ANS
217. e high limit function These functions are used to set measurement endpoints Exceeding the end points causes screen prompts to blink until they are reset Programming High Limit and Low limit The High Limit and Low limit data functions are used to define a measurement window which can be used to detect measured values which are outside the defined limits The GPIB commands HLIMit high limit and LLIMit low limit are used to set these data functions programmatically S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL keys chp NOTE Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys To Turn High and Low Measurement Limit Checking ON and OFF Use the HLIMitSTATe and LLIMit STATe commands to turn high and low measurement limit checking ON and OFF Syntax HLIMit STATe ON HLIMit STATe OFF LLIMit STATe ON LLIMit STATe OFF Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS AFR DISTN HLIM STAT ON OUTPUT 714 MEAS AFR DISTN LLIM STAT ON This turns high and low measurement limit checking ON for the AF Analyzer dis tortion measurement To Query the State of High and Low Measurement Limit Checking Use the HLIMit STATe and LLIMit STATe commands to query the current state of the high and low measurement limit checking The returned value is either 0 OFF or 1 ON Syntax HLIMit STATe LLIMit STATe Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS AFR DISTN HLIM STAT ENTER 714 Hi state 1 ON O OFF OUTPUT 7
218. e message The default selection is None Using the default or selecting None sets the Test Set so as to behave as it did for firmware revision A 04 54 or earlier The GP AO AK GP and AO NA GP fields appear only if a valid protocol is selected in the Protocol field The valid protocols are TIA EIA 98 B ARIB 53 J STD 008 Kor PCS Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION 327 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Page Sent annunciator This annunciator lights when the Call Page key is pressed If the call proceeds to connected the Page Sent annunciator remains lit until the call is terminated This annunciator will not remain lit if an attempted call is unsuccessful GPIB Example DISP CCNT STATus CDMA COND queries the CDMA condition register Bit 1 will be set when the Page Sent annun ciator is lit See Also Call Page on page 34 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE CDMA AUTHENTICATION Paging Sector A Power 328 This field allows the entry of paging E the paging channel energy per PN chip relative to the total Sector A power GPIB Example DISP CGEN CDMA CELL ASECtor PAGing POWer 16 sets Sector A pilot power to 16 dB Operating Considerations As the paging level is varied OCNS is automatically adjusted so that the total power levels of pilot sync paging traffic and OCNS add up to Sector A power Ior
219. e tune frequency for the center of the screen Operating Considerations This field also changes the frequency of the Tracking Generator s and the RF Analyzer s center frequency Screens Where Field is Present SPECTRUM ANALYZER S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Center Freq CDMA Change This field sets the center frequency of the CDMA spectrum analyzer This field is displayed when the Controls field is set to Main and the RF Display field on the CONFIGURE screen is set to Freq GPIB Example RFAN FREQ 850MHZ sets the center frequency to 850 MHz See Also RF Display field description on page 367 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA REVERSE CHANNEL SPECTRUM This field defines the type of power control bits that will be sent to the mobile station when Execute is selected The range over which the mobile station will be commanded to change its power level is determined in the Steps field e n Upsends a series of 0 power control bits causing the MSUT to increase its power then returns to the normal sequence e sends a series of 1 power control bits causing the MSUT to decrease its power then returns to the normal sequence Ramp sends a series of n up followed by a series of n down bits GPIB Example DISP CTXR CDMA PCONtrol CHANge n up selects n up power control steps Operating Considerations See Closed Loop Pwr Cntl
220. e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Serial_ 9 In Serial No Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field selects the destination of characters received by the Test Set on the serial port IBASIC is used to allow the IBASIC controller to read the serial port while a program is running Inst configures the serial port to connect to an external ASCII terminal or computer to enter IBASIC programs or to control the Test Set using an external keyboard Operating Considerations If a serial printer is connected the PRINT command causes the printer to take control of the serial port until printing is done This setting is maintained after the instrument is turned off Screens Where Field is Present VO CONFIGURE This field displays the serial number of the Test Set Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE 385 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Set Message 386 This field is used to select the desired forward control channel or forward voice channel message to be displayed The MESSage command is used to control this field The query form of the command that is MESSage can be used to determine which forward control channel or forward voice channel message is currently being displayed See Reading the CALL BIT Screen Message Fields on page 91 for information on how to read the contents of the individual messages Syntax MESSage lt gt lt Forward Control or Voice Channel Message Word
221. easurement but rejects carrier leakage and out of channel spurs Using a wider bandwidth filter 1 kHz speeds measurements but may allow unwanted spurs and carrier leakage to be integrated into the measurement when measuring at the edges of the selected channel bandwidth Screens Where Field is Present ADJACENT CHANNEL POWER See the Cont Single field description on page 211 Screens Where Field is Present OSCILLOSCOPE S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields RF Anl Freq CDMA Swept Power Measurement This field allows the user to set the frequency of the Test Set RF analyzer GPIB Example RFANalyzer FREQuency 836 520000 selects the RF analyzer frequency Operating Considerations This field appears on the screen when the RF Display field on the CONFIGURE screen is set to Freq The setting re tunes the Test Set RF analyzer to the selected frequency Screens Where Field is Present CDMA SWEPT POWER MEASUREMENT When the Controls field is set to Auxiliary RF Channel analog The RF Channel field is displayed on the screens listed below when the RF Display field on the CONFIGURE screen is set to Chan This field displays the current channel number Channel tuning eliminates the need to transmit and receive frequencies directly into the Test Set Once the radio s RF channel standard is selected you only have to enter the channel number to automatically set t
222. easurement field 413 Status field CDMA authentication 413 Status field CDMA mobile reporting 410 Step field 415 Steps field 414 stop bit 415 Stop Length field 415 Strength field 416 support contacts Agilent Technologies telephone 10 support contacts Agilent Technologies electronic mail 10 Svc Opt 1 Traffic Data Mode 433 Svc Opt 14 Traffic Data Mode 433 Svc Opt 2 Traffic Data Mode 433 Svc Opt 2 9 annunciator Test Status 424 Svc Opt 32768 Traffic Data Mode 433 Svc Opt 6 Traffic Data Mode 433 Svc Opt 9 Traffic Data Mode 433 sweep frequency range tracking generator 401 oscilloscope 427 rate spectrum analyzer 132 time per division 427 tracking generator 339 Swept Pwr CDMA Swept Power Measurement field 417 Sync Sector A Power field 417 System ID field 418 system identification number 395 System Type field for handoff 419 System Type field to simulate 418 T T Add field 420 T Comp field 420 T Drop field 421 462 T Tdrop field 422 TACS channel standard 365 TACS system type 419 talk amp listen 300 Test Name field 422 Test Parameters field 329 Test Procedure Run Mode field 423 Test Status Connected 423 Failed 425 Max Frames 425 Passed 424 Svc Opt 2 9 424 Testing 424 Test Status field 423 Testing annunciator Test Status 424 Tests Channel I nformation screen 134 Delete Ch 220 Insert Ch 279 Main Menu 285 Print All 342 view of 135 Tests Exe
223. easurement is zeroed and the Channel Power measurement is calibrated Refer to Calibrating the Test Set chapter in the E8285A Application Guide if you do not know how to zero Average Power measurements and calibrate Channel Power measurements The Test Set will measure the mobile station s minimum power first Using a procedure that closely follows the EIA TIA IS 98 test Minimum Controlled Output Power the Test Set sets Sector A power to 3535 dBm BW and Traffic E Ior to 7 4 then sends Always Down power control bits to drive the mobile station to its minimum power level A Channel Power measurement is made and the Test Set is returned to closed loop power control mode S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Min Max Pwr Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Then to measure maximum power the Test Set sets Sector A power to 104 dBm BW turns the Call Drop Timer Off and sends Always Up power control bits to the mobile station using a procedure similar to the EIA TIA IS 98 test Maximum RF Output Power An Average Power measurement is made and the Test Set is returned to closed loop power control mode See Also Min Max Pwr field description on page 297 Max Power field description on page 293 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA TRANSMITTER POWER RANGE TEST This field allows execution of mobile station minimum and maximum power measurements GPIB Example DISP CTXR MEASure CDManalyzer
224. ed by the mobile station Four dashes indicate that no audio frequency is present to measure A numeric value would only be displayed when the Test Set s Connected annunciator is lit Refer to the Display field on page 223 for information on how to read measurement results from this field Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL This field sets the output frequency of Audio Frequency Generator 1 See AF Generator 1 in the GPIB Command Syntax chapter of the ES285A Condensed Programming Reference Guide for programming command syntax Screens Where Field is Present ADJACENT CHANNEL POWER ANALOG MEAS DUPLEX TEST RF GENERATOR RX TEST TX TEST This Audio Frequency Generator control sets the level out of the AUDIO OUT connector in volts rms across a low impedance output or in mW W or dBm across a 600 ohm load mW is selected by pressing SHIFT ENTER Operating Considerations In the TX TEST screen the signal is always output through the AUDIO OUT connector Screens Where Field is Present TX TEST 157 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields AFGen1 To AFGen2 Freq 158 This field has two fields e the upper field sets the destination port for Audio Frequency Generator 1 e FM RF Generator FM modulator AM RF Generator AM modulator Audio Out AUDIO OUT connector on front panel of Test Set e the lower field sets the e FM modulation deviation if the upper field set to FM e AM modulation d
225. ed to calculate an ensemble average is set in the Num Averages field Screens Where Field is Present CDMA GATED POWER Avg Power This field allows you to choose the CDMA Average Power Measurement the CDMA Channel Power Measurement or the Access Probe Power Measurement The Avg Power measurement can only be made on a signal from the RF IN OUT connector The power meter must be zeroed to correct for internal amplitude offsets See Power Meas field description on page 341 NOTE Under certain conditions the Average Power measurement will display a power level measurement when low or no signal power is applied to the RF Input This measurement is a result of the power detector sensing the Test Set s RF Power source when the RF generator s output port selection is RF Out Always use the Channel Power measurement when the RF Power is at a level that will power control the mobile station to levels below 10 dBm to avoid this condition 178 Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields The following list describes the purpose for each Agilent Technologies E8285A power measurement For more detail refer to the field description for the power measurement you choose Avg Power Avg Power Average Power displays the average power measured from all demodulated on power control groups transmitted by the mobile station under test The specified amplitude range of this measurement is from 10 dB
226. ed to control this field The query form that is CRFAttenuator can be used to query the current field value Syntax CRFAttenuator lt gt lt 0 dB 20 dB 40 dB CRFAttenuator Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS CRFA 40 dB OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS CRFA ENTER 714 Attenuator set Operating Considerations This is a priority control field Accessing the CALL CONFIGURE screen overrides any changes made to this field in other screens The other screens affected include the RF ANALYZER screen and the SPECTRUM ANALYZER screen Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL CALL CONFIGURE 275 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Input Atten NOTE NOTE 276 Input Attenuation sets the amount of input attenuation for the RF IN OUT and ANTENNA IN connectors This function controls two settings The upper field determines if you want the instrument to set the attenuation automati cally Auto or if you want to set the value manually Hold e The lower field displays the present attenuation value and is used to set the desired at tenuation level when the upper area is set to Hold Oscilloscope and Decoder Interference After a signal is input the RF autoranging function Auto takes a small amount of time to determine the required input attenuator setting If your transmitter begins sending encoded information the instant it transmits the initial encoded information may
227. en IS 95A or J STD 008 is selected in the Protocol field on page 346 MSIN Mobile Station Identification Number displayed when IS 95A or J STD 008 is selected in the Protocol field on page 346 MINI Part of the Mobile IdeNtification number a permanent NAM value displayed when IS 95 is selected in the Protocol field on page 346 MIN2 Part of the Mobile IdeNtification number a permanent NAM value displayed when IS 95 is selected in the Protocol field on page 346 Phone Num The 10 digit directory telephone number Dual Mode Part of the mobile stations SCM a permanent physical attribute of the mobile station Slot Class Part of the mobile stations SCM a permanent physical attribute of the mobile station Pwr Class Part of the mobile stations SCM a permanent physical attribute of the mobile station Tx Mode Part of the mobile stations SCM a permanent physical attribute of the mobile station C Max EIRP Cellular BAND_CLASS 0 2 or 3 MAX_EIRP Maximum Effective Isotropic Radiated Power expressed in dBW MAX_EIRP 60 dBW Values range from 0 to 255 Displayed when TIA EIA 95B is selected in the Protocol field on page 346 P Max EIRP PCS BAND CLASS 1 or 4 MAX EIRP Maximum Effective Isotropic Radiated Power expressed indBW MAX_EIRP 60 dBW Displayed when TIA EIA 95B is selected in the Protocol field on page 346 C Op Modes Cellular BAND_CLASS 0 2 or 3 OP_MODE_INFO Bits that are set
228. ent CDMA GATED POWER 269 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Grid CDMA Swept Power Measurement Handoff 270 This field allows the user to superimpose a grid over the display on the screen GPIB Example CDMA SWEPtpower GRID On sets the grid to on or off Operating Considerations Select On to enable the grid select O to disable the grid The default is On The dashed grid lines represent the time scale on the X axis and the relative level scale on the Y axis Screens Where Field is Present CDMA SWEPT POWER MEASUREMENT When the Controls field is set to Display This field is used to initiate a handoff The voice channel number to hand the mobile station off to the initial power level to use on the new voice channel and the SAT tone frequency to transpond on the new voice channel are specified using the Chan Ch Loc Pwr Lvl DSAT and SAT fields under the Voice Channel Assignment section of the CALL CONTROL screen The HANDoff command is used to control this field There is no query form of the HANDoff command Syntax HANDoff Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP HAND Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Handoff Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field is displays the choice of signaling events that will occur when the Execute field is selected At the time of this printing Handoff was the only choice availa
229. ent function This function is used for entering numbers using scientific notation See Also To Enter Values with Exponents in the Operating Overview chapter of the E82685A User s Guide S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL keys chp End Release Enter Hold IBASIC reset Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys When this key is pressed the Test Set disconnects any CDMA mode call that is currently connected GPIB Example DISP CCNT CDMA CALL END Enter is used to select a field or screen and to enter numbers when the unit of measure is not specified This function is identical to pressing the cursor control knob GPIB Example No equivalent GPIB command Press and release the Shift key then the Meas reset key This stops all measurements Selecting Hold again resumes measurements The Hold key is used to hold resume all active measurements There is no equivalent GPIB command for the Hold key However the functionality of the Hold key can be implemented remotely by using single triggering of measurements GPIB Example No equivalent GPIB command See Also Measurement Triggering Process in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide The IBASIC reset key is used to stop an IBASIC program currently running 35 Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys Increment 10 Increment set Increment x10 NOTE 36 These keys are used to change the increment decrement value when changing
230. eporting table lists the received pilots status e Active pilotis a member of the Active Set Candidate pilot is a member of the Candidate Set To Drop pilot s signal strength has dropped below T Drop e To Add pilot s signal strength has exceeded T dropped below T Drop All numbers displayed in the CDMA Mobile Reporting table reflect the last pilot strength message received from a mobile station A Pilot Strength Message is sent from the mobile station when a Softer Handoff is executed ended or when the mobile station detects a change in pilot levels that affects the assignment of pilots to the mobile station s Active Candidate or Neighbor sets The CDMA Mobile Reporting table can be cleared by selecting the Pilot Meas Clear field GPIB Example DISP CMOB CDMA MOB PIL STR queries the results displayed in the CDMA Mobile Reporting table The value returned by the Test Set includes Status PN Offset Strength and Keep for each pilot currently being tracked by the mobile station These values are sent as a comma separated list of IEEE floating point numbers 16 characters each ending with a line feed character S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp NOTE Table 17 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields If no values are displayed in the CDMA Mobile Reporting table the query example shown above will return only the line feed character Programming example for Status Field
231. epth if the upper field set to AM e amplitude of audio signal volts RMS at the AUDIO OUT connector if upper field is set to Audio Out For testing mobile stations the upper field is normally set to FM and the lower field set to the desired FM deviation in kHz See AF Generator 1 in the GPIB Command Syntax chapter of the E8285A Condensed Programming Reference Guide for programming command syntax Operating Considerations This is a priority control field Accessing the RX TEST or TX TEST screen overrides any changes made to this field in other screens Screens Where Field is Present ADJACENT CHANNEL POWER ANALOG MEAS DUPLEX TEST RX TEST RF GENERATOR This Audio Frequency Generator control sets the frequency for the second audio frequency sinewave generator Screens Where Field is Present RF GENERATOR RX TEST S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp AFGen2 To Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field has two fields e the upper field sets the destination port for Audio Frequency Generator 2 FM RF Generator FM modulator AM RF Generator AM modulator Audio Out AUDIO OUT connector on front panel of Test Set e the lower field sets the e FM modulation deviation if the upper field set to FM AM modulation depth if the upper field set to AM amplitude of audio signal volts RMS at the AUDIO OUT connector if upper field is set to Audio Out For testing mobile stations the upper field is norm
232. eq Error Analog field description on page 266 Screens Where Field is Present RF ANALYZER DUPLEX TEST RF GENERATOR AF ANALYZER ADJACENT CHANNEL POWER TX TEST CALL CONTROL when Meas is selected in the Display field 267 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Gate Time Gain Cntl 268 This field specifies how long the decoder analyzes a signal after it has been triggered The longer the gate time the greater the number of bits analyzed Operating Considerations If the gate is too long the decoder s data buffer becomes full A message is displayed instructing you to decrease the gate time This function is not used with the NAMPS NTACS RVC decoder See Also Num of Bits field on page 316 AF Analyzer Gain Control specifies whether the AF Analyzer s gain settings are controlled automatically by AF autoranging Auto or by manual control Hold The following settings are affected by AF autoranging Input Gain e De Emp Gain e Notch Gain Operating Considerations The normal mode of operation for the Gain Cnt1 field is Auto allowing the instrument to adjust the AF gain settings for optimum measurement accuracy This field can be set to Hold to disable the autoranging routines to increase measurement speed However this requires you to select the desired gain settings manually for each measurement Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp NOTE Gen Anl Grid Chapter 4 Descriptio
233. equivalent GPIB command See Also Using USER Keys in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide IBASIC User s Handbook to assign IBASIC commands to user keys Press and release the Shift key then the Increment x10 key to access the average function This enables or disables measurement averaging Programming Average The GPIB command AVERage is used to select this data function programmatically Measurement averaging works the same way programmatically as it does manually If the Average data function is enabled manually and the number of averages is set to ten N 10 the first value displayed is the average of 1 measurement the second value displayed is the average of two measurements the third value displayed is the average of three measurements the tenth value displayed is the average of 10 measurements For readings greater than N the data function approximates a hardware single pole RC low pass filter If the Average data function is enabled programmatically and the number of averages is set to ten N 10 the first value returned through GPIB is the average of 1 measurement the second value returned through GPIB is the average of two measurements the third value returned through GPIB is the average of three measurements the tenth value returned through GPIB is the average of 10 measurements Each successive reading would mimic the output of a single pole RC low pass filter that had been initially charge
234. er Measurement 413 Swept Pwr CDMA Swept Power Measurement 417 Trace CDMA Swept Power Measurement 431 CDMA to Analog Handoff Channel field 195 CDMA Transmitter Closed Loop Range Test screen Closed Loop Pwr Cntl 203 Drop Timer 238 Execute 251 Max Power 293 CDMA Transmitter Power Range Test screen Avg Power 178 Change 193 Data Type 217 Echo Delay 243 deal Mobile Power 273 Min Power 296 Min Max Pwr 297 Mobile Power Mode 299 Output Atten Hold 323 Power Meas 341 Sector A Power 380 Steps 414 Svc Opt 1 Traffic Data Mode 433 Svc Opt 2 Traffic Data Mode 433 Svc Opt 32768 Traffic Data Mode 433 Svc Opt 9 Traffic Data Mode 433 Traffic Data Mode 433 Zero Power Meas 341 CDMA to analog handoff 250 Cell config key 60 CELL SITE TRIGGERS connector 70 Center Freq field analog 192 Center Freq field CDMA 193 center frequency for notch filter 315 for spectrum analyzer 192 RF signal 436 spectrum analyzer marker 291 Ch Loc field 201 Ch Offset field 202 Chan field 194 Chan Power field 197 Chan Power Meas Intrvl field 198 Chan Space field 202 Chan Std field 199 CDMA CALL CONTROL screen 199 Change field 193 channel bandwidth ACP measurement 196 Channel BW field 196 Channel field 195 Channel field CDMA toAnalog or Intersystem H andoffs 195 Channel Information field 265 channel number CDMA generator 368 control channel 205 channel offset ACP measurement 202 c
235. er 3 Description of Screens 1 0 Configure Screen I O Configure Screen 1 0 CONFIGURE HP IB Rdrs Seriol_9 In Serial Port PCMCIA 15 Port 9 Format Cord Mode IBASIC Echo stn On Off Serial Baud Cord Status Inst Echo No Card nv Ott Parity Dato Length 8 bits Save Recall To Screen amp COMA CALL CHTL O Analoa Figure 30 The I O Configure Screen The VO CONFIGURE screen s fields are used to specify GPIB and serial communications settings 119 Chapter 3 Description of Screens Message Screen Message Screen The MESSAGE screen lists any error or operation messages that have occurred since the instrument was turned on or the screen was cleared The type of error and the time it occurred are listed If one error occurs more than once before a different error is encountered the number of times it occurred and when it occurred are displayed All messages are shown until the entire display is filled If enough errors occur the MESSAGE screen will scroll the first messages past the top of the screen These messages cannot be retrieved 120 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp Chapter 3 Description of Screens Oscilloscope Screens Oscilloscope Screens OSCILLOSCOPE Tipi eUUbPUUPUUYUUpQUUUUUEUUTUUTUU nie EN E E 1 000 pp i bo fesse Lvl 0 023 Main Trigger Marker amp Con
236. er 4 Description of Fields Fields 412 Operating Considerations for Status Field When a call is made the mobile station s Active list is initialized to contain only Sector A When Sector B s signal strength exceeds the threshold determined by the entry in the T_Add field the mobile station will send a Pilot Strength Measurement Message to the Test Set The Test Set will then display Candidate under the Status column for Sector B Sector A and Sector B are identified by their PN Offsets If the power level of Sector B exceeds Sector A power by more than T_Comp 0 5 dB the mobile station will send another Pilot Strength Measurement Message and the Sector B status will change to To Add meaning that Sector B has sufficient signal strength to be added to the mobile station s Active List When a softer handoff has begun the Test Set will send a Handoff Direction Message to the mobile station adding Sector B to the mobile station s active set The mobile station will then perform diversity combining of Sector A and Sector B When the next Pilot Strength Measurement Message is sent from the mobile station Sector A and Sector B Status will either be Active or To Drop If an Active pilot s signal strength is decreased to a level determined by the other Sector power and the entry in the T_Drop field the status column will change to indicate To Drop status Conversely if a To Drop pilot signal s
237. er field description on page 437 TX Pwr Zero field description on page 440 Screens Where Field is Present ADJACENT CHANNEL POWER ANALOG MEAS DUPLEX TEST AF ANALYZER RF ANALYZER RF GENERATOR TX TEST 437 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields TX Power NOTE 438 This field displays the measured RF power of the carrier being transmitted by the mobile station Four dashes indicates that there is no carrier present to measure See Measure in the GPIB Command Syntax chapter of the E8285A Condensed Programming Reference Guide for programming command syntax A non zero value would only be displayed in the connected state that is the Connect annunciator is lit The TX Power field is only displayed when the Display field is set to Meas When the CALL CONTROL screen is displayed and the Test Set is in the connected state Connect annunciator is lit the mobile station s transmitted carrier power is constantly monitored If the power falls below 0 0005 Watts the error message RF Power Loss indicates loss of Voice Channel will be displayed and the Test Set will terminate the call and return to the active state Active annunciator is lit In order to ensure that the Test Set makes the correct decisions regarding the presence of the mobile stations s RF carrier the Test Set s RF power meter should be zeroed before using the Call Processing Subsystem Failure to zero the power meter can result in erroneous RF
238. er test The specified amplitude range of this measurement is from 10 dBm to 40 dBm and the input frequency range is from 30 MHz to 1000 MHz This measurement is more accurate than the Chan Power e Chan Power Chan Power Channel Power displays lower level RF power by analyzing the downconverted IF at the Test Set s DSP analyzer s input The amplitude range of this measurement is from 50 dBm to 35 dBm This measurement is limited to a 1 23 MHz bandwidth Acc Prb Pwr Acc Prb Pwr Access Probe Power displays access probes from the mobile station by automatically triggering a power measurement each time the mobile station registers performs a mobile station originated call or performs a mobile station terminated call Access Probe Power will also be displayed when SMS Short Message Service or Authentication procedures are attempted on the Paging channel GPIB Examples DISP CTXT CDMA TX POW MEAS Chan Power selects Channel Power measurements DISP CTXT MEAS CDM CHAN queries the channel power measurement DISP CTXT MEAS CDM CHAN CAL calibrates channel power measurements connect the DUPLEX OUT and RF IN OUT ports before sending this command 197 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Operating Considerations for the Channel Power Measurement The cross calibration process is performed by selecting the Power Meas Calibrate field Refer to Calibrating the Test Set in the Calibr
239. erating Considerations Pins 1 2 3 Ground Pin 4 Closed Loop Power Control Ramp Down CSD1_TRIG1 TTL 1 8 us positive pulse indicating ramp down beginning NOTE This trigger does not align exactly with the outgoing power control bit in the RF signal It occurs about 72 microseconds before the next 1 25 ms clock edge Pin 5 Reserved AMB TRIG OUT Pin 6 Ground Pin 7 DSP TRIG IN TTL Pin 8 Reserved HDSET_TX Pin 9 Reserved HDSET_RX Pin 10 Ground Pin 11 Reserved AMB_PDC_DATA_IN Pins 12 13 No connect Pin 14 Baseband I modulation signal I MOD DRIVE 120 mVrms nominal into 50 ohms Pin 15 Baseband Q modulation signal Q MOD DRIVE 120 mVrms nominal into 50 ohms Pin 16 Closed Loop Power Control Ramp Up CSD1 TRIGO TTL 1 8 us positive pulse indicating ramp up beginning NOTE This trigger does not align exactly with the outgoing power control bit in the RF signal It occurs about 72 microseconds from the next 1 25 ms clock edge 70 Pin 17 Reserved CSD1_TRIG2 TTL Pin 18 Reserved DSP2 TRIG OUT Pin 19 External scope trigger input EXT TRIG IN TTL Pin 20 Ground Pin 21 Reserved Pin 22 Reserved Pin 23 Reserved Pin 24 Ground Pin 25 No Connect S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL connectr chp Chapter 2 Description of Connectors Connectors CDMA CLOCK MUX OUTPUT The CDMA frame clocks provide the CDMA timing references for generating and demodulating CDMA si
240. ere Field is Present CDMA MOBILE REPORTED PILOT STRENGTH 255 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields External Disk Specification Ext Load R 256 This field is used when storing and loading procedures on an external disk Operating Considerations The GPIB path entered in the External Disk Specification field is used by the Select Procedure Location field on the TESTS Main Menu screen when Disk is selected Screens Where Field is Present TESTS External Devices External Load Resistance is used to calculate and display AF power Power is calculated using the voltage measured at the AUDIO IN connections and the resistance value you enter into this field Operating Considerations This field is not displayed when the Audio In Lo field is set to 600 To Hi the load resistance is internally fixed to 600 ohms See Also AC Level field description on page 151 Audio In Lo field description on page 169 Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALYZER RX TEST S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp Ext NGHB Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field allows the user to select whether to enable the custom neighbor list the Sc Priority field and the NGHB Fq Ch field GPIB Example CDMA CELL CONF EXNB On enables or disables the custom neighbor list and associated fields Operating Considerations This is an immediate action toggle field If it is set to On the Sc Priority
241. erence When the TimeBase field is set to Int the TimeBase field will display Internal and the Test Set will use its internal high stability 10 MHz timebase as a reference Input level must be gt 0 15 Vrms Input impedance 50 ohms Duty cycle must be 90 The main GPIB port allows communication between the Test Set and other instruments or computers using the General Purpose Interface Bus GPIB Operating Considerations 36 pin GPIB See Also GPIB Adrs field description on page 272 73 Chapter 2 Description of Connectors Connectors MODULATION INPUT This connector provides an external modulation connection to the RF Generator Operating Considerations Input impedance 600Q Maximum input level 12 V peak Full scale input 1 V peak The Mod In To field of the RF GENERATOR screen sets the type of modulation AM or FM and sensitivity 7 AM Vpk or kHz Vpk for this connection The FM Coupling field in the RF GENERATOR DUPLEX TEST and various encoder modes selects ac or dc coupling of this signal for FM operation PAGING CHANNEL LOGGING DCS2 gt 74 The Paging Channel Logging port provides for logging protocol signaling from the Paging channel Refer to Protocol Logging in the Application Guide Operating Considerations e O pin sub miniature D 152k Baud e 8bit e No parity e No flow control Pin assignments for this connector are as follows Pin 1 Not Used Pin 2 RX_A RS 232 Pin 3
242. es 84 AP Analyzer Block Dia TD ii qn RI 85 Call Gontrol Ser ens ce a ede lecto te eR RS 86 Call Control Screens ANALOG MEAS uuu ccecccccccssssecccsssscccessssscsescsssssccssssecsesssseccescssssscscsseesessssseecesssssessesoseaes 87 Call Control Screens AUTHENTICATION ccccccccccccssssccscsssssccccsssscsccsssscesssssscesscssescsessssssesssssssesesnesssesossses 89 Call Control Screens CALEBITE Reni Peso desea ceckedceceds De dues hd 90 Call Control Screens CALL CONFIGURE aeaa iaai eae E EA Ei EEA EEEE EA EAE 94 Call ControkScreens CATLDATA csi tae eee be ete et pa e i eei es e ient ree ee aded 95 CDMA Authentication Screen ocoononononooooooononononononononononononononnononononononononononanananann nono ni asierea deerit 99 EDMA Call Control Screen ita a dl da da ic atlas 100 CDMA Cell Site Configuration Screen ooo eeccceesscceseeccesecesseeceeaceseaeeeeaeeseaaeceaaeceeeeesaeeeneaeceeaeeeeseaes 101 CDMA Cellular Mobile Receiver Test Score oooocconononooonononconnnconononnnonononnonconononnnnno non no noncnnonnonanononona 102 16 Contents CDMA Cellular Mobile Receiver Block Diagram seen nennen 103 CDMA Cellular Mobile Transmitter Test Screen oooooccnncccnonccnnncccnnnncnononononacnnnnonnnnnonnncc nennen 104 CDMA Gated Power Screen eua nee Reed 105 CDMA Generator Control SCreen eerte votes teo ete ni e cede eene ae RE eg 106 CDMA Generator Control Block Diagram ononnnnoniniconnnononccnn
243. eseeaeeeeeeeeaeeaees 270 Handoff eran i e e e 270 Ph arid OFF s Ee Ote ee e taa 271 21 Contents 22 Hard Handoff annunciator 271 GPIB Ad A 272 BASIC E A tiet 272 IBASIC IBASIC Cntrl 272 Ideal Mobile PO Wer id iR eee e ti deese e nr did 273 isl O 274 If Unt Under Test Hails 3 ette ote Det i Na Cu datei oae eben 274 Init POWER ase shade deren e La RETO A EE 274 Inp t m M 275 liput Aenne scere iere eerte etit rre PE CETUR EDENTER 276 necu italia Qh Input Port eres HEA Gas A hove es AF aE GRA ah Umi i eee 278 Insertion oe Speed SoG REUNIR ERO a RRO BIS 279 Insrt Ins 279 Insrt Stp 280 IETA Ee Te NT 280 280 281 281 PPP RN 282 E vel TON 283 TD A AA A eae as 283 Lines P ge enden SAA A n Deng 283 Lowerand Upper ACP Ratio bevel nepran a e rer tee de edes eene 283 NN O A 284 Lvl CDMA Gated POWer iii ii 284 Lvl Open Loop Time Response 285 MAMA 285 Mar odo tud boda el led cet 286 Marker Lvl CDMA Swept Power Measurement 286 Mark e cds De ala rt otia e ta O 287 Marker Nom Dl RI REOR ONU MR Ia eis 288 Marker Time iet epe iter te ti itae ate aeo t ete ced vien 288 Marker Pos CDMA Reverse Channel Spectrum esses entente tnter tnt ttnnt netten nennen 289 Marker Time CDMA Gated POWGE 5 eere eoe br OY bt venie te
244. est Set will truncate the most significant bit of each byte of data from the User Data field then put the resulting 7 bit data in the SMS message without translation If the Data Mode field set to ASCII the Test Set will translate the data from the User Data field using the ASCII code chart then put the resulting data in the SMS message in 7 bit or byte format depending on the selection you make in this field The data from characters entered in the User Data field are put in the CHARi fields of the User Data subparameter of the SMS message as described in Section 4 5 2 of IS 637 and TSB79 This field affects this subparameter as shown in table 12 Data Effects Encoding field selection MSG_ENCODING field CHARi field length bits value Octet 0 8 7 bit ASCII 2 7 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Enter ASCII Data Enter Hex Data Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields The encoding to be used by mobile stations for the Octet encoding type is unspecified in the IS 637 and TSB79 standards While some mobile stations use ASCII encoding others may use a different encoding or may not implement the Octet encoding type at all Consequently using Octet encoding to send ASCII User Data to a mobile station may cause the mobile station to display the message using a different character set or not display a message at all See Also User Data ASCII or Hex field description on page 443
245. et requires an estimated mobile station power level to make CDMA Channel Power measurements GPIB Example DISP CTXR CDMA MOBile POWer MODE User MPOWer O0 selects CDMA power measurements without a call connected and enters an esti mated mobile power level of 0 dBm Operating Considerations The Test Set uses the value entered in this field to set up analyzer path attenuation See Also Mobile Power Mode field description on page 299 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA TRANSMITTER POWER RANGE TEST This field sets the GPIB operating mode Talk amp Lstn is used for normal GPIB operation Control is used to control external instruments using the Test Set This setting is retained when the instrument is turned off Screens Where Field is Present I O CONFIGURE This field is used to enter the instrument s model number There is no specific syntax for entering model numbers into this field Screens Where Field is Present TESTS External Devices Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Model Mod In To Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field is used to specify the type of printer used If your printer is not listed in the Choices menu when you select this field configure your printer to emulate one of those that is listed Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Printer Setup PRINT CONFIGURE This modulation input field defines how an external modulation source is used with the
246. et will apply Confidence interval testing to GPIB Example DISP CRXT MEASure CDManalyzer FERasure CONFidence LIMit 0 5 sets the confidence limit to 0 5 0 005 Operating Considerations This field is only displayed when the Con idence field is on See Also Confidence field description on page 207 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE RECEIVER TEST This field can only be controlled programmatically It is used to specify if you want a form feed at the end of printing Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Printer Setup PRINT CONFIGURE 259 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields FF at Start Filter 1 Filter 2 260 This field can only be controlled programmatically It is used to specify if you want a form feed at the start of printing Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Printer Setup PRINT CONFIGURE This field selects one of several standard or optional audio frequency filters which can be used to condition the audio signal before being analyzed by the Audio Frequency Analyzer See AF Analyzer in the GPIB Command Syntax chapter of the E8285A Condensed Programming Reference Guide for programming command syntax Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALYZER ANALOG MEAS DUPLEX TEST RX TEST TX TEST This field selects one of several standard or optional audio frequency filters which can be used to condition the audio signal before being analyzed by the Audio F
247. ets with firmware revisions A 04 50 and higher include a measurement that automatically triggers a power versus time measurement at the correct time relative to the Test Set s output level change and displays a graph showing the mobile station s time response to open loop power control See Measuring Time Response of Open Loop Power Control in chapter 5 in the Application Guide Operating Considerations e BNC Trigger occurs 180 microseconds before the RF power changes Trigger rise time is negligible approximately 600 ns 76 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL connectr chp Chapter 2 Description of Connectors Connectors SERIAL PORT 9 This connector is the primary serial port SERIAL PORT 10 is the secondary and is used for serial data exchange with an external device Applications might include printing test results to a serial printer controlling a mobile station through a proprietary serial bus entering IBASIC programs or sending test results from the IBASIC controller to a connected controller disk drive or terminal NOTE If you are attempting to connect a serial printer using an RJ 11 connector you will need an adapter to connect to this 9 pin sub miniature D connector The adapter is available through Black BoxO Corporation Order item DB9RJ 11 code number FA067 Operating Considerations e You must select Port 9 in the Serial Port field on the I O CONFIGURE screen to define serial communication settings for SERIAL
248. fields chp Total RAM Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field displays the total amount of RAM available for IBASIC programs and save recall registers Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE Trace CDMA Swept Power Measurement This field clears the measurement from the display GPIB Example MEAS SWEPtpower TRACe CLEar clears the screen Operating Considerations Select this field to clear the captured trace from the screen Screens Where Field is Present CDMA SWEPT POWER MEASUREMENT When the Controls field is set to Display 431 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Traffic Sector A Power This field allows the entry of Sector A traffic E Iep the energy per PN chip for the forward traffic channel level relative to the total sector power The Walsh code can also be specified for the traffic channel GPIB Example CDMA CELL ASECtor TRAFfic STATe ON DISP CGEN CDMA CELL ASECtor TRAFfic POWer 16 sets Sector A pilot power to 16 dB DISP CGEN CDMA CELL ASECtor TRAFfic WALSh 8 sets the Walsh cover for Sector A s traffic channel to 8 Operating Considerations As the traffic level is varied OCNS is automatically adjusted so that the total power levels of pilot sync paging traffic and OCNS add up to Sector A power Ior Screens Where Field is Present CDMA GENERATOR CONTROL CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE RECEIVER TES
249. fst I 130 Str I VAL Pil str 35 16 140 PRINT Pilot I pilot strength is Str I 150 Keep I VAL Pil str 52 16 160 PRINT Pilot I keep bit is Keep I 170 IF I Num pn THEN 180 Pil str Pil str 69 LEN Pil str Move to next Pilot in the string 190 PRINT 200 END IF S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields 210 EXT I 220 END Screens Where Field is Present CDMA MOBILE REPORTED PILOT STRENGTH Swept Pwr CDMA Swept Power Measurement This field allows for arming the swept power measurement GPIB Example CDMA SWEPt power TRIGger IMMediate arms the measurement Operating Considerations Selecting Arm prepares the Test Set to expect an amplitude trigger from the mobile station so that the Test Set can perform a swept measurement It is also necessary to send the following command once before arming the measurement CDMA SWEPtpower TRIGger MODE RETRigger SINGle Screens Where Field is Present CDMA SWEPT POWER MEASUREMENT When the Controls field is set to Main Sync Sector A Power This field allows the entry of Sync E the sync channel energy per PN chip relative to the total sector power GPIB Example DISP CGEN CDMA CELL ASECtor SYNC POWer 16 sets Sector A pilot power to 16 dB Operating Considerations As the sync level is varied OCNS is automatically adjusted so that
250. g 266 This field displays frequency error when Freq Error is selected from the following list of choices available in an unnamed field at the top of the display e Freq Error Frequency GPIB Example DISP DUPL MEAS RFR SEL Freq Error displays the Freq Error measurement field Operating Considerations This field displays the frequency error error assigned carrier frequency measured carrier frequency of the carrier being transmitted by the mobile station Four dashes indicates that there is no signal at the present tune frequency See Also Frequency Analog field description on page 267 Screens Where Field is Present RF ANALYZER DUPLEX TEST RF GENERATOR AF ANALYZER ADJACENT CHANNEL POWER TX TEST CALL CONTROL when Meas is selected in the Display field Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Frequency Analog This field displays transmitter frequency when a signal is present and Frequency is selected from the following list of choices available in an unnamed field at the top of the display e Freq Error Frequency GPIB Example DISP DUPL MEAS RFR SEL Frequency displays the DUPLEX TEST screen and selects the Frequency measurement field Operating Considerations This measurement area is used to display transmitter frequency Four dashes indicate no signal is present at the current tune frequency See Also Fr
251. g Call Processing functions such as registration page and originate to verify a valid call 89 Chapter 3 Description of Screens Call Control Screens Call Control Screens CALL BIT CALL BIT C Frios O Enister LI Faw O Accass O Canech Dale mer Order cta Purameser Dvertaad Anssaae Figure 10 The CALL BIT Screen The CALL BIT screen is designed to give an advanced user the capability to modify the contents of the forward control channel and forward voice channel signaling messages that are used in all processing messaging protocol A messaging protocol is defined as the sequence of messages sent from the Test Set to the mobile station to perform a desired action such as registering a mobile station Modifying the contents of one or more messages may be required for testing the robustness of a mobile station s call processing algorithms or for new product development 90 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp NOTE Chapter 3 Description of Screens Call Control Screens Using the CALL BIT Screen Using the CALL BIT screen requires expert knowledge of the call processing messaging protocols used in the system selected in the System Type field on the CALL CONTROL screen The CALL BIT screen should not be used to change any parameter that can be set on any other Call Processing Subsystem screen The contents of the applicable fields on the CALL CONTROL screen and the CALL CONFIGURE screen are not updated
252. gative edge 283 positive edge 283 signal 176 source oscilloscope 281 time 288 Tune Freq field 436 tuning channel automatic 367 turning off squelch 403 Tx Mode 306 TX Power field 437 438 TX Pwr Meas field 439 TX Pwr Zero field 440 TX range key 60 TX test key analog 60 TX test key CDMA 60 TX Test screen AF Anl In 155 AF Freq 156 AFGen1 Freq 157 AFGenl Lvl 157 Current 213 DC Current 218 DC Level 219 De E mphasis 220 Detector 222 Distn 236 Filter 1 260 Filter 2 260 FM Deviation 262 Freq Error Analog 266 267 functional block diagram 144 IF Filter 274 Input Port 278 RF Channel 363 SAT Deviation 376 SINAD 396 SNR 398 Tune Freq 436 TX Power 437 TX Pwr Zero 440 view of 144 Type 441 U Uncal annunciator channel power measurement 341 Uniq Chall annunciator Call Status 442 Uniq Chall field CDMA Authentication screen 441 UniqChCon 96 234 Unique challenge 441 Unique Challenge on Paging Failed message 441 Unique Challenge on Paging Passed message 441 Unique Challenge on Traffic Passed message 441 Unique Challenge on Traffic Failed message 441 unit of measure 58 Units field 442 up arrow key 57 U pper ACP L evel field 283 Upper ACP Ratio field 283 Upper Limit field 443 User Data ASCII 443 User Data H ex 443 User Def BaseFreq field 183 user keys global defined 64 local defined 64 USER DEF channel standard
253. ges received from the mobile station on the reverse control channel or reverse voice channel or the raw data message bits displayed when a decoding error occurs the control program queries one some or all of the six received data fields The information in each field is returned exactly as displayed on the CRT The information is returned to the control program as a quoted string This is an example The received data fields are read only data fields The RCDD1 through RCDD6 query commands are used to read the contents of the six received data fields Syntax RCDD lt 1 6 gt Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP RCDD1 ENTER 714 Rcv data Setting the Display Field to Meas When the Display field is set to Meas the top right hand portion of the CALL CONTROL screen is used to display modulation quality measurements made on the mobile station s RF carrier while on a voice channel For system type AMPS TACS AND JTACS the following parameters are measured when the Test Set is in the connect state See Figure 57 Freq Error TX Power FM Deviation AF Frequency Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Figure 57 Display DotosHegs O Active O Resister O Puse O Access O Connect Order MS Id CALL CONTROL TX Frea Error FH Deviation TX Power EN 0 00030 System Tyre Voice Channel Rssisnnent AMPS ntrl Chan 321 Chant Anplitude Pur Luli dBn SID SAT
254. gnals The CDMA clock MUX output provides the following CDMA frame clocks on a multiplexed output 1 25 ms 20 00 ms 26 67 ms 80 00 ms 2 00 s Each of these CDMA frame clocks is available by selecting from the list of choices displayed on the CONFIGURE screen Operating Considerations e BNC e Select which frame clock will be output on the CDMA CLOCK MUX OUTPUT connector by pressing the Config to select the CONFIGURE screen then selecting the Frame Clock field to display the list of choices Nominal output level is gt 5 dBm e Output impedance is 50Q e All frame clocks are locked to the Test Set s timebase internal or external Refer to the TimeBase field on the CONFIGURE screen See Also Frame Clock field description on page 263 EVEN SEC INPUT field description on page 72 COMPOSITE VIDEO The composite video output provides a signal for using an external video monitor The signal provides a duplicate of the Test Set s screen Operating Considerations BNC Amulti sync monitor must be used to match the video sync rate of 19 2 kHz Example monitors include Electrohome ECM 1410 DMS 14 inch color monitor and the EVM 1242 P4VID 12 inch monochrome monitor 71 Chapter 2 Description of Connectors Connectors DUPLEX OUT The duplex output is an output for the RF Generator and Tracking Generator Operating Considerations e Type N e Output impedance 600 e The RF Generator s output is selected in the Output Port
255. h different filters amplifiers and detectors that affect the displayed measurement CAUTION The maximum level between the HI and LO center pins is 42 V peak approximately 30 Vrms Exceeding this value can cause permanent instrument damage See Also AF Anl In field description on page 155 Audio In Lo field description on page 169 68 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL connectr chp AUDIO OUT Chapter 2 Description of Connectors Connectors The audio output is used to output signals from AF Generators 1 and 2 Operating Considerations BNC Output impedance 1 Maximum output current 20 mA peak Maximum reverse voltage 12 V peak The output level is set by the AF Generators and it is not affected by the front panel VOLUME control AC DC coupling is selected using the Audio Out field This field is available in the DUPLEX TEST screen RF GENERATOR screen AUD MONITOR OUTPUT The audio monitor output provides an external output from various tap points in the AF Analyzer path Operating Considerations BNC Output impedance is lt 1 KQ The Scope To field on the analog AF ANALYZER screen determines the source of this signal The level is not affected by the front panel VOLUME knob See Also Scope To field description on page 379 69 Chapter 2 Description of Connectors Connectors CELL SITE TRIGGERS This is a DB 25 connector It provides various CDMA triggers and digital cell diagnostics Op
256. hannel power level 153 measurement 83 measuring 82 ratio 153 channel power measurement calibration band selection 163 channel spacing user defined 202 channel standard AMPS MS LS 365 ETACS MS LS 365 J TACS MS LS 365 LTR800 900 MS LS 365 NAMPS MSL MSM MSU LSL LSM LSU 365 NTACS MS LS 365 TACS MS LS 365 USER DEF 365 channel tuning 367 Check Digits field 200 Check field 199 Chirp Data Type 217 clear MSDatabase 306 clock time of day 426 Closed Loop Pwr Cntl field 203 Clr All 306 Clr Scr field 204 CMAX field 204 Cnfg External Devices field 205 Cntl Channel field 205 Cntry Code field 206 Code Location field 206 COMPOSITE VIDEO connector 71 Confidence field 207 Config key 60 configuration call control 94 Configure screen Alt Pwr Ms Cal Bands 163 Antenna In 167 BaseFreq 183 Beeper 184 Chan Space 202 Date 218 Duplex Out 242 Firmware 261 Flow Cntl field 261 Frame Clock 263 Gen Anl 269 Input Atten 276 Notch Coupl 316 Output Port 324 Range Hold 354 RF Display 367 RF Gen Volts 368 RF In Out 369 370 RF Level Offset 369 RF Offset 370 RX TX Cntl 373 Serial No 385 Time 426 TimeBase 426 Total RAM 431 User Def BaseFreq 183 view of 115 Index 453 Index Connect annundator 209 Connected annunciator Call Status 210 Test Status 423 connectors MODULATION INPUT 74 Cont Single field 211 Continue field 210 control ch
257. he operation of the MSUT See Also Screen s Where Field is Present CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE 344 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Privacy Procedure Library Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field sets the Privacy Indicator parameter in SMS messages The choices available are None No Restrict Restricted e Confidentl e Secret GPIB Example CDMA SMS TERM PRIV Restricted sets the Privacy parameter to Restricted Operating Considerations Each of these choices represent different levels of privacy Refer to TIA EIA IS 637 for detailed information about the Privacy Indicator and its effect on the operation of the MSUT See Also Screen s Where Field is Present CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE This field is used to select whether the new test procedure will use the current test s library or no library Library files contain all of the channel parameter and test name information used with the code file Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Save Delete Procedure Proc Save Delete Procedure Selecting this field displays the TESTS Save Delete Procedure screen Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Main Menu 345 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Program This field displays program information for the file chosen in the Select Procedure Filename field Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Main Menu Protocol This field provide
258. he AF ANALYZER screen selects single sideband demod from the AF Anl In field then queries the AC Level field Operating Considerations When the unit of measure is changed to measure AF power the external load resistance must be specified See Ext Load R field description on page 256 The input for the ac level measurement on this screen is always the AUDIO IN connectors 151 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Active 152 Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALYZER DUPLEX RF ANALYZER RX TEST This field is used to turn on the forward control channel of the Test Set or to force a return to the Active state from any other state Register Page Access Connect If the forward control channel of the Test Set is already active sending the ACTive command will deactivate and then reactivate the control channel The ACTive command is used to control this field There is no query form of the ACTive command Syntax ACTive Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP ACT Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Active annunciator NOTE ACP Meas Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields When lit the Active annunciator indicates the control channel of the Test Set is turned on If this annunciator is lit the base station is transmitting system parameter overhead messages on the assigned control channel If the annunciator is not lit the base station is not
259. he RF Generator and RF Analyzer to the correct frequency Operating Considerations To utilize the correct transmit and receive frequencies select the appropriate channel standard from the RF Chan Std field on the CONFIGURE screen Screens Where Field is Present TX TEST RF ANALYZER SPECTRUM ANALYZER When the Controls field is set to RF Gen 363 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields RF Channel CDMA 364 This field is displayed on the screens listed below when the RF Display field on the CONFIGURE screen is set to Chan GPIB Example DISP CCNT CDMA RFCHannel 283 selects channel 283 Operating Considerations This field re tunes the Test Set to the selected channel number If a call is currently connected this field initiates a CDMA to CDMA hard handoff The mobile station must be programmed for the serving system of the RF Channel selected For example if the mobile station is programmed to B only and channel 283 which is an A system channel is selected the handoff will not be successful Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL CDMA REVERSE CHANNEL SPECTRUM When the Controls field is set to RF Gen S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp RF Chan Std Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field is displayed when Chan is selected in the RF Display field on the CONFIGURE screen Use the RF channel standard field to select the channel standard for the radio under
260. hen set to On configures the Test Set as a base station that is compatible with any Country Code Network Code combination that a mobile station is programmed with On enables escape mode Off disables escape mode GPIB Example CDMA CELL CONF EMOD On enables escape mode Operating Considerations When Escape Mode is On the Cntry Code and Netwrk Code fields are no longer needed and are removed from the Cell Site Configuration screen The mobile station may still require a specific Network ID and System ID setting to find service from the Test Set See Also Protocol field description on page 346 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION This field displays the electronic serial number ESN in decimal form received from the mobile station on the reverse control channel in response to a forward control channel message The ESN dec field is displayed only when the Display field is set to Data and a reverse control channel message containing this information has been decoded Refer to the Display field on page 223 for information on how to read measurement results from this field Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp ESN hex ESN Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field displays the electronic serial number ESN in hexadecimal form received from the mobile station on the reverse con
261. his measurement automatically senses when the mobile station access probe power level crosses a threshold approximately 55 dBm BW during registration or call attempts Although each access probe is measured only the last access probe during an access attempt is displayed This field is accessed by highlighting the currently displayed power measurement listed below and selecting Acc Prb Pwr from the list of choices This measurement must be cross calibrated in the same manner as Channel Power measurements An Uneal annunciator will flash below this field when the Access Probe Power measurement has not been calibrated for the frequency band selected in the RF Chan Std field See Calibrating Channel Power Measurements in the Calibrating the Test Set chapter of the Agilent Technologies E8285A Application Guide The following list describes the purpose of each Agilent Technologies E8285A power measurement For more detail refer to the field description for the power measurement you choose Chan Power Chan Power Channel Power displays lower level RF power by analyzing the downconverted IF at the Test Set s DSP analyzer s input The amplitude range of this measurement is from 50 dBm to 35 dBm This measurement is limited to a 1 23 MHz bandwidth Avg Power Avg Power Average Power displays the average power measured from all demodulated on power control groups transmitted by the mobile station under test The specif
262. his selection is Off GPIB Example DISP CFER CDMA MOBile FERasure REPort BY ERRors STATe ON causes the mobile station to report FER whenever the number of errors counted by the mobile station reaches the value entered by the command below DISP CFER CDMA MOBile FERasure REPort BY ERRors 5 causes the mobile station to report FER if the FER count reaches 5 within the num ber of frames specified in the MS FER Report Interval Operating Considerations Ifby frames is On it is possible that mobile station reported FER will occur more frequently than the error count specified in by errors Range of values 1 through 15 See Also by frames field description on page 188 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA MOBILE REPORTED FER 187 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields by frames Called Number 188 When this field is On the mobile station will report FER at least as often as the mobile station s frame counter cycles through the number of frames entered in the MS FER Report Interval field GPIB Example DISP CFER CDMA MOBile FERasure REPort BY FRAMes STATe ON causes the mobile station to report FER based on frame count Operating Considerations Ifby errors is On FER reporting can occur more frequently than the frame count specified by MS FER Report Interval See Also by errors field description on page 187 Screens Where Field is Present CD
263. hp Internal Keep Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field selects the trigger source Internal uses the signal being displayed for triggering e External uses the rear panel EXT SCOPE TRIGGER INPUT for triggering This is a TTL level trigger approximately 2 5 V ENCODER uses the signaling encoder for triggering The encoder must be sending its signal to trigger the oscilloscope Screens Where Field is Present OSCILLOSCOPE This column in the CDMA Mobile Reporting table lists the Keep pilot indicator bit from the Pilot Strength Message All numbers displayed in the CDMA Mobile Reporting table reflect the last pilot strength message received from a mobile station A Pilot Strength Message is sent from the mobile station when a Softer Handoff is executed ended or when the mobile station detects a change in pilot levels that affects the assignment of pilots to the mobile station s Active Candidate or Neighbor sets The CDMA Mobile Reporting table can be cleared by selecting the Pilot Meas Clear field Operating Considerations If the Keep bit is zero the mobile station s handoff drop timer for that pilot has expired Otherwise this bit will be a one GPIB Example DISP CMOB CDMA MOB PIL STR queries the results displayed in the CDMA Mobile Reporting table The value returned by the Test Set includes Status PN Offset Strength and Keep for each pilot currently being tracked by the mobile s
264. ied amplitude range of this measurement is from 10 dBm to 40 dBm and the input frequency range is from 30 MHz to 1000 MHz This measurement is more accurate than the Chan Power measurement Acc Prb Pwr Acc Prb Pwr Access Probe Power displays access probe power transmitted from the mobile station by automatically triggering a power measurement each time the mobile station registers performs a mobile station originated call or performs a mobile station terminated call Access Probe Power will also be displayed when SMS Short Message Service or Authentication procedures are attempted on the Paging channel GPIB Example CDMA TX POW MEAS Acc Prb Pwr selects the Access Probe Power measurement 149 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields 150 Operating Considerations A sequence of access probes is transmitted as part of the mobile station s attempt to gain access to a CDMA system To determine a mobile station s access probe power select Acc Prb Pwr from the list of power measurement choices Press the Config key to access the CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION screen Select Page in the Call limit field This will prevent a call from going to the Connected state resulting in the mobile station transmitting all access probes in its pre defined sequence Several field settings affect the number of access probes and power levels of each access probe These fields are RF Power field on page 371 Sctr A Pwr field o
265. iew chapter of the E8285A User s Guide To Query the Meter High End and Low End Points Use the METer HEND and MEter LEND commands to query the analog bar graph meter high endpoint and low endpoint Syntax METer HEND METer LEND OUTPUT 714 MEAS RFR POW MET HEND ENTER 714 Meter hi end OUTPUT 714 MEAS RFR POW MET LEND ENTER 714 Meter lo end This queries the high end point and low end point of the analog bar graph meter for the TX power measurement When querying the value of the Meter data function through GPIB the Test Set always returns numeric values in attribute units regardless of the current display units or GPIB units settings Numeric values are expressed in scientific notation Refer to To Specify Units of Measure for GPIB Data Transfer in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide 47 Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys To Set the Meter High End and Low End Point Display Units Use the METer HEND DUNIts and MEter LEND DUNits commands to set the analog bar graph meter high end point and low end point display units Refer to To Specify Units of Measure for CRT Display in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide for description of display units Syntax METer HEND DUNits disp units METer LEND DUNits disp units Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS RFR POW MET HE
266. ignal of gt 200 mW to the ANT IN port can cause instrument damage although internal protection circuits can typically withstand a short duration signal of 1 or 2 Watts If the over power circuit is triggered signified by a warning message at the top of the screen remove the signal from the ANT IN port and press the Meas reset key or turn the Test Set off and on to reset it 67 Chapter 2 Description of Connectors Connectors AUDIO IN LOW HIGH The audio inputs are used to input audio signals to the AF Analyzer AUDIO IN HI is the main audio signal input connection e AUDIOIN LO is used for the audio signal reference Three choices are available using the AF ANALYZER screen s Audio In Lo field e Gnd connects the center pin through approximately 100 to chassis ground Float provides a floating input e 600 To Hi provides a 600 ohm internal load to match an audio source with an out put The measured level is the potential between the HIGH and LOW center pins The shells of both connectors are at chassis ground Operating Considerations e BNC nputimpedance switchable between e 1 MQ in parallel with 95 pF e 600 floating e This port is selected as the AF Analyzer s input using the AF An1 In field in the analog TX TEST screen DUPLEX TEST screen and AF ANALYZER screen This port is always the AF Analyzer s input when the analog RX TEST screen is displayed e Signals input to the AF Analyzer are routed throug
267. ile station has registered When i 7 the value is quite large at 163 84 seconds You may not want to wait this long during normal testing GPIB Example CDMA CELL CONFigure MSCindex 1 sets the cycle to 2 56 seconds Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL CONFIGURE Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Meas Cntl Message Data Mode Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field allows the selection of either single or continuous measurements Single causes a measurement to be made each time the Arm field is selected e Cont causes measurements to re arm automatically until Single is selected or the call is terminated GPIB Example DISP CRXT TRIGger MODE RETRigger SINGle sets the measurement mode to single Operating Considerations During remote operation the default measurement control setting is continuous The displayed mode Single or Cont only applies to local front panel operation This field does not update when the Test Set is operated remotely During manual operation the default measurement control setting is single See Also Measurement Triggering Process in the Operating Overview chapter of the ES285A User s Guide Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE RECEIVER TEST CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE TRANSMITTER TEST CDMA GATED POWER unlabeled This field is selects either ASCII or Hex data for the SMS message See Also Enter ASCII Data field on pag
268. illisecond to 100 milliseconds The default is 0 0 millisecond Screens Where Field is Present CDMA SWEPT POWER MEASUREMENT When the Controls field is set to Display Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Marker To Marker To Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Peak causes the marker to move to the maximum value of the average level measured on the display Peak causes the marker to move to the minimum value of the average level measured on the display Because these functions look at the average value for each displayed pixel the marker may not appear directly on the displayed peak of a noisy signal Screens Where Field is Present OSCILLOSCOPE This field is displayed when the Controls field is set to Marker Peak moves the marker to the highest peak and enters the location in the Position field GPIB Example DISP CSP CSP MARKer PEAK Next Peak moves the marker to the next peak to the right and enters the location in the Position field GPIB Example DISP CSP CSP MARKer NPEAK e Center Freq changes the center frequency value to match the current position of the marker Center Freq is not available in the CDMA reverse channel spectrum Ref Levelchanges the reference level setting to match the current position of the marker GPIB Example DISP CSP CSP MARKer RLEV Screens Where Field is Present SPECTRUM ANALYZER CDMA REVERSE CHANNEL SPECTRUM 291 Chapter 4 Descript
269. ion and once the mobile station acquires synchronizes to the pilot channel Rho measure ments can be made GPIB Example DISP CTXT CDMA MEAS RHO Traffic Rho selects Traffic Rho as the current Rho measurement DISP CTXT MEASure CDManalyzer RHO queries the current Rho measurement result GPIB commands for selecting rho measurement modes are not available yet Operating Considerations Rho is defined as the percentage of the mobile station s signal waveform that cross correlates with an ideal signal waveform carrying the same data The default Rho measurement Traffic Rho should be used whenever a mobile station is capable of making a call A Rho of 0 9444 or greater is required for the mobile station to meet EIA TIA IS 98 standards Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE TRANSMITTER TEST 429 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields To Screen These fields are used to choose which of the Test Set screens to display CDMA CALL CNTL CELL CONF CDMA GEN RX TEST TX TEST SWEPT PWR MOBL RPT MOBL FER RNG TEST SMS AUTHEN REV SPEC OPEN LOOP GATED PWR Analog RX TEST TX TEST DUPLEX RF GEN RF ANL AF ANL AD CH PWR ENCODER e DECODER SPEC ANL SCOPE CALL CNTL e AUTHEN e CALL BIT CALL CNFG e CALL DATA e ANLG MEAS Config TESTS CONFIG IO CONFIG PRNT CNFG 430 Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUAL
270. ion of Fields Fields Mask Type Max Frames 292 This field is used to select the power versus time mask used during gated power measurements to determine pass fail results Original selects the mask specified by test standards IS 98A and TIA EIA 98B TIA EIA 98 C selects the mask specified by test standard TIA EIA 98C Screens Where Field is Present CDMA GATED POWER when Display is selected from the Controls field This field sets the maximum frame count for each FER test GPIB Example DISP CRXT MEASure CDManalyzer FERasure MAXimum FRAMes 1000 sets the maximum number of frames for FER measurements to 1000 Operating Considerations FER measurements will be made on the number of frames entered in this field unless the test terminates because a confidence limit is reached Range of values 25 through 10000000 See Also Confidence field description on page 207 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE RECEIVER TEST S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp Max Power Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields The value shown under the Max Power label in the upper left portion of the display is the maximum power measurement result obtained the last time a Min Max Power measurement was executed GPIB Example DISP CTXR MEASure CDManalyzer MMPower EXECute executes a Min Max Power measurement DISP CCNT CDMA MOBile POWer MAXimum queries the Max Power measu
271. ired reverse control channel or reverse voice channel message to be displayed The DATA command is used to control this field The query form of the command that is DATA can be used to determine which reverse control channel or reverse voice channel message is currently being displayed See Reading the CALL DATA Screen Message Fields on page 97 for information on how to read the contents of the individual messages Syntax DATA lt gt lt Reverse Control or Voice Channel message word gt lt gt DATA Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP DATA RECCW A OUTPUT 714 CALLP DATA ENTER 714 Message Screens Where Field is Present CALL DATA 232 Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Display Word Choices AuthWORD Standard Equivalent Word C Authentication Word Message Fields AUTHR COUNT F NAWC Parity RANDC BSChalOrd Standard Equivalent Word C Base Station Challenge Word Message Fields F NAWC Parity RANDBS MRI Ord Standard Equivalent MRI Order message Message Fields AWC DSCC OE Order ORDQ Parity RSSI RSVD VMAC T1T2 NRVC Ord Standard Equivalent Narrow Order or Order Confirmation Message Message Fields AWC DSCC Local OE ORDQ Parity RSVD VMAC T1T2 RECCW A Standard Equivalent Word A Abbreviated Address Word Message Fields E F MINI NAWC Parity RSVD S SCM T RECCW B Standard Equivalent Word B Extended Address Word Message Fields
272. is Main Screens Where Field is Present CDMA SWEPT POWER MEASUREMENT Controls Open Loop Time Response 212 This field allows the user to select which of the open loop time response measurement menus is displayed Main Display CDMA Gen Traffic GPIB Example CDMA OLTR CONTrol Main selects Main from the OPEN LOOP TIME RESPONSE screen Controls field Screens Where Field is Present OPEN LOOP TIME RESPONSE S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Controls Oscilloscope This field allows the user to select which of the oscilloscope s menus is displayed Main Trigger Marker Screens Where Field is Present OSCILLOSCOPE Controls Spectrum Analyzer Current This field allows the user to select which of the spectrum analyzer s menus is displayed Main RF Gen Marker Screens Where Field is Present SPECTRUM ANALYZER When set to Current this field displays the DC current measured at the DC CURRENT MEAS port on the back of the Test Set Any offset can be removed by selecting Zero inthe DC Current field This field is a one of many field used to select the type of measurement to be made by the Audio Frequency Analyzer on the audio signal being measured See Measure in the GPIB Command Syntax chapter of the ES285A Condensed Programming Reference Guide for programming command syntax Selecting this field displays the following measuremen
273. is controlled by the Averages field on page 178 The release time represents the slope of the falling edge of the RF power which is required to conform to a transmission envelope mask This mask is displayed on the CDMA Gated Power screen and shows graphically whether the burst is within the limits specified in test standards The Release Time field provides a convenient way to observe or programmatically query the time period of the burst s falling edge Screens Where Field is Present CDMA GATED POWER 361 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Release Res BW Reset 362 This field is used to terminate an active voice channel connection with the mobile station When the Release field is selected a mobile station control message with a release order is sent to the mobile station on the forward voice channel A mobile station must be actively connected on a voice channel to the Test Set that is the Connect annunciator must be lit before you can attempt to send a release order to the mobile station The RELease command is used to control this field There is no query form of the RELease command Syntax RELease Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP REL Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL The resolution bandwidth field selects the IF filter used when measuring the power of the carrier and the adjacent channels Operating Considerations Using a narrower bandwidth filter 300 Hz slows the m
274. ive power level of the Sector A OCNS source DISP CGEN CDMA CELL ASECtor ORTHogonal WALSh 17 sets the OCNS Walsh code to 17 Operating Considerations OCNS is automatically adjusted so that the total power levels of pilot sync paging traffic and OCNS add up to Sector A power Ir Allowable values for OCNS include Walsh codes 8 through 63 If a Walsh value is entered that matches the Traffic or Sync channel setting an error message will be displayed Screens Where Field is Present CDMA GENERATOR CONTROL 318 Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields OCNS Sector B Power Offset Freq This field displays Orthogonal Channel Noise Simulator OCNS The Walsh Code can also be specified for OCNS but OCNS power is not settable GPIB Example DISP CGEN CDMA CE EJ 1 BSECtor ORTHogonal POWer queries the relative power level of the Sector B OCNS source DISP CGEN CDMA CELL BSECtor ORTHogonal WALSh 17 sets the Walsh code for the OCNS to 17 Operating Considerations OCNS is automatically adjusted so that the total power levels of pilot traffic and OCNS add up to Sector B power Ior Allowable values for OCNS include Walsh codes 8 through 63 If a Walsh value is entered that matches the Traffic or Sync channel setting an error message will be displayed Screens Where Field is Present CDMA GENERATOR CONTROL Frequency
275. l Control screen view of 86 Index 449 Index AMPS Call Control screen See Also Call Control screen AMPS system type 419 AMPS TACS simulated system 418 Analog Meas screen AF Anl In 155 AF Freq 156 AF Genl Freq 157 AF Gen1 To 158 Amplitude 165 Current 213 DC Level 219 De E mphasis 220 Detector 222 Distn 236 Filter 1 260 Filter 2 260 FM Deviation 262 SINAD 396 SNR 398 TX Power 438 view of 87 analyzer calibration 132 frequency markers 286 level markers 289 analyzer RF frequency 436 measurements 396 sensitivity 384 answer call 31 Answer key 31 Answer Mode field 166 Auto 31 166 Manual 31 166 ANT IN connector avoiding damage 278 437 for ACP ratio measurements 153 for off the air measurements 278 for RF measurements 278 gain at 167 input attenuation 276 loss at 167 sensitivity 384 ANTENNA IN connector description 67 Antenna In field 167 ARIB T 53 protocol 346 Arm field 167 ASCII terminal configuring 385 Assign key 32 Attack Time field 168 186 Atten Hold field 169 Atten Hold Output field 323 450 attenuation automatic control 276 input RF analyzer 276 manual control 276 attenuator decoder interference 269 276 hold 169 input 276 oscilloscope interference 269 276 audio frequency counter gate time 155 sampling 155 audio frequency measurements 156 213 219 236 396 398 AUDIO IN connector for ac level measurement 150 151
276. l field For example to set the increment value for the RF Generator frequency to 2 5 MHZ the following command string would be sent to the Test Set OUTPUT 714 RFG FREQ INCR 2 5 MHZ GPIB Units UNITs are used with the data functions to specify the units of measure for numeric data which is read or set through GPIB Refer to To Specify Units of Measure for GPIB Data Transfer in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide Data function settings are not retained The setting values are initialized or changed under the following conditions e The Test Set is turned off values initialized on power up e The Test Set is preset values initialized e A saved register is recalled values changed to those in the recalled register 63 Chapter 1 Description of Keys USER Keys USER Keys 64 User keys instantly access instrument settings without using the knob You can use user keys to move quickly between fields on the same screen and to access field settings that are not normally available on the screen you are using Local user keys are used to move between settings on the screen that is displayed When the user key is pressed the cursor instantly moves to and selects the assigned field eliminating the need to turn and push the knob Five local user keys are available for each screen K1 K2 K3 K4 and KS Five factory assigned local user keys are available in each screen however using these key
277. l field description on page 441 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA AUTHENTICATION The Units column indicates the unit of measure used for the limits dBm kHz and so forth Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Pass Fail Limits S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Upper Limit This field is used to set the upper limit to be compared with the measured results If the measured result is above this limit the test will fail Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Pass Fail Limits User Data ASCII or Hex This field accepts up to 64 ASCII or up to 128 Hex characters to be sent in an SMS Data Burst Message GPIB Example CDMA SMS MDM ASCII selects ASCII data entry mode for the User Data field CDMA SMS TERM DATA ASC Call Home enters the ASCII string Call Home in the User Data field Operating Considerations The Data Mode field determines which data format ASCII or Hex is selected for the User Data field Screens Where Field is Present CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE 443 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields VC Order 444 This field is used to send an order on the forward voice channel to the Mobile Station with authentication active The VC Order field is only visible when authentication is activated and the mobile is assigned a voice channel The orders available are Change Power to Power Level 0 7 Maintenance put
278. lA and RandChalB to the mobile station The AUTHentcate command instructs the Test Set to issue system parameter overhead messages with the AUTH bit set to one The query form of the command that is AUTHenticate can be used to determine the current setting of the test set Syntax AUTHenticate lt gt lt ON OFF gt lt gt AUTHenticate Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH ONOFF ON OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH ONOFF ENTER 714 Auth state Screens Where Field is Present AUTHENTICATION This field specifies how the trigger level is set e Auto automatically triggers if a triggering signal is not detected within approximately 50 ms of the last trigger Norm requires a specific triggering signal before triggering Operating Considerations Automatic triggering should be used for signals gt 20 Hz Normal triggering should be used for signals x20 Hz Also when measuring x1 Hz signals you should set the Scope To field in the AF ANALYZER screen to Input to provide dc coupling to the oscilloscope s input Screens Where Field is Present OSCILLOSCOPE S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Autostart Test Procedure on Power Up Auto Zero When set to On this field automatically loads and runs the specified procedure whenever the Test Set is turned on If this field is set to O or the specified procedure cannot be l
279. lay Units or GPIB Units settings Numeric values are expressed in scientific notation To Query Measurement Reference Point Display Units Use the REFerence DUNIits commands to query a measurement reference point s Display Units Refer to To Specify Units of Measure for CRT Display in the Operating Overview chapter of the ES285A User s Guide for description of Display Units Syntax REFerence DUNits Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS RFR POW REF DUN ENTER 714 Disp unit This queries the measurement reference point s Display Units for the TX Power measurement NOTE When querying a measurement reference point through GPIB the Test Set always returns numeric values in Attribute Units regardless of the current Display Units or GPIB Units settings Numeric values are expressed in scientific notation See Also To Set a Measurement Reference in the Operating Overview chapter of the ES285A User s Guide 53 Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys Register Release Save 54 This key causes the mobile station to perform a CDMA zone based registration See Register CDMA on page 358 This key is used to delete the assignment of the User Keys K1 through K5 and K through K3 Press and release the Shift key then the K5 key to select the Release function GPIB Example No equivalent GPIB command See Also Using USER Keys in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Gui
280. lighted field is used to set one of the 7 valid DSAT sequences to be used on the designated voice channel entered into the Chan field The DSAT command is used to control the right hand field The query form of the command that is DSAT SETTing can be used to determine the current Test Set DSAT setting Syntax DSAT SETTing 0 2556CB 1 255B2B 2 256A9B 3 25AD4D 4 26AB2B 5 26B2AD 6 2969AB DSAT SETTing Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP NAMP DSAT 0 2556CB OUTPUT 714 CALLP NAMP DSAT SETT ENTER 714 DSat sequence 239 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields NOTE DSAT DST hex 240 Use the CALL CONTROL screen to set the DSAT sequence Using the SIGNALING ENCODER screen to change the DSAT will cause dropped calls The DSAT entered in this field is used in digital to analog handoffs GPIB Example CDMA CALL AHAN DSAT 0 2556CB sets the DSAT field to 0 2556CB See Also Execute Handoff field description on page 250 Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL CDMA CALL CONTROL The DSAT DST hex field is displayed only when the System Type field is set to NAMPS and the Display field is set to NMeas The DSAT DST field displays the received DSAT DST sequence from the mobile station on the reverse voice channel The received sequence is displayed in hexadecimal and can be checked against the DSAT value displayed in
281. listed in the description of the EXT REF INPUT connector Operating Considerations BNC This reference signal will be phase locked to the reference input if the operating conditions specified in the EXT REF INPUT connector description are met Nominal output level is gt 5 dBm Output impedance is 50Q Frequency stability is the same as the signal applied to the EXT REF INPUT connector See Also EXT REF INPUT on page 73 80 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL connectr chp Description of Screens These screens are listed in alphabetical order 81 Chapter 3 Description of Screens Adjacent Channel Power Screen Adjacent Channel Power Screen ADJACENT CHANNEL POWER kHz Upper ACP Ratio dB TX Power EM Lower ACP Ratio IEE 0 00000 Ser To Screen RFGenl Frea ACP Meas Rotio Leve conn kHz Tune Frea Input Atten RFGenl To Ch Offset uto Hold FM BERETS fnolos MHz UMP off kHz IA Auto Zero Channel BW B kHz Th Pur Zero Carrier Ref Res BM Figure 4 The Adjacent Channel Power Screen This screen is used to measure Adjacent Channel Power This is a measurement of the power of signals at a specific channel spacing above and below the RF Analyzer s center frequency This screen is accessed by selecting AD CH PWR from the Analog To Screen menu 82 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp Chapter 3 Description of Screens Adjacent Channel Power Screen How th
282. low the squelch level with the exception of TX Power The measurements are replaced by four dashes to indicate they have been squelched The decoder and Oscilloscope measurements are also disabled when the signal has been squelched Spectrum Analyzer measurements are not affected by the squelch setting although squelch still affects whether the demodulated signal can be heard while viewing the RF signal Trying to read a squelched measurement using GPIB will cause your program to halt until the squelch is either turned down a measurement is made or until a program time out aborts the measurement process Screens Where Field is Present RF ANALYZER 403 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Srch Win A 404 This field allows entry of the search window size for the active set and candidate set GPIB Example DISP CCON CDMA CELL CONFigure AWIN 5 sets search window A to 5 Operating Considerations The mobile station searches for the strongest pilot channel signal and usable multipath components of the pilot channel signals included in the active and candidate sets The search window limits the range of PN sequence offsets that the mobile station searches The range of values for the searcher window size is 0 to 15 e 0 4 PN chips minimum e 5 20 PN chips default e 15 452PN chips maximum Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fiel
283. ls if you are experi encing technical problems Applications information is included in the Agilent Technologies E8285A CDMA Mobile Station Test Set Application Guide E8285 90019 Calibration and repair information are in the Agilent Technologies E8285A CDMA Mobile Station Test Set Assembly Level Repair Manual E8285 90033 If you have used the manuals and still have application questions contact your local Agilent Technologies Sales Representative Repair assistance is available for the Agilent Technologies E8285A CDMA Mobile Test Set from the factory by phone and e mail Parts information is also available from Agilent Technologies When calling or writing for repair assistance please have the following information ready Instrument model number Agilent Technologies E8285A Instrument Serial Number tag located on the rear panel Installed options if any tag located on the rear panel Instrument firmware revision displayed at the top of the screen when the Test Set is powered up and is also displayed on the CONFIGURE screen Support Telephone Numbers 1 800 827 3848 U S only 1 509 921 3848 International 1 800 227 8164 Agilent Technologies Direct Parts Ordering U S only 1 916 783 0804 Agilent Technologies Service Parts Identification U S amp Intl Electronic mail Internet Spokane Service spk agilent com S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL frntmt fo Table 1 United States of America
284. lways returns numeric values in GPIB units or attribute units regardless of the field s current display units setting Refer to To Specify Units of Measure for GPIB Data Transfer in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide To Set the Increment Mode Use the INCRement MODE commands to set the increment mode to linear or logarithmic Syntax INCRement MODE lt LOGarithm or LINear Example OUTPUT 714 RFG FREQ INCR MODE LOG This sets the increment mode for the RF Generator s frequency to logarithmic To Query the Increment Mode Use the INCRement MODE commands to query the increment mode Syntax INCRement MODE Example OUTPUT 714 RFG FREQ INCR MODE ENTER 714 Mode returns LIN or LOG This queries the increment mode of the RF Generator s frequency To Set the Increment Value Display Units Use the INCRement DUNits commands to set the units of measure used to display the increment value Refer to To Specify Units of Measure for CRT Display in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide for description of display units Syntax INCRement DUNits disp units Example OUTPUT 714 RFG FREQ INCR DUN KHZ This sets the increment value s display units to kHz for the RF Generator s frequency 37 Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys NOTE When querying a field setting through GPIB the Test Set always returns n
285. ly when the field Protocol on page 346 is set to J STD 008 or TIA EIA 95B GPIB Example CDMA CELL CONFigure NOMinal POWer EXT O sets NOM_PWR_EXT to 0 Operating Considerations Entering a 0 in this field sets the range of the open loop power control correction factor from 8 dB to 7 dB inclusive Entering a 1 extends the correction factor from 24 to 9 dB inclusive The mobile station obtains this value prior to transmitting as part of the Access Parameters Message Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp No Pk Avg Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field is displayed when the Controls field is set to Auxiliary This field performs two functions peak hold and video averaging Pk Hold peak hold prevents the Spectrum Analyzer from erasing the previous trace each time it sweeps This causes the traces to build up on the screen until Off No Pk Avg or the Meas reset key is selected This allows the capture of transient signals that are not displayed long enough to view during normal operation Avg 1through Avg 100 video averaging enables the Spectrum Analyzer to display a trace representing the average of several measurements The number of samples used for measurement averaging range from 1 to 100 see below No Pk Avg and Off function identically Off is provided to maintain backwards compatibility with earlier firmware
286. m parameters and fields for setting up an analog cell site voice channel for digital to analog handoffs Functionality added to this screen in the latest version provides new capability to e Send an Audit Order Message or a General Page Message or an Audit Order Messge followed by a General Page Message at the beginning of each valid paging slot Senda Custom Neighbor List entry with search priority and frequency included Perform a Power Down Registration when desired 101 Chapter 3 Description of Screens CDMA Cellular Mobile Receiver Test Screen CDMA Cellular Mobile Receiver Test Screen COMA CELLULAR MOBILE RECEIVER TEST Test Status FER zs O Connected O Suc Opt 2 O Testins O Passed Errors Counted O Failed O Max Frames Frames Counted Meas Cnil Max Frames Traffic To Screen BEHEE Dato Mode Sctr A Pur Confidence is MEP CDNA Data Tyre dBm BN ae OM Troffic FER Spec Echo Delay O Rnalas 2 Seconds dE y Diselar Interin EbSNt AWGH Results 252 Figure 16 The CDMA Cellular Mobile Receiver Test Screen This screen allows receiver FER test setup controls start and stop of receiver tests and displays call status and FER results CDMA Cellular Mobile Receiver Block Diagram on page 103 102 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp Chapter 3 Description of Screens CDMA Cellular Mobile Receiver Test Screen CDMA Cellular Mobile Receiver Block Diagram
287. m to 40 dBm This measurement is more accurate than the Chan Power measurement Chan Power Chan Power Channel Power displays lower level RF power by analyzing the downconverted IF at the Test Set s DSP analyzer s input The amplitude range of this measurement is from 50 dBm to 35 dBm This measurement is limited to a 1 23 MHz bandwidth Acc Prb Pwr Acc Prb Pwr Access Probe Power displays access probes from the mobile station by automatically triggering a power measurement each time the mobile station registers performs a mobile station originated call or performs a mobile station terminated call Access Probe Power will also be displayed when SMS Short Message Service or Authentication procedures are attempted on the Paging channel GPIB Examples DISP CTXT CDMA TX POW MEAS Avg Power selects the average power measurement DISP CTXT MEAS CDM AVGP queries the average power measurement DISP CTXT MEAS CDM AVGP ZERO zeroes the average power measurement Operating Considerations for the Average Power Measurement The Test Set compensates for internal amplitude offsets by zeroing the power meter when the Zero field is selected Average power measurements should be zeroed at least as often as the following conditions arise 5 C change in operating temperature Power cycle Daily 179 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields 180 Average Power measurements are made using a
288. measurement the Test Set analyzes an ensemble of gated on periods referred to as bursts The number of bursts used for the measurement is defined by the Averages field on page 178 The burst time field displays the time period between the rising and falling edges of the burst Each burst is required to conform to a transmission envelope mask This mask is displayed as a graph on the CDMA Gated Power screen and shows whether the burst is within the limits specified in test standards The middle portion of the display is time compressed to allow the Test Set to display the entire burst without compromising resolution during the rising and falling edges The Burst Time field provides a convenient way to observe or programmatically query the time period of the burst between rising and falling edges Screens Where Field is Present CDMA GATED POWER 186 Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp by errors Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field displays the resolution bandwidth of the CDMA spectrum analyzer Operating Considerations This field is coupled to the Span field s setting Range of Values e 1kHz 3kHz e 30kHz Screens Where Field is Present CDMA REVERSE CHANNEL SPECTRUM When this field is On the mobile station reports FER at least as often as the number of errors entered in the numeric entry portion below On Off The numeric entry portion of the by errors field is field is not displayed when t
289. ments graphically The Meter format is available for most measurements To determine if the Meter format is provided for a measurement position the cursor in front of the measurement s units field and press the knob If the message Press ON OFF LIMITs REF AVG METER or units is displayed the meter format is provided Programming Meter The GPIB command METer is used to select this data function programmatically To Turn the Meter ON and OFF Use the METer STATe commands to turn the meter ON and OFF The parameter can be a 1 or ON to turn the meter on and a 0 or OFF to turn the meter off Syntax M METer STATe ON or 1 METer STATe OFF or 0 Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS RFR POW MET ON This turns the analog bar graph meter ON for the TX power measurement 45 Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys To Query the State of the Meter Use the METer STATe commands to query the state of the analog bar graph meter The query returns a if the meter is ON and a 0 if the meter is OFF Syntax METer STATe Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS RFR POW MET STAT ENTER 714 Meter on off returns a 1 ON or O OFF This queries the state of the analog bar graph meter for the TX power measurement To Set the Number of Intervals on the Meter Use the METer INTerval commands to set the number of intervals displayed on the analog bar graph meter
290. mple CDMA CALL AHAN CSTandard MS AMPS selects MS AMPS as the destination cell s channel standard for a CDMA to CDMA hard handoff Operating Considerations An interband CDMA to CDMA hard handoff is performed by selecting TIA EIA 95B in both the Protocol and System Type fields then selecting the Execute field A procedure is provided in the Application Guide chapter labeled Intersystem Handoffs Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL This field is used to select whether the test will verify only upper only lower both or none of the specified limits Operating Considerations Selecting both upper and lower limits increases test time but may be required for some tests Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Pass Fail Limits 199 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Check Digits NOTE 200 This field displays the six A_Key check digits Check digits are calculated when a valid ESN is entered in the MS Database field usually through Registration Check digits provide a method for checking the validity of A Key numbers See the A Key Digits field description on page 161 for more information Check digits are not affected by ESN when Kor PCS is selected in the Protocol field GPIB Example CDMA AUTH CDIG queries the Check Digits field See Also MS Database field on page 306 Register CDMA field on page 358 Timer Reg field on page 428 Pwr Up Reg field on pag
291. ms Screens Where Field is Present CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE 304 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields MS Ack Revd annunciator If the mobile station successfully receives the SMS message it sends an SMS received acknowledgment to the Test Set lighting the MS Ack Received annunciator GPIB Example STAT CSMS EVEN queries the CDMA SMS Status Register Event Register A BCD value of 2 is as signed to the MS Ack Received status bit Operating Considerations When the SMS message acknowledgment is received by the Test Set the SMS In Progress annunciator will go out See SMS In Progress annunciator field on page 397 See Also CDMA SMS Status Register Group Bit Assignments in the ES285A Users Guide Status Reporting section Screens Where Annunciator is Present CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE 305 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields MS Database This field displays information obtained from the mobile station during registration Depending on the settings of the Protocol field and the RF Channel Std field some combination of the following modes are available with ESN as the default displayed parameter 306 ESN Electronic Serial Number a permanent physical attribute of the mobile station MCC Mobile Country Code displayed when IS 95A or J STD 008 is selected in the Protocol field on page 346 MNC Mobile Network Code displayed wh
292. n Dig 9 through Dig 16 These fields display digits 9 through 16 of the phone number dialed on the mobile station DSCC This field displays the current DSAT Color Code being transmitted by the mobile station Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields E This field displays the extended address word received from the mobile e Set to 1 if the extended address word is sent Set to 0 if the extended address word is not sent F This field displays the first word indication received from the mobile station e A 1 indicates that this is the first word e A Q is displayed for all subsequent words LOCAL This field displays the local control field This field is specific to each system The ORDER field must be set to local control for this field to be interpreted by the Test Set LT This field displays the last try code field MINI This field displays the first part of the mobile identification number received from the mobile station MINA This field displays the second part of the mobile identification number received by the Test Set NAWC This field displays the number of additional words coming from the mobile station OE The Odd Even data field is used for adjacent channel protection ORDER This field displays the Order field and identifies the order type received by the Test Set ORDQ This field displays the received order qualifier The field qualifies the order
293. n of Fields Fields Decoder and Oscilloscope Interference The AF autoranging function Auto takes a small amount of time to determine the attenuation settings for the AF Analyzer If you are decoding an encoded signal and your transmitter begins sending encoded information the instant it transmits the initial encoded information may not be decoded during the autoranging process Use the Auto setting to establish the initial gain settings while the encoded signal is first being decoded and then select Hold during the decoding process to retain the gain settings The decoder should capture all encoded information the next time you transmit the signal Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALYZER This field is used with the RF Offset field to specify the amount of frequency offset between the RF Generator and RF Analyzer This field is not displayed when the RF Display field is set to Chan the offset is automatically set when using channel tuning Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE This field is displayed only when Display is selected in the Controls field This field provides control of the CDMA GATED POWER display grid e On displays dashed lines delineating the time scale on the X axis and the relative level scale on the Y axis e Off erases the dashed lines leaving only the mask and measurement trace information GPIB Example DISP CGP CDMA GPOWer GRID On turns off the display grid Screens Where Field is Pres
294. n page 380 Sctr B Pwr field on page 381 Nom Power field on page 312 Nom Pwr Ext field on page 312 Init Power field on page 274 Power Step field on page 342 Num Step field on page 317 Max Req Seq Max Rsp Seq field on page 294 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE TRANSMITTER TEST CDMA TRANSMITTER POWER RANGE TEST S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Access Probe annunciator AC Level This annunciator lights when the mobile station transmits an access probe This annunciator will remain lit until the call has been terminated A sequence of access probes is transmitted as part of the mobile station s attempt to gain access to a CDMA system A mobile station originated call or a mobile station terminated call each require the mobile station to transmit access probes GPIB Example DISP CCNT STATus CDMA COND queries the CDMA condition register Bit 0 will be set when the Access Probe an nunciator is lit Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL CDMA AUTHENTICATION CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE CDMA AUTHENTICATION This is the default measurement for this field The type of measurement shown is dependent on the AF Anl In settings This measurement displays either rms potential voltage or audio power Watts or dBm GPIB Example DISP AFAN AFAN INPUT SSB Demod MEAS AFR ACLevel selects t
295. n pilot levels that affects the assignment of pilots to the mobile station s Active Candidate or Neighbor sets The CDMA Mobile Reporting table can be cleared by selecting the Pilot Meas Clear field Operating Considerations PN Offsets can be changed for Sector A and Sector B on the CDMA GENERATOR CONTROL screen GPIB Example DISP CMOB CDMA MOB PIL STR queries the results displayed in the CDMA Mobile Reporting table The value returned by the Test Set includes Status PN Offset Strength and Keep for each pilot currently being tracked by the mobile station These values are sent as a comma separated list of IEEE floating point numbers 16 characters each ending with a line feed character If no values are displayed in the CDMA Mobile Reporting table the query example shown above will return only the line feed character S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Table 14 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Programming Example Fields 10 RE STORE C WENDYL READ_MRT 20 CLEAR SCREEN 30 DIM Pil str 500 40 OUTPUT 714 CDMA MOB PIL STR 50 E ER 714 Pil str 60 Length LEN Pil str 70 Num pn Length 1 DIV 68 Determine number of Pilots in the table 80 FOR I 1 TO Num pn 100 PRINT Pilot I status is Stat I 110 Pnofst 1 VAL Pil_str 18 16 120 PRINT Pilot I PN Offset is Pnofst I 130 Str I V
296. n the CDMA CALL CONTROL screen is selected Range of values 0 through 2 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields SAT The SAT field is divided into two fields e The left hand field displays the current SAT tone frequency assignment for the current voice channel being used by the Test Set and the mobile station The Sat field only displays a value when the system type is set to AMPS TACS JTACS or when NAMPS Ch Loc is set to Wide The Test Set must also be actively connected on a voice channel that is the Connect annunciator is lit A is dis played if a mobile station is not actively connected on a voice channel or the system type is NAMPS and Ch Loc is set to Lower Middle or Upper This is a read only field The AVCSat query command is used to query the contents of the left hand subfield There is no command form of the AVCSat command Syntax AVCSat Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP AVCS ENTER 714 Active vc sat e The right hand field highlighted field is used to set the SAT Color Code SCC to be used on the designated voice channel the channel number entered into the Chan right hand subfield The SATone command is used to control the right hand subfield The query form of the command that is SATone can be used to determine the cur rent SAT Color Code SCC setting Syn
297. nciator when lit indicates that SSD Shared Secret Data in the Test Set is 0 SSD_A 0 is the default value for SSD_A Entering a new A Key initializes SSD_A to 0 Performing a successful SSD Update causes this annunciator to be turned off See Also Call Status field description on page 190 SSD Update field description on page 409 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA AUTHENTICATION S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp SSDA Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields The SSDA command is only available through the remote users interface No field is displayed for this function on the test set The user can enter a valid value into the Test Set along with other necessary shared secret data to avoid the SSD Upd process at the start of testing to reduce testing time SSDA is the most significant 64 bits of the SSD value stored in the mobile station SSDA is entered as a 16 digit hexadecimal value The query form that is SSDA can be used to query the current Test Set value Syntax SSDA 16 character hex value gt lt gt SSDA Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH SSDA 1234567890ABCDEF OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH SSDA ENTER 714 Ssda val The SSDA NEW command is only available through the remote users interface No field is displayed for this function on the test set This value can be used during authentication to replace or query the SSD A NEW value in the Test
298. nerator screen AF Freq 156 AFGen1 Freq 157 AF Gen1 To 158 AFGen2 Freq 158 460 AF Gen2 To 159 AM Depth 164 Amplitude 165 Atten Hold 169 Audio Out 170 Current 213 DC Current 218 DC Level 219 Distn 236 FM Coupling 261 FM Deviation 262 Freq Error 266 267 functional block diagram 126 Mic Pre Emp 296 Mod In To 301 Output Port 324 RF Gen Freq 368 SINAD 396 SNR 398 view of 126 RF IN OUT connector description 76 for ACP level measurements 153 278 for ACP ratio measurements 153 for measuring high power devices 339 for measuring transmitter power 278 for RF measurements 278 for testing transceivers 324 gain at 369 370 input attenuation 276 loss at 369 370 power measured at 437 RF In Out field 369 370 RF input selecting port 278 RF Level Offset field 369 RF Offset field 370 RF output selecting port 324 339 RF power exceeding limits 278 measurement 437 zero reference 440 RF Power field 371 Rgstr NID field 371 Rgstr SID field 372 rho test mode measurement 429 traffic measurement 429 rms detector 222 measurement 151 ROM procedure location 345 382 RSSI Thresh field 372 RST 49 Run field 374 Run Test field 374 RVCBSChal 96 234 RVCOrd 96 234 RVCOrdCon 96 234 RX test key analog 60 RX test key CDMA 60 RX Test screen AC Level 151 AF Freq 156 AFGen1 To 158 AF Gen2 Freq 158 AFGen2 To 159 Amplitude 165 Atten Hold 169 Current
299. ng Depending on the Protocol field choice some combination of the following modes are available with Auto as the default e Auto The Test Set will obtain the mobile station s identification through mobile station registration either at mobile station power on or when the Register field is selected e Phone Num Allows entry of a 10 digit phone number that identifies the mobile station overriding any value for phone number that the test set may have obtained during mobile station power on registration The mobile station must be NON SLOTTED to use this MS ID mode This choice is displayed when IS 95 is selected in the Protocol field on page 346 e MIN Allows entry of MIN a 9 digit hexadecimal string normally derived from the phone number overriding any value for MIN that the test set may have obtained during mobile station power up registration The mobile station must be NON SLOTTED to use this MS ID mode This choice is displayed when IS 95 is selected in the Protocol field on page 346 e IMSI Allows entry of IMSI consisting of MCC MNC and MSIN This choice is displayed when IS 95A TSB 74 KorPCS ARIB T53 or J STD 008 is selected in the Protocol field on page 346 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields GPIB Examples DISP CCNT CDMA MOBile MSID AUTO selects automatic entry of the mobile station s MIN and Phone Number through registration DISP CCNT CDMA M
300. nnanoncnnnncnnonono a ARE enne tre R 107 CDMA Mobile Reported FER Screen coooonnccnocononanocinonnnoncnonnnnncnonocononnn cnn non rennen nnne nennen enne 108 CDMA Mobile Reported Pilot Strength Screen oooconnnonincnnonnnonnoncnonnconanonnccnnoconnonnccnncnnn crac canaria cnn 109 CDMA Open Loop Time Response Screen eesseeeseseseeeeeeeeren eene nennen nennen 110 CDMA Reverse Channel Spectrum Screen o cece ceeceeceseeseeeeeeeeseeeseeesecesaeceaeeaecsseeseeeeseeeaeeseneeaaes 111 CDMA Short Message Service Screen 0 ccceecccessseceeeeeseeeeseceseaceceaeeecaeessaaecseaeceeeeeeeeeeeeaaeneaeeeeneees 112 CDMA Swept Power Measurement Screen sese tenen nennen 113 CDMA Transmitter Power Range Test Screen eese eene rennen rennen 114 Configure COM A dne db tutte te ote E iere etes 115 Duplex Test Screen eiut i tea ie e P O Bene ei edd 116 Duplex Test Block Di gr ii e eerte A e sie v oed tee petas Lee eue e ee Ux ag oerte eoe eR 117 Help Screens f M 118 I O C onfigure SCreem acia eH HR eR ERE Hg PR EE UP eee re iret dag 119 Message Crea lali 120 Oscilloscope Screens oco heo Ib ebbe oes edad ed RE P ERE EROR 121 Selecting the Oscilloscope S Input 21e etre eee tle nen d e eerte rts 122 Print Configure Creo cs oou nate rede It eo EE RE Freire ee e 123 RE Analyzer Scteeti eise ies deer aes 124 RE Analyzer Bl ck Diagram ee t etre Moe onde
301. nnel Frequency Channel Spacing For example if your multi channel radio s lowest receive channel frequency is 870 030 MHz and the system channel spacing is 30 KHz you would enter 870 MHz in this field You would also use the Chan Space and Gen An1 fields to tell the Test Set where other transmit and receive channel frequencies are in relation to the base frequency and whether or not the system is duplex Operating Considerations The value of this field is only used if the RF Display field is set to Chan and the RF Chan Std field is set to USER DEF See Also Chan Space User Defined field description on page 202 Gen Anl field description on page 269 RF Chan Std field description on page 365 RF Display field description on page 367 Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE 183 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Base ID Beeper 184 This field allows entry of the base station identification BASE_ID GPIB Example DISP CCON CDMA CELL CONFigure BID O sets the base identification of the simulated CDMA cell site to 0 Operating Considerations The mobile station acquires the BASE ID when it receives the System Parameters Message from the Test Set Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION This field changes the audio beeper volume by selecting the desired level from a list of choices The beeper always beeps when the instrument is turned on regardless of this
302. not receive the Authentication Challenge Response from the mobile within 20 seconds the Test Set will beep and the following message will be displayed No mobile response to Unique Challenge The SSD Update annunciator will be turned off If the Test Set receives the Authentication Challenge Response it compares the Received parameter AUTHU to its Expected computed AUTHU value If the values match the Status column is set to Passed and the message Unique Challenge on Paging Traffic Passed is displayed in the Authentication Data Table The Uniq Chall annunciator will be turned off GPIB Example CDMA AUTH UCH initiates a Unique Challenge Response procedure 441 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Operating Considerations A Unique Challenge verifies that the mobile station and Test Set possess the same sets of Shared Secret Data SSD Refer to the E8285A Application Guide Authentication Tests for a description of performing Unique Challenge Response If a valid ESN is not found in the MS Database field the Test Set will beep and display the following message Cannot perform SSD Update until the phone has registered Screens Where Field is Present CDMA AUTHENTICATION Uniq Chall annunciator Units 442 This annunciator when lit indicates that a Unique Challenge has been sent to the mobile and the Test Set is waiting for a response See Also Call Status field description on page 190 Uniq Chal
303. nsiderations When power is applied to the RF IN OUT connector the temperature of the internal circuitry increases This can cause changes in the TX Power measurement when low power levels are measured immediately following high power measurements When alternately making high and low power measurements always zero the power meter immediately before making the low power measurements this provides the best measurement accuracy Screens Where Field is Present ADJACENT CHANNEL POWER CALL CONTROL CALL CONFIGURE AF ANALYZER RF ANALYZER TX TEST S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Type The Type field allows you to set the FOR_TRAFFIC and REV_TRAFFIC parameters in the base station to 0 None or 1 Primary It appears only when Service Option 6 or Service Option 14 are selected in the Traffic Data Mode field GPIB Example CDMA CALL TRAFfic TYPE None Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL CDMA RX TEST CDMA TX TEST CDMA RANGE TEST Uniq Chall NOTE A Unique Challenge can be performed on the paging access channels or on the traffic channel When Uniq Chall Execute is selected this field sends an Authentication Challenge Message to the mobile station and the SSD Update annunciator is lit In response the mobile station sends back an Authentication Challenge Response Message including the parameter AUTHU If the Test Set does
304. ntar Forti FF at Start n ED li Print Titles Figure 33 The Printer Configurations Screen This screen configures the Test Set to print screen images with your printer Images are printed using either the front panel PRINT function see Printing a Screen in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide or the Print A11 USER key available on some TESTS environment Screens 123 Chapter 3 Description of Screens RF Analyzer Screen RF Analyzer Screen RF ANALYZER TST Fil Deviation TX Power EM Tune Frea Input Part IF Filter TX Pur Meas EELTESE RF In Bnt 230 k Peak Sanple Input Atten Auto Zero Autos uto Manuol sensitivity RF Cnt Gate TX Pur Zero Hormal High as Figure 34 The RF Analyzer Screen RF Analyzer Block Diagram on page 125 124 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp To Screen O COMA CALL CNTL e finalos RF AHL Confia TESTS Chapter 3 Description of Screens RF Analyzer Screen RF Analyzer Block Diagram Fined Measurement Display Area une Mode mm TX Freq Error FM Deviation Auto Manual TX Frequency AM Depth AC Level TXPower SINAD SNR Distn SINAD A Freq DC Level _ TX Power t Current easuremen TX Pwr Zero Reference MIS ACC Zero EXT Key y On Off gt Input Port Input Atten e Auto Hold ilter RF In Ant 0 db 230 kHz RF IN i i Ss rat ee v Gy it High Power 20
305. ntatives 75 Chapter 2 Description of Connectors Connectors RF IN OUT The RF IN OUT port allows full duplex interaction or the RF IN portion can be used with the DUPLEX OUT port which provides increased output power Operating Considerations When testing CDMA mobile stations it is important to enter an RF Level Offset for the selected input and output ports Refer to Calibrating the Test Set chapter in the Agilent Technologies E8285A Application Guide e Type N e This port must be used when measuring transmitter RF power This port can be selected in the CONFIGURE CDMA REVERSE CHANNEL SPECTRUM analog TX TEST DUPLEX TEST RF ANALYZER or SPECTRUM ANALYZER screens e Signals 60 mW can be input to the ANT IN connector for all RF measurements except transmitter power Over Power Damage Refer to the Test Set s front panel for maximum input power level Exceeding this level can cause permanent instrument damage CAUTION If the RF power at the RF IN OUT port exceeds allowable limits a loud warning signal sounds and a message appears at the top of the screen If this occurs disconnect the RF power press the Meas reset key and allow the Test Set to cool off for approximately 2 minutes before making any other measurements on this port SA TRIG OUTPUT This connector provides a trigger signal for measuring a mobile station s time response to open loop power control using an external spectrum analyzer Test S
306. nuator Tune Mode Tune Freq Auto Manual 150 000000 MHz ON TX Power AF Anl In TX Pwr Zero E Measurement FM Demod Zar Reference L My pani ze Filter 4 Filter 2 SS Demod ze 50Hz HPF 15kHz LPF From AUDIO IN Q Audio In From Radio Interface Radio Int AR AR Rear Panel Mod IN O Ext Mod e N PON From MIC ACC 3 Mic Mod e From AM FM FM Mod 9 Modulators AM Mod 9 From AUDIO Out 3 Audio Out De Empasls Measurements Display Area 750 us Off Detector Tune Mode AF Anl IN Pk Max Auto Manual FM Demod RE TX Freq Error FM Deviation NI TX Frequency AM Depth AC Level TX Power n Voltmeter Ed SNR AF Freq DC Level Current AFF AF Gen 1 Freq At coi 1 To azi 1 0000 3 0000 RF Gen Freq Amplitude y kHz 100 000000 60 0 AF Gen 2Freq AF Gen 2 To Duplex Out Output Port RF Out Dupl Atten Hold On Off Figure 29 DUPLEX TEST Functional Block Diagram 117 Chapter 3 Description of Screens Help Screens Help Screens The HELP screen is used to access tutorial information for a wide variety of instrument functions After this screen is accessed push the cursor control knob to display the help Index The knob is then used to select the desired topic Once you have accessed the desired information you can return to the Help Index by pushing the cursor control knob To exit the HELP screen and return to the previous screen press the PREV key 118 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp Chapt
307. nue to lower its power level until the call is eventually dropped See Drop Timer on page 238 Off disables the power control subchannel Closed Loop sends power control bits to the mobile station in an attempt to drive the mobile station s power level to a set point based on the power transmitted from the Test Set and the open loop estimate Always Up forces the power control subchannel to send continuous up power control bits 0 s Always Down forces the power control subchannel to send continuous down bits 1 s GPIB Example DISP CTXR CDMA PCONtrol MODE Open Loop selects Open Loop power control mode Operating Considerations for Closed Loop Pwr Cntl The power control operations performed when the Execute field is selected such as n up or ramp take precedence over the power control bit sequence expected when a mode such as always up is selected For example if the choice in the Change field is n down and the power control mode is Always Up the number of down power control bits entered in the Steps field will be sent when the Execute field is selected The Test Set will then resume sending continuous up power control bits 203 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Screens Where Field is Present CDMA TRANSMITTER POWER RANGE TEST Clr Scr This field is used to clear the IBASIC controller screen Screens Where Field is Present
308. o indicate a gain such as amplifier gain Enter a negative value to indicate a loss such as cable loss The RF Out field is displayed only when RF Out is selected in the Output Port field GPIB Example CONF OFL RF OUT 1 enters a path loss of 1 dB between the RF IN OUT port output path only and the mobile station The value entered into this field is applied only when the RF Level Offset field is set to On See Also RF Level Offset field description on page 369 Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp RF Power Rgstr NID Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field displays I the total power spectral density of Sector A power Sector B power and AWGN GPIB Example CDMA RFP queries the RF Power level Operating Considerations RF Power is controlled by settings in the Sector A Power Sector B Power and AWGN fields It is not directly settable Screens Where Field is Present CDMA GENERATOR CONTROL CDMA MOBILE REPORTED FER CDMA REVERSE CHANNEL SPECTRUM CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE TRANSMITTER TEST This field allows entry of the cell site s alternate network identification NID used only for registration GPIB Example DISP CCON CDMA CELL CONFigure RNID 0 sets the register network identification of the simulated CDMA cell site to 0 Operating Considerations The Test Set will send the Rgstr NID and Rgstr SID during the registrati
309. o set the number of averages used by the averaging algorithm Syntax AVERage VALue Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS AFR DISTN AVER VAL 25 This sets the number of averages to 25 for the Average data function for the AF Analyzer distortion measurement 33 Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys Call Page Cancel EEX 34 To Query the Number of Averages Use the AVERage VALue commands to query the number of averages used by the averaging algorithm Syntax AVERage VALue Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS AFR DISTN AVER VAL ENTER 714 Num of avgs This queries the number of averages for the Average data function for the AF An alyzer distortion measurement See Also To Use Measurement Averaging in the Operating Overview chapter of the ES285A User s Guide When this key is pressed the Test Set attempts a CDMA mode page to a mobile station The Call Status annunciators on the COMA CALL CONTROL screen indicate call flow Refer to Setting Up a Call chapter in the ES285A Application Guide GPIB Example DISP CCNT CDMA CALL MAKE Cancel is used to cancel an entry in progress or to stop a running IBASIC program For example if you press Recall to recall an instrument setup and then decide not to recall a setting pressing Cancel exits the recall procedure GPIB Example No equivalent GPIB command Press and release the Shift key then the key to access the expon
310. o specify where to store test result data Printer Setupis used to control which test results are output and where the results are printed This screen is also used for basic formatting of the printout lines per page and form feeds Printer port and printer model number are also chosen on this screen IBASIC Cntrlisusedto run IBASIC programs This screen is also used as a stand alone IBASIC computer See the Instrument BASIC Programmer s Handbook for information about writing your own tests for the Test Set 134 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp Chapter 3 Description of Screens TESTS Screens TESTS Channel Information TESTE Chanesl I nlaraet peal Chaat FX Frea MHz1 1 Fres HHT Tasit Er than ata 3 Chan nig Te Serpa O COHA 0 00000 0 000000 Gnalog 0 000000 0 006900 0 006000 Cead ia 000000 0 0006900 Se m d un ds Ln Figure 43 The TESTS Channel Information Screen This screen displays the channel frequencies to be tested 135 Chapter 3 Description of Screens TESTS Screens TESTS Test Parameters TESTS Test Parameters Paral Desirjeti n Valug initi Hi To repr BEL O CIMA Rial Confia Figure 44 The TESTS Test Parameters Screen Test Parameters are used to define operating and testing characteristics to match those of the radio being tested audio load impedance audio power power supply voltage and so forth By selecting the Parm Val
311. oaded for any reason such as memory card not inserted disk drive not connected the Test Set will default to its normal power on state Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Execution Conditions This field allows power measurement zeroing to occur automatically based on temperature changes sensed within the Test Set e Auto automatically zeroes power measurements periodically Manual requires selection of the TX Pwr Zero field to zero power measurements Operating Considerations Automatic power measurement zeroing will occur unless overridden by the user selecting Manual in this field Screens Where Field is Present ADJACENT CHANNEL POWER RF ANALYZER 177 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Averages This field sets the number of power control groups gated on power periods that will provide CDMA gated power measurement this field is displayed when Main is selected in the Controls CDMA Gated Power field on page 211 GPIB Examples DISP CGP CDMA GPOWer NAVG 100 displays the CDMA GATED POWER screen and sets the Num Averages field to 100 averages Operating Considerations for the Average Power Measurement When a mobile station is operating in variable data rate transmission mode the RF power is gated on during randomized 1 25 ms periods During a CDMA gated power measurement the Test Set analyzes an ensemble of gated on periods referred to as power control groups the number of power control groups us
312. obile Reporting table reflect the last pilot strength message received from a mobile station A Pilot Strength Message is sent from the mobile station when a Softer Handoff is executed ended or when the mobile station detects a change in pilot levels that affects the assignment of pilots to the mobile station s Active Candidate or Neighbor sets Use Pilot Meas Clear to ensure that the currently displayed CDMA Mobile Reporting table See Also Keep field description on page 281 PN Offset field description on page 336 Status Mobile Reported Pilot Strength field description on page 410 Strength field description on page 416 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA MOBILE REPORTED PILOT STRENGTH Peak Detector To selects the signal source for the peak detectors This allows you to bypass certain sections of the AF analyzer s circuitry when making ac level measurements See Also AF Analyzer Block Diagram on page 85 Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALYZER 335 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields PN Offset NOTE 336 This column in the CDMA Mobile Reporting table lists the PN Offsets for all pilots being tracked by the mobile station All numbers displayed in the CDMA Mobile Reporting table reflect the last pilot strength message received from a mobile station A Pilot Strength Message is sent from the mobile station when a Softer Handoff is executed ended or when the mobile station detects a change i
313. of such defects during the warranty period Agilent Technologies will replace software media which does not execute its programming instructions due to such defects 3 Agilent Technologies does not warrant that the operation of Agilent Technologies products will be uninterrupted or error free If Agilent Technologies is unable within a reasonable time to repair or replace any product to a condition as warranted customer will be entitled to a refund of the purchase price upon prompt return of the product 4 Agilent Technologies products may contain remanufactured parts equivalent to new in performance or may have been subject to incidental use 5 The warranty period begins on the date of delivery or on the date of installation if installed by Agilent Technologies If customer schedules or delays Agilent Technologies installation more than 30 days after delivery warranty begins on the 31st day from delivery 6 Warranty does not apply to defects resulting from a improper or inadequate mainte nance or calibration b software interfacing parts or supplies not supplied by Agilent Technologies c unauthorized modification or misuse d operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the product or e improper site preparation or maintenance 7 TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTYOR CONDITION WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND AGILENT TECHNOL
314. on Refer to To Specify Units of Measure for GPIB Data Transfer in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL keys chp NOTE Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys To Query the High and Low Measurement Limit Settings Use the HLIMit VALue and LLIMit VALue commands to query the high and low measurement limit settings Syntax HLIMit VALue LLIMit VALue Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS AFR FM HLIM VAL ENTER 714 High limit OUTPUT 714 MEAS AFR FM LLIM VAL ENTER 714 Low limit This queries the high and low measurement limits for the AF Analyzer FM deviation measurement When querying measurement limits through GPIB the Test Set always returns numeric values in attribute units regardless of the current display units or GPIB units settings Numeric values are expressed in scientific notation Refer to To Specify Units of Measure for GPIB Data Transfer in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide To Detect If a Measurement Limit Has Been Exceeded Use the HLIMit EX Ceeded and LLIMit EXCeeded commands to detect if a measurement limit has been exceeded The returned value is either 0 NO or 1 YES Syntax HLIMit EXCeeded LLIMit EXCeeded Example OUTPUT 714 MEAS AFR FM HLIM EXC ENTER 714 Hi limit exced 1 YES 0 NO OUTPUT 714 MEAS AFR FM LLIM EXC ENTER 714 Lo limit exced 1 YES
315. on process when the Register field is selected in an attempt to cause a zone based registration to occur Immediately following the zone based registration another registration is performed using the NID and SID in the Network ID and System ID fields The latter values will determine if the mobile station is roaming Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION 371 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Rgstr SID RSSI Thresh 372 This field allows entry of the cell site s alternate system identification SID used only for registration GPIB Example DISP CCON CDMA CELL CONFigure RSID O sets the register network identification of the simulated CDMA cell site to 0 Operating Considerations The Test Set will send the Rgstr NID and Rgstr SID during the registration process when the Register field is selected in an attempt to cause a zone based registration to occur Immediately following the zone based registration another registration is performed using the NID and SID in the Network ID and System ID fields The latter values will determine if the mobile station is roaming Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION This field is displayed only for NAMPS system type This field is used to set the received signal strength threshold of the mobile station Exceeding the RSSI threshold and BER threshold causes the mobile station to send an MRI message to the base station re
316. onnnonnonnonnonncnnon non NE 396 EA AAA O viget 397 397 397 398 399 400 400 401 401 IO A iners ce p LC LD e EE RRA 402 Spec Pass Fail Limits tee eR ERE ee rere e ER E A Eee ee aene ie eee eee a 402 Jo A 402 Squelch 403 O ARE 404 Srch Win N 405 SECI WAN R eera det tes ed IIS ta NO E ORE 406 SSD2A 0 annuUnclator asn onu tirer DOR nde OR ERIGI e e 406 SSDA cedet ntunt cate ete ote ad a deed nile t bee eb lebat e de de flante 407 SSDBzcet enciende en wei vm 408 SSDUpd ate viii gen len ee ER be e e te eigens 409 SSD Update AMINO o 410 Status Mobile Reported Pilot Strength snieni n eanna ertet 410 Status CDMA Authentication 3 tete reed Masi t eec 413 413 414 414 415 Stop Length 415 Strength succes ee st d tele hei edi de a ef be bee RP ORE 416 Swept Pwr CDMA Swept Power Measurement esses eene nenne nio nic tnit en 417 SYNC Sector A POr WED muii dete etae bere leor d ch AAA t aee D eee 417 Contents 418 418 419 420 420 421 422 422 423 Test Status sa daa 423 Time COMMUTE iarere ni ter end ti 426 TimeB ase TS Dd a gite ede natn Na HER 426 Time di Ve E EN RE 427 Time Offset wee 427 Hime AN 428 A A A do EN M M 428 TM Rho 429 DENIM O 430 Total RAM onn ed tete e AEN 431 Trace CDMA Swept Power Measurement eese nennen
317. ontrol channel or reverse voice channel when a decoding error occurs The type of information to be displayed is selected using the Display field Refer to the Display field description on page 223 for further information 86 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp Call Control Screens ANALOG MEAS Figure 8 Th Frea TH Power 0 ANALOG MEAS Error kHz FM Deviation NN RF rea 00030 Anplitude RFGenl Frea 1 0000 dBn kHz AFGeni To FH kHz The ANALOG MEAS Screen RF Anl In FM Demod Chapter 3 Description of Screens kHz To Screen ANLG NERS SPEC ANL RUTHEH Call Control Screens This screen is used to make RF and audio measurements on the mobile station connected to the Test Set while on an active voice channel The Test Set does not monitor the mobile station s transmitted carrier power while the ANALOG MEAS screen is displayed If the power falls below 0 0005 Watts no error message is displayed nor will the Test Set terminate the call while on the ANALOG MEAS screen 87 Chapter 3 Description of Screens Call Control Screens CAUTION 88 Requirements for Using The ANALOG MEAS Screen The Test Set must be in the connected state that is the Connect annunciator is lit in order to use the ANALOG MEAS screen The mobile station s speaker output must be connected to the Test Set s AUDIO IN connector and the mobile station s microphone input m
318. ontrols these measurements See Also Meas Cntl field description on page 295 Carrier field description on page 191 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE TRANSMITTER TEST S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Pilot Sector A Power This field allows the entry of pilot E the pilot channel energy per PN chip relative to the Sector A power GPIB Example DISP CGEN CDMA CELL ASECtor PILot POWer 7dB sets Sector A pilot power to 7 dB Operating Considerations As the pilot level is varied OCNS is automatically adjusted so that the total power levels of pilot sync paging traffic and OCNS add up to Sector A power Ior Screens Where Field is Present CDMA GENERATOR CONTROL CDMA MOBILE REPORTED FER Pilot Sector B Power This field allows the entry of pilot E the pilot channel energy per PN chip relative to the Sector B power GPIB Example DISP CGEN CDMA CELL BSECtor PILot POWer 7dB sets Sector B pilot power to 7 dB Operating Considerations As the pilot level is varied OCNS is automatically adjusted so that the total power levels of pilot traffic and OCNS add up to Sector B power Ier Screens Where Field is Present CDMA GENERATOR CONTROL CDMA MOBILE REPORTED FER 333 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Pilot Inc 334 This field allows entry of the increment between the pilot PN offset
319. or B Screens Where Field is Present CDMA GENERATOR CONTROL PN Offset Sector B Power 338 This field allows entry of the PN sequence offset for all Sector B code channels GPIB Example DISP CGEN CDMA CELL BSECtor PNOFfset 0 sets the pilot PN offset index to 0 Operating Considerations The PN Offset is relative to the Test Set s even second clock Allowable values include 0 through 511 excluding the PN Offset for Sector A Screens Where Field is Present CDMA GENERATOR CONTROL S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Port Sweep Position Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This control performs two functions e The upper field specifies the output port of the Tracking Generator e The lower field specifies whether the Tracking Generator sweeps from low to high fre quencies Norm or from high to low frequencies Invert The Spectrum Analyzer always sweeps from low to high frequencies The swept frequency range is determined by the Span setting in the Spectrum Analyzer s Main Menu Operating Considerations When using the Tracking Generator if the output port is set RF Out or the main menu Input Port is set to RF In internal instrument coupling can occur For the best isolation between the Tracking Generator and the Spectrum Analyzer use Dup1 for the output and Ant for the input For measurements on high power devices such as amplifiers use the RF IN OUT port for the inpu
320. or has been completed The default setting is Idle Screens Where Field is Present CDMA SWEPT POWER MEASUREMENT When the Controls field is set to Main 413 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Steps Step Size 414 This field allows entry of the number of power control bits that the Test Set will send to the mobile station through the power control subchannel when the Execute field is selected GPIB Example DISP CTXR CDMA PCONtrol STEPs 100 selects 100 power control bits to be sent on the power control subchannel Operating Considerations Range of values 1 through 150 See Also Closed Loop Pwr Cntl field description on page 203 Change field description on page 193 Execute Closed Loop Power Control Change field description on page 251 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA TRANSMITTER POWER RANGE TEST This field is displayed on the OPEN LOOP TIME RESPONSE screen when Main is selected in the Controls Open Loop Time Response field on page 212 This field allows entry of the step increase in the Test Set s output power to be used in the next execution of the open loop power control test 25 dB 20 dB 15 dB 10 dB 10 dB 15 dB 20 dB 25 dB GPIB Example CDMA OLTR STEP 20 dB selects a step increase of 20 dB when the next time response to open loop power control test is executed Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Step Stop Length Chapter 4 Des
321. ows entry of the voice mobile station attenuation code VMAC GPIB Example CDMA CALL AHANdoff PLEVel 4 sets the Pwr Level VMAC field to 4 Operating Considerations During a CDMA to analog handoff the Test Set sends a message to the mobile station telling it to adjust its power to the level that corresponds to the value in this field A CDMA to analog handoff attempt will occur when the Execute field on the CDMA Call Control screen is selected The value entered in this field is referred to as the VMAC voice mobile attenuation code Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL 347 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Pwr Lvl 348 The Pwr Lvl field is divided into two fields Left Hand Field The left hand field displays the mobile station s output power level assignment for the voice channel currently being used by the Test Set and the mobile station A numeric value is only displayed when a mobile station is actively connected on a voice channel that is the Connect annunciator is lit A is displayed if a mobile station is not actively connected on a voice channel This is a read only field The AVCPower command is used to query the contents of the left hand subfield There is no command form of the AVCPower command Syntax AVCPower Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP AVCP ENTER 714 Active vc pwr Right Hand Field The right hand subfield highlighted field
322. page 365 Base Freq User Defined field description on page 183 Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp Closed Loop Pwr Cntl NOTE Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field sets the power control mode Open Loop mode causes the Test Set to send an alternating sequence of up down power control bits to the mobile station during periods when no other power control operation is being performed For example if the Execute field is selected while the Test Set is in Open Loop mode the mobile station will adjust its power according to the sequence of power control bits entered in the Change and Steps field As soon as the number of power control bits entered in the Steps field have been sent an alternating sequence of up down power control bits resumes attempting to hold the mobile station s power level at the value the mobile station was driven to by the Change and Steps fields Make sure that the Test Set power level is not reduced to a level where the mobile station receives bad frames when using Open Loop power control mode If the mobile station receives a bad frame it will assume the power control bit was a down bit and reduce its power by 1 dB When the power control mode is Open Loop the alternating sequence of power control bits will attempt to hold the mobile station s power level at the reduced power level As more bad frames are received the mobile station can conti
323. pdate Order RANDU The 24 bit random number issued by the base station in the Unique Challenge Order RCF Read control filler field S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields REGH Registration field for home stations REGID Registration ID field REGINCR Registration increment field REGR Registration field for roaming stations RSVD Reserved for future use RSVD1 Reserved for future use all bits must be set as indicated RSVD2 Reserved for future use all bits must be set as indicated RSSI Received Signal strength S This field displays whether the serial number word is sent to the mobile station e Set to 1 if the serial number word is sent e Set to 0 if the serial number word is not sent SCC SAT color code field Send Word The Send Word field sends the currently defined bits displayed in the MSMessOrd field to the mobile station SID1 First part of the system identification field The field contains the decimal equivalent of the 14 most significant bits of the system identification number T1T2 This field identifies the received message as an order confirmation an order or a called address message VMAC This field displays the voice mobile attenuation code It shows the mobile station s power level associated with the designated voice channel WFOM Wait for overhead message field 393 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Settling This
324. plication Guide E8285 90019 This guide contains step by step procedures and programming examples for calibrating the Test Set setting up a call and making measurements on CDMA and AMPS mobile stations Tips for increasing measurement throughput are also included as well as a procedure for logging protocol messages Condensed Programming Reference Guide E8285 90020 This pocket sized guide contains a complete listing of GPIB commands along with a cross reference between front panel display fields and the corresponding commands Assembly Level Repair E8285 90033 This guide includes procedures for performing periodic adjustments verifying performance troubleshooting and repairing the Test Set Block diagrams and a list of replaceable parts are also included Part numbers listed are Agilent Technologies part numbers unless otherwise stated 13 Instrument Basic User s Handbook E2083 90000 This guide contains a complete listing of BASIC commands This guide is not shipped with the Test Set For ordering information contact your nearest re gional sales office Specifications 5968 8839E This document provides a short description of the Agilent E8285A and lists the operating specifications This document also includes the specifications for Agilent Technologies 83217A Option 001 003 and 004 software 14 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL frntmt fo Contents Description of Keys IBASIC 16S6t eR
325. porting it s current RSSI and BER The RSETting command is used to control this field The query form that is RSETting can be used to query the current field value Syntax RSETting lt gt lt choice gt lt gt RSETting Example UTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS RSET Imm Resp O OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS RSET ER 714 Stol_set Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp RX TX Cntl CAUTION Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL This function controls automatic screen changes between the RX TEST and TX TEST screens during radio testing It is divided into two fields The Auto Manual field enables disables automatic switching between the RX TEST and TX TEST screens under certain testing conditions Auto allows automatic screen changes between the RX TEST and TX TEST screens while testing radios Manualrequires you to select the RX TEST or TX TEST screen when performing ra dio tests The Carrier PTT field specifies the condition that will cause automatic screen changes e Carrier causes the instrument to automatically switch from the RX TEST screen to the TX TEST screen when an RF carrier is detected The screen returns to RX TEST when the carrier is no longer detected e PTT Push To Talk causes the instrument to automatically switch from the TX TEST screen to the RX TEST screen when a microphone connected
326. power measurements Refer to the Display field on page 223 for information on how to read measurement results from this field Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp TX Pwr Meas Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields The transmitter power measurement field specifies how transmitter power measurements are made e Peak can be used to measure AM FM and un modulated CW signals e Sample can be used to measure FM or CW signals with increased measurement speed This method can only be used with signals having no amplitude modulation component Operating Considerations If you change this field zero the power measurement using the TX Pwr Zero field before measuring power Screens Where Field is Present ADJACENT CHANNEL POWER RF ANALYZER TX TEST 439 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields TX Pwr Zero CAUTION 440 The TX Pwr Zero function establishes a 0 0000 W reference for measuring RF power at the RF IN OUT port The TX Pwr Zero field is imported from the RF ANALYZER screen and is programmed exactly as it is on its home screen See RF Analyzer in the GPIB Command Syntax chapter of the E8285A Condensed Programming Reference Guide for programming command syntax RF power must not be applied while zeroing Set the RF Generator screen s Amplitude field to off to prevent internal cross coupling into the power detector while zeroing Operating Co
327. pter describes functions of the Test Set s keys Chapter 2 Connector Descriptions This chapter describes the Test Set s connectors Chapters 3 Screen Descriptions This chapters describe the Test Set s screens for CDMA testing and for analog testing Chapters 4 Field Descriptions This chapters describe the fields found on the Test Set s screens for CDMA testing and for analog testing 12 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL frntmt fo Documentation Map All of the following literature with the exception of the Instrument BASIC User s Handbook is shipped with the Agilent Technologies E8285A on a CD ROM The Agilent part number of the CD ROM is E8285 10004 Unless a delete option is specified paper versions of the Application Guide and Condensed Programming Reference Guide are also shipped with each Test Set If option OBW is ordered paper versions of the Reference Guide and the User s Guide will also be included with the Test Set Reference Guide E8285 90016 This guide describes the functions performed by each front panel key front and rear panel connector and display screen and field GPIB command examples for each dis play field are included User s Guide E8285 90018 This guide provides a tutorial style overview of operating the Test Set including a sec tion designed to help you get started Status reporting IBASIC controller information and error message descriptions are also included Ap
328. r 80 16X CHIP OUTPUT connector 79 24 hour clock setting 426 400Hz Data Type 217 600 ohm impedance at AUDIO IN 169 A A_Key Digits field 161 A_Key field 160 abbreviated address word reverse control channel 233 Abort Print field 148 ac coupling input 261 output 170 AC Level field 151 ac level peak detector 335 Access annunciator 148 access channel number 204 Access Prb Pwr 149 Access Probe annunciator 151 ACP 82 AM transmitter 83 input port 153 level 153 measurement 83 measurement speed 362 output port 83 ratio 153 ACP Meas field 153 Active annundiator 153 Active field 152 Active pilot status 410 Add I ntcpt field CDMA Mobile Reported Pilot Strength screen 154 Adar field 154 address Address key 31 GPIB external devices 154 GPIB printer 343 GPIB test set 272 Address key 31 Adjacent Channel Power screen ACP Meas 153 AFGen1 Freq 157 AFGen1 To 158 Auto Zero 177 Carrier Ref 191 Ch Offset 202 Channel BW 196 Freq Error Analog 266 267 Input Atten 276 Input Port 278 Lower ACP L evel 283 Lower ACP Ratio 283 Res BW 362 Tune Freq 436 TX Power 437 TX Pwr Meas 439 TX Pwr Zero 440 Upper ACP Level 283 Upper ACP Ratio 283 view of 82 adjacent channel power See ACP AF analyzer input 155 signal types analyzed 155 AF analyzer key 60 AF Analyzer screen AC Level 151 AF Anl In 155 AF Cnt Gate 155 AF Freq 156 AM Depth 16
329. r AUTHBS After determining whether AUTHBS sent from the Test Set matches its computed value the mobile station sends an SSD Update Confirmation or Rejection Order to the Test Set and a message indicating the Pass Fail status is displayed The SSD Update annunciator will then be turned off If the SSD_A 0 annunciator was lit before the SSD Update was executed it will be turned off GPIB Example CDMA AUTH SSD initiates the SSD Update procedure Operating Considerations A successful SSD Update requires the mobile station s A Key to be entered in the A Key field The mobile station s ESN must also be entered in the MS Database field If a valid ESN is not found the Test Set will beep and display the following message Cannot perform SSD Update until the phone has registered See Also Authentication Tests ES283A Application Guide Screens Where Field is Present CDMA AUTHENTICATION 409 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields SSD Update annunciator When lit this annunciator indicates that an SSD Update is in progress A successful completion of SSD Update results in a Passed indication in the Authentication Data Table no authentication parameters are displayed from SSD Update See Also Call Status field description on page 190 SSD Update field description on page 409 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA AUTHENTICATION Status Mobile Reported Pilot Strength 410 This column in the CDMA Mobile R
330. r a failed FER test condition If the criteria for meeting the passed or failed confidence limit testing is not met the test will end when the number of frames entered in the Max Frames field is reached Graphically the criteria for Passed Failed and Max Frames test results is shown below 207 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields FER Test Failed Continue testing Max Frames Frame Errors FER Test Passed Number of Frames Tested Range of values floating point number 80 through 100 See Also FER Report Clear field description on page 259 Test Status field description on page 423 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE RECEIVER TEST 208 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Connect annunciator NOTE When lit the Connect annunciator indicates that the mobile station is connected to the Test Set on a voice channel When the CALL CONTROL screen is displayed and the Call Processing Subsystem is in the connected state Connect annunciator is lit the Test Set constantly monitors the mobile station s transmitted carrier power If the power falls below 0 0005 Watts the Test Set will terminate the call and return to the active state Active annunciator is lit The mobile station s transmitted carrier power is monitored on all Call Processing Subsystem screens except the ANALOG MEAS screen If the Test Set is in th
331. r both signals The reference level Ref Level can be changed to move the trace below the top line of the display if the A B function results in a gain The HOLD key can be used to freeze the display at any time This allows you to view a trace before performing the Save or A B functions Screens Where Field is Present CDMA REVERSE CHANNEL SPECTRUM SPECTRUM ANALYZER 314 Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Notch Freq Notch Gain Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field sets the center frequency for the variable frequency notch filter It is typically used for distortion and SINAD measurements at frequencies below or above the standard 1 kHz notch filter This field is not displayed if your Test Set does not have this feature Operating Considerations When the Notch Coupl field on the CONFIGURE screen is set to AFGen1 this filter and the AFGen1 Freq field match their settings A warning message is then displayed if you attempt to set the AFGen1 Freq value outside the 300 Hz to 10 kHz range of this filter When the Notch Coup1 field is set to None this filter and AFGen1 Freq operate independently Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALYZER This field displays and selects the gain of the AF Analyzer s notch filter amplifier This amplifier is only used for making SINAD and distortion measurements Refer to the Gain Cntl field on page 268 Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALYZER 315 Chapter 4 De
332. r the test procedure is stored Code files are the main program files of the software containing all of the test subroutines If an Agilent Technologies 83217 memory card is catalogued the code file is preceded by a lower case c Screens Where Field is Present TEST Save Delete Procedure S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp Confidence Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field sets the confidence coefficient for FER testing GPIB Example DISP CRXT MEASure CDManalyzer FERasure CONFidence INTerval 95 sets a confidence coefficient of 95 Operating Considerations When Confidence is on a value is displayed in the Confidence field and an FER measurement is made the Test Set performs an interval estimate of the true FER This means that as the test is running point estimates of FER calculate an interval range of FER values that the true error rate of a mobile station is likely to fall within Testing will stop when the number of frames tested which determines the sample size of the estimate is sufficient to narrow down the interval to the value specified in the FER Spec field At this point it can be presumed that the true FER performance of the mobile station being tested will fall within the specified FER range with the degree of confidence entered in this field The Test Set in addition to performing the one sided confidence limit testing described above also applies confidence limit testing fo
333. r to the Number Measurement Syntax in the GPIB Command Syntax chapter of the E8285A Condensed Programming Reference Guide for full command syntax Guidelines for Using Measurement Data Functions e Data functions are turned ON and OFF for individual measurements The GPIB Data Function commands must immediately follow the GPIB command for the individual measurement For example to turn the Average data function ON for the AF Analyzer distortion measurement the following command string would be sent to the Test Set OUTPUT 714 MEAS AFR DISTN AVER STAT ON e Attribute Units AUNits are used with the data functions to specify the units of measure for numeric data which is read or set through GPIB Refer to To Specify Units of Measure for GPIB Data Transfer in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide Data function settings such as number of averages or reference value are retained if the function is turned off The setting values are initialized or changed under the following conditions e The Test Set is turned off e The Test Set is preset e A saved register is recalled 62 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL keys chp Chapter 1 Description of Keys DATA FUNCTIONS Keys Guidelines for Using Numeric Entry Field Data Functions Increment values are set scaled and changed for individual numeric entry fields The GPIB data function commands must immediately follow the GPIB command for the individua
334. rating Considerations The range of values that can be entered in this field is 29 through 85 See Also Timer Reg field description on page 428 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION 357 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Register Analog Register CDMA 358 This field is used to initiate a registration of the mobile station that is connected to the Test Set The Test Set must be in the active state that is the Active annunciator must be lit before you can attempt to register the mobile station The REGister command is used to control this field There is no query form of the REGister command Syntax REGister Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP REG Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL Selecting this field causes the mobile station to perform a zone based registration The Test Set first transmits an alternate SID NID pair that causes the mobile station to respond by registering as if the mobile station were moving into a new zone This SID NID pair used in the System Parameters Overhead Message settable see Rgstr NID field description on page 371 and Rgstr SID field description on page 372 After the mobile station has registered the first time the Test Set sends another SID NID pair this time using the values set in Network ID and System ID fields see the CDMA Cell Site Configuration Screen on page 101 These are the main SID and NID and the mobile sta
335. rce for making AM ACP measurements 83 Chapter 3 Description of Screens AF Analyzer Screen AF Analyzer Screen AF ANALYZER kHz TX Power E 0 00000 kHz FM Deviation SINAD 8 p RF Anl In FM Demod Filter 1 50Hz HPF Filter 2 15kHz LPF Detector Figure 5 Settling Slow Egst Pk Det To Scope To Speaker Vol tlt E Speaker ALC One Ott The AF Analyzer Screen Gain Cntl AutozHold Input Gain 40 dB De Emp Gain Hotch Gain Hotch Frea kHz Audio In Lo End Ext Load R rz il AF Cnt Gate ns AF Analyzer Block Diagram on page 85 84 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp To Screen O COMA CALL CNTL amp Analog JAF AHL Chapter 3 Description of Screens AF Analyzer Screen AF Analyzer Block Diagram AF Ant In FM Demod Input Gain 0 db AF Cnt Gate FM Demod Filter 1 Filter 2 50 0 From IF Filters AM Demod 50Hz HPF 15kHz LPF v SSB Demod From AUDIO Out 3 From Radio Interface CLK AF Freq Count Rear panel Mod In Q Fi Displ From MIC ACC Counter Slay From AM FM Modulators From AUDIO In Hi De Emphasis De Emp Gain Notch Gain Detector 750 us Off 0dB 0 dB Pk Max 600 To Hi 1 kHz AUDIO In Lo G Float D RA AUDIO In Lo Gnd V SINAD Gnd Distortion To Internal Voltmeter PK M Pke Hald AC Level PK Hold PK 2 Hd DC Current PK Mx Hd Z ero Filters Scope To Filters To Internal
336. re that requires signaling such as Hard Handoff was initiated but could not be completed or ifthe End Release key is pressed or e if the CDMA CALL END command is sent via GPIB or ifthe mobile station sends a Release Order message and the Test Set is able to decode it Screens Where Field is Present CDMA TRANSMITTER POWER RANGE TEST Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp DSAT Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields On the analog CALL CONTROL screen the DSAT field is displayed only when the System Type field is set to NAMPS or NTACS The DSAT field is located in the Voice Channel Assignment field and it is divided into subfields The left hand subfield displays the current DSAT control message being broadcast by the base station e A is displayed if a mobile station is not actively connected on a voice channel or the Ch Loc is set to Wide When the Ch Loc is set to Wide the SAT field displays the current SAT frequency being broadcast by the Test Set e Anumeric value is displayed when the Ch Loc is set to Lower Middle or Upper and a mobile station is actively connected on a voice channel that is the Connect annunciator is lit The DSAT ACTual query command is used to query the contents of the left hand field There is no command form of the query DSAT ACTual Syntax DSAT ACTual Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP NAMP DSAT ACTual ENTER 714 Active dsat e The right hand field high
337. refers to RAM disks that you can create on internal RAM For information on creating RAM disks see Memory Cards Mass Storage chapter of the This is part of the same memory used when internal is specified and may have to be erased when loading very large IBASIC programs A Save Recall Device is not initialized message is displayed if you try to save or recall an instrument setup when a RAM disk has not been created Disk is used with external disk drives The Mode field must be set to Control to access the drive Also the GPIB address of the drive must be entered in the External Disk Specification field of the TESTS External Devices screen Screens Where Field is Present I O CONFIGURE This field displays the decoded station class mark information received from the mobile station on the reverse control channel in response to a forward control channel message The decoded SCM consists of the mobile station power class Class I IL or IID the transmission type continuous discontinuous and the transmission bandwidth 20 MHz or 25 MHz The SCM field is only displayed when the Display field is set to Data and a reverse control channel message has been decoded Refer to the Display field on page 223 for information on how to read measurement results from this field Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Sc Priority Scope To Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields
338. registration upon power up This instruction is sent as part of the paging channel overhead message System Parameters and is received by the mobile station soon after the mobile station finds service See Also Setting up a Call chapter in the E8285A Application Guide Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION 349 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields RAND The 32 bit value entered in this field Random Challenge Value will be used by the mobile station during authentication procedures RAND is sent to the mobile station on the Paging Channel Access Parameters Message GPIB Example CDMA CELL CONF AUTH RAND queries the RAND field Screens Where Field is Present CDMA AUTHENTICATION RAND_A RAND_A is the 16 most significant bits of RAND and is entered as a 4 digit hexadecimal value The mobile station stores and uses the most recent version of RAND A in the authentication process RAND A is user definable The RAND A command is used to control this field The query form that is RAND A can be used to query the current field value Syntax RANDA RANDA Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH RAND A 4F5A OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH RAND A ER 714 Rand_val Screens Where Field is Present AUTHENTICATION 350 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp RAND_B RANDSSD Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields RAND B is the 16 least significant bi
339. rement value Operating Considerations While a mobile station is on a call the mobile station s range of power levels can be obtained by selecting the Execute field under the Min Max Pwr label Before Min Max Power is executed make sure that the Average Power measurement is zeroed and the Channel Power measurement is calibrated Refer to Calibrating the Test Set chapter in the E8285A Application Guide if you do not know how to zero Average Power measurements and calibrate Channel Power measurements The Test Set will measure the mobile station s minimum power first Using a procedure that closely follows the EIA TIA IS 98 test Minimum Controlled Output Power the Test Set sets Sector A power to 3535 dBm BW and Traffic Elor to 7 4 then sends Always Down power control bits to drive the mobile station to its minimum power level A Channel Power measurement is made and the Test Set is returned to closed loop power control mode Then to measure maximum power the Test Set sets Sector A power to 104 dBm BW turns the Call Drop Timer Off and sends Always Up power control bits to the mobile station using a procedure similar to the EIA TIA IS 98 test Maximum RF Output Power An Average Power measurement is made and the Test Set is returned to closed loop power control mode See Also Min Max Pwr field description on page 297 Min Power field description on page 296 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA TRAN
340. requency Analyzer See AF Analyzer in the GPIB Command Syntax chapter of the E8285A Condensed Programming Reference Guide for programming command syntax Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALYZER ANALOG MEAS DUPLEX TEST RX TEST TX TEST S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Firmware Flow Cntl FM Coupling Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field displays the current firmware revision for your Test Set The revision number is automatically changed when updated firmware is installed Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE This field selects from the following choices of flow control for the Serial Port currently selected None disables the Xon Xoff function e Xon Xoff lets the Test Set talk listen to the transceiver to alter the rate of the data being sent Hardware uses the serial port s RTS and CTS lines to transfer data at high baud rates Operating Considerations This setting is retained when the Test Set is turned off Baud rates of 38400 and above must use Hardware flow control Screens Where Field is Present VO CONFIGURE This field alters the FM modulator to allow DCFM from internal and external modulation sources This field also selects ac or dc coupling between the RF Generator s frequency modulator and the rear panel MODULATION INPUT connector Operating Considerations This field should be set to DC whenever the AFGen2 To field is set to FM this provides
341. rnal Devices Order at Testa Frinier Jen ue Pass Fail Limits IBASIC Cair faverDelete Procedure Figure 42 The TESTS Main Menu Screen When you press the TESTS key you access the main TESTS screen The other screens of the subsystem are accessed using the CUSTOMIZE TEST PROCEDURE or SET UP TEST SET lists e Main Menu is used to load a test procedure from a disk RAM ROM or memory card It is also used to access the other screens in the Tests Subsystem Channel Information is used to specify transmitter and receiver frequency information for the radio being tested and to enter squelch and signaling information Test Parameters is used to tell the Test Set the requirements of the test system for testing your radio Order of Tests is used to define a test sequence from a list of possible tests Pass Fail Limits is used to specify the upper and lower limits for each test point If a limit is violated during a test an F appears next to the test value to indicate a failure Save Delete Procedure is used to save and delete test procedures Execution Conditions is used to control which test results are output and where the results are printed CRT printer This screen also controls whether tests run continuously or singly and whether the test continues or stops after a failure is detected e External Devices is used to specify what types of external equipment are connected to the Test Set and their addresses It is also used t
342. rom the internal save recall mass storage device See Also Saving and Recalling Instrument Setups in the Operating Overview chapter of the ES285A User s Guide Measurement Triggering Process in the Operating Overview chapter of the E6265A User s Guide SAV Save Instrument State in the GPIB Common Commands chapter of the E8285A Condensed Programming Reference Guide RCL Recall Instrument State in the GPIB Common Commands chapter of the E8285A Condensed Programming Reference Guide Shift is used to selected the blue labeled functions listed above some keys such as Printer Config Release EEX and so forth GPIB Example No equivalent GPIB command 55 Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys Yes On Off Yes is used to confirm selected operations before they are executed Press the Yes On Off key to answer yes to prompts requiring a yes or no reply On Off is used to enable and disable measurements and to turn numeric fields such as Amplitude on and off GPIB Example No equivalent GPIB command See Also Using the On Off Functions in the Operating Overview chapter of the ES285A User s Guide 0 to 9 decimal point and A to F These keys are for entering and changing values A through F are shifted functions Press and release the Shift key then the appropriate key 0 through 5 to select the letter A through F See Also To Enter and Change Values in the Operating Over
343. rop Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Screens Where Field is Present CDMA MOBILE REPORTED PILOT STRENGTH This field is displayed only when TIS EIA 95B is selected in the Protocol field on page 346 Refer to ANSI TIA EIA 95 B 6 6 6 2 6 Set Maintenance for additional information This field displays an integer value representing an expected power level threshold The purpose of this calculation is to determine the approximate power level threshold that will cause the mobile station to start its drop timer GPIB Example CDMA MOBile PARM ETDRop queries the Expected T Drop value calculated by the Test Set Operating Considerations If there is a call connected with the Soft Handoff field On and the status of both pilot signals is Active the mobile station should report To Drop in the Status field if one of the active pilot s signal strength has decreased to less than Expected T Drop and a pilot strength message was sent The value displayed in this field is calculated from the current T Drop field and if Soft Slope field on page 400 is not 0 the Drop Intcpt field on page 237 The table at the top of the CDMA MOBILE REPORTED PILOT STRENGTH screen can be cleared by selecting the Pilot Meas Clear field on page 335 See Also T Add field description on page 420 Drop Intcpt field description on page 237 Soft Slope field description on page 400 Softer Handoff field description on page 399 Screens Wh
344. rrides any changes made to this field in this screen Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALYZER ANALOG MEAS DUPLEX TEST TX TEST Audio frequency counter gate specifies how long the AF counter samples the signal before displaying the frequency Specifying a shorter gate time may enable you to see frequency fluctuations that might not be seen using a longer gate time Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALYZER 155 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields AF Freq This field is a one of many field used to select the type of measurement to be made by the Audio Frequency Analyzer on the audio signal being measured Selecting this field displays the following measurement choices SINAD Distn Distortion SNR Signal to Noise Ratio AF Freq DC Level Current DC only Operating Considerations This is a priority control field Accessing the RX TEST or TX TEST screen overrides any changes made to this field in other screens For more information about SNR operation see the SNR field description on page 398 Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALYZER ANALOG MEAS DUPLEX TEST RX TEST TX TEST RF GENERATOR RF ANALYZER 156 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp AF Freq AFGenl Freq AFGenl Lvl Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields The AF Freq field is displayed only when the Display field is set to Meas This field displays the audio frequency of the demodulated FM signal being transmitt
345. s The time per division is selected from a list of choices Screens Where Field is Present OSCILLOSCOPE This field is displayed when Freq Error is selected from the list of choices available when the unnamed field displaying one of the following choices is displayed frequency error amplitude error time offset measurement The time offset measurement is the timing difference between the beginning of a Test Set generated frame as measured at the Test Set s front panel connector and the beginning of the same frame received on the reverse link GPIB Example DISP CTXT MEASure CDManalyzer TIME OFFS queries the CDMA time offset measurement result Operating Considerations These measurements along with rho phase error and carrier feedthrough are made by DSP analysis techniques The Meas Cnt1 field controls these measurements Time offset is referred to as time alignment in the Waveform Quality and Frequency Accuracy Definition IS 98 See Also Meas Cntl field description on page 295 Ampl Error field description on page 164 Freq Error Analog field description on page 266 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE TRANSMITTER TEST 427 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Time Offset Negative Timer Reg 428 This field allows setting of a negative time offset for measuring CDMA signals GPIB Example CONFigure MMToffset Normal Screens Where Field is Present
346. s a choice of these protocol selections IS 95 IS 95A TSB 74 J STD 008 ARIB T53 KOR PCS TIA EIA 95B GPIB Example CDMA CELL PROT IS 95A selects the IS 95A protocol Operating Considerations The protocol selection must be made before the mobile station is powered on The list of choices under MS ID on page 308 and MS Database on page 306 is based on the selected protocol as are some of the fields available for configuring the cell site found on the CDMA Cell Site Configuration Screen on page 101 For example selecting IS 95A provides fields for entering the mobile station s IMSI in the MS ID field and provides fields for entering the country code and network code on the CDMA Cell Site Configuration screen See Also Setting up a Call chapter in the E8285A Application Guide Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL 346 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Pwr Dwn Reg Pwr Level Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field selects whether to perform power down registration GPIB Example CDMA CELL CONF PDRegister Off enables or disables power down registration Operating Considerations This is an immediate action toggle field If it is set to On the PWR_DWN_REG field on the forward channel is set to 1 If it is set to Off the field is set to O The default is Off Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION This field all
347. s interface No field is displayed for this function on the test set The GENerate command is used to generate a new A key for use in the mobile station This is an immediate action command The resultant check sum value will be displayed on the AUTHENTICATION screen in the last six digits of the A key field There in no query form of the GENerate command Use the query form of A Key on page 160 to determine the value of the A key which was generated Syntax GENerate S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp A Key Digits NOTE Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH AKEY GEN OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH AKEY ENTER 714 Akey val Screens Where Field is Present AUTHENTICATION This field is used to enter the decimal digits used to generate the A Key When a number is entered the Test Set will add leading zeroes if necessary to fill the field with 20 digits The default setting is all zeroes GPIB Example CDMA AUTH AKEY 1 enters a 1 preceded by 19 0 s in the A Key field Operating Considerations When a new value for A Key is entered into the A Key field the Test Set s Shared Secret Data SSD A is initialized to zero Check Digits are computed and displayed if a valid ESN is present in the MS Database when a number is entered in the A Key field Check Digits are not affected by ESN when Kor PCS is selec
348. s of the Neighbor Set pilots When a mobile station finds CDMA service from the Test Set it is assigned seven Neighbor Set pilots in the Neighbor List Message The Test Set assigns the first Neighbor Set pilot to the same PN offset as Sector B this value is displayed on the CDMA Generator Control screen To complete the list six additional Neighbor Set pilots are assigned equally spaced PN Offsets beginning with 15 times the Pilot Inc field setting For example if Pilot Inc is set to 10 the entire Neighbor Set would consist of the following pilots 150 160 170 180 190 and 200 All values will be congruent to modulo 512 which is the number of unique values allowed for the pilot offset index GPIB Example DISP CCON CDMA CELL CONFigure PINcrement 12 sets the Pilot Inc field to 12 Operating Considerations This field affects the range of PN Offsets over which the mobile station has to search to monitor power levels of pilots in the Neighbor list Range of values 1 through 15 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Pilot Meas Clear Pk Det To Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields The Pilot Meas Clear field clears the contents of the CDMA Mobile Reporting table GPIB Examples DISP CMOB CDMA MOBile PILot CLEar clears the contents of the CDMA Mobile Reporting table Operating Considerations All numbers displayed in the CDMA M
349. s removes any other local user keys you may have already set up Global user keys are used to access settings that are not available on the current screen Three global user keys are available K1 K2 and K3 These are shifted functions of the local user keys When defining user keys the Assign function is used to create key definitions the Release function removes the definitions Re assigning a user key to a different field setting automatically releases it from the setting it was previously associated with S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL keys chp Description of Connectors The connectors are listed in alphabetical order 65 Chapter 2 Description of Connectors p n 2 CALL CONTROL UTILITIES Answer Printer VO contig Help Config Message mer Call End Register Page Release CDMA SCREENS JANALOG SCREENS Cell contig Spectrum sMs Call Gen Auihan control control tication Duplex Specirun analyzer A MS report MS FER E test e TX RX test AF analyzer DATA FUNCTIONS DATA Rat set Meter Average incremani incremani incremani 10 set x10 Low imit High imit O BASIC a reset RF IN OUT O DO NOT apply RF when in standby 9 No Ratio w DUPLEX OUT AN
350. s stepped up or down GPIB Example MEAS OLTR MARKer LEVel queries the level at the current marker position See Also Marker Time Open Loop Time Response field description on page 290 Screens Where Field is Present OPEN LOOP TIME RESPONSE Selecting this field returns you to the TESTS Main Menu screen Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Channel Information TESTS Test Parameters TESTS Order of Tests TESTS Pass Fail Limits TESTS Save Delete Procedures TESTS Execution Conditions TESTS External Devices TESTS Printer Setup TESTS BASIC Controller 285 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Marker Freq Marker frequency displays the frequency at the marker s present position GPIB Example DISP CSP MEAS CSP MARK FREQ queries the frequency at the marker s present position Operating Considerations The marker can be positioned using the Marker Pos field Screens Where Field is Present SPECTRUM ANALYZER CDMA REVERSE CHANNEL SPECTRUM Marker Lvl CDMA Swept Power Measurement 286 This field displays the signal level of the current marker position GPIB Example MEAS SWEPtpower MARKer LEVel queries the amplitude at the marker s present position Operating Considerations The unit of measure for this field is dB Screens Where Field is Present CDMA SWEPT POWER MEASUREMENT S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp M
351. s the number of mobile reported frame errors detected during an FER report interval GPIB Example DISP CFER CDMA MOBile FERasure ERRors queries the number of frame errors counted by the mobile station during an FER report interval S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Errors Counted Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Operating Considerations The report interval is specified in terms of error count or frame count See Also by errors field description on page 187 by frames field description on page 188 MS FER Report Interval field description on page 308 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA MOBILE REPORTED FER This field displays the number of frame errors counted during or after an FER test A Service Option 2 mobile station data loopback call must be connected before running an FER test GPIB Example DISP CRXT MEASure CDManalyzer FERasure ERRors queries the FER errors measurement result Operating Considerations A measurement result will be displayed at the end of a test if Display Interim Results is No Measurement results will be displayed continuously if Display Interim Results is Yes Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE RECEIVER TEST 247 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Esc Mode ESN dec 248 This field is displayed when the field called Protocol on page 346 has IS 95A TSB 74 or J STD 008 selected This field w
352. sage NAWC This field displays the number of additional words coming ORDER This field identifies the order type ORDQ The order qualifier field qualifies the order confirmation to a specific action Parity Parity field The contents of the Parity field cannot be set by the user The Test Set calculates the parity bits PDSCC Present DSAT color code Indicates the DAST color code associated with the present channel PSCC Present SAT color code Indicates the SAT color code associated with the present channel RANDA The 16 most significant bits of the 32 bit RAND variable stored by a mobile for use in the authentication process RANDB The 16 least significant bits of the 32 bit RAND variable stored by a mobile for use in the authentication process RAND_SSD1 The most significant 24 bits of the random number issued by the base station in the SSD Update Order RANDSSD_1 The most significant 24 bits of the random number issued by the base station in the SSD Update Order RAND_SSD2 The subsequent 24 bits following RANSSSD_1 of the random number issued by the base station in the SSD Update Order RANDSSD_2 The subsequent 24 bits following RANSSSD_1 of the random number issued by the base station in the SSD Update Order RANDSSD3 The least significant 8 bits of the random number issued by the base station in the SSD Update Order RANDSSD_3 The least significant 8 bits of the random number issued by the base station in the SSD U
353. scription of Fields Fields Notch Coupl Num of Bits 316 This field selects if the Notch Freq setting of the AF ANALYZER screen is coupled to the AF Gen1 Freq setting When set to None the notch filter and AF Generator 1 do not interact When set to AFGen1 coupled the settings track each other unless the AF Generator s frequency is set outside the 300 Hz to 10 kHz limits of the notch filter Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE GPIB Example DISP CGP CDMA GPOWer NAVG 100 displays the CDMA Gated Power screen and sets the Averages field to 100 aver ages When a mobile station is operating in variable eighth rate data rate transmission mode the RF power is gated on during randomized 1 25 ms periods During a CDMA Gated Power measurement the Test Set analyzes an ensemble of gated on periods referred to as power control groups The number of power control groups used to calculate an ensemble average is set in the Averages field This field lists the total number of bits displayed This number is dependent on Data Rate of the signal being decoded the Gate Time ofthe decoder and the size of the decoder s data buffer e 1584 bits for decoding Reverse Voice Channel RVC data streams e 1583 bits for decoding Reverse Control Channel RECC data streams This measurement is not available for NAMPS NTACS RVC decoding Operating Considerations The buffer has a maximum capacity of See Also Gate Time field on p
354. se ratio 156 213 219 236 396 398 SINAD 156 213 219 236 396 398 SNR 156 213 219 236 396 398 Test M ode TM Rho 429 Traffic Rho 429 transmitter power 437 voltage 151 memory total RAM 431 message beeper alert 184 I BASIC error 272 Message Data Mode field 295 M essage screen view of 120 See Also error messages Meter key 45 Mic Pre Emp field 296 MIC ACC connector selecting 155 microphone 165 pre emphasis 296 push to talk 373 MIN 306 308 Min Power field 296 Min Max Pwr field 297 Mobile Data Burst with Authen Failed message 170 Mobile Data Burst with Authen Passed message 170 Mobile Parm field 298 Mobile Power Mode field 299 Mobile Pwr field 300 Mod In To field 301 Mode field 300 Model field instrument 300 Model field printer 301 modulation carrier ACP reference measurement 191 external AM 301 external FM 301 external input 301 input 301 input coupling 261 sensitivity input 301 MODULATION INPUT connector coupling 261 description 74 for modulating RF generator 301 MRI Ord 96 233 Index 457 Index MS Ack Cause Code 303 MS Ack Received annunciator 305 MS FER field 307 MS FER key 60 MS FER Report Interval field 308 MS ID field 308 MS Id field 302 MS Report field 335 MS report key 60 MSDatabase field 306 n Down power control bits 193 nUp power control bits 193 names for printouts 323 343 NAMPS channel s
355. sent OSCILLOSCOPE Vertical offset moves the displayed signal above or below the oscilloscope s fixed centerline Operating Considerations A centerline is displayed for the signal when an offset is used When the vertical offset is 40 00 the marker level is referenced to the center line generated by the vertical offset feature not the center line of the screen Screens Where Field is Present OSCILLOSCOPE 445 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Walsh Sector A Walsh Sector B 446 This column of fields displays the Walsh code for the Pilot Sync and Paging channels and provides an entry field for Traffic and OCNS Walsh codes GPIB Example DISP CGEN CDMA CELL ASEC TRAF WALS 8 sets Sector A s traffic channel to Walsh code 8 Operating Considerations The Test Set will display a warning if duplicate Walsh codes are set The range of Walsh codes is limited to those allowed by TIA IS 95 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA GENERATOR CONTROL This column of fields displays the Walsh code for the Sector B Pilot channel and provides an entry field for Sector B Traffic and OCNS Walsh codes GPIB Example DISP CGEN CDMA CELL BSEC TRAF WALS 12 sets Sector B s traffic channel to Walsh code 12 Operating Considerations The Test Set will display a warning if duplicate Walsh codes are set The range of Walsh codes is limited to those allowed by TIA IS 95 Screens Where
356. setting Operating Considerations The beeper alerts you any time a message is displayed Since a message may be removed from the screen before you notice it it is better to leave the beeper on to alert you to errors during operation The beeper s volume setting is retained when the instrument is turned off Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp BER Thresh Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields The BSETting command is used to control this field The query form of the command that is BSETting can be used to determine the current control channel setting Syntax BSETting integer number BSETting Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP NAMPS MRI BSET 20 OUTPUT 714 CALLP NAMPS MRI BSET ER 714 Bset val Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONFIGURE 185 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Burst Time This field displays the time period between the 3 dB points of the trace representing the average power during an ensemble of CDMA RF bursts This field will display a value only after a gated power measurement is made GPIB Example MEAS GPOWer BURSt TIME queries the CDMA gated power burst time Operating Considerations When a mobile station is operating in variable data rate transmission mode the RF power is gated on during randomized 1 25 ms periods During a CDMA Gated Power
357. splays the decoded MIN number received from the mobile station on the reverse control channel in response to a forward control channel message The Phone Num field is displayed only when the Display field is set to Data and a reverse control channel message containing this information has been decoded Do not confuse the Phone Num field which is displayed in the upper right hand portion of the CALL CONTROL screen with the Phone Num selection of the MS Id field An all zero MIN number 000000000 which does not represent a valid phone number will convert to the following phone number 111111 111 Refer to the Display field on page 223 for information on how to read measurement results from this field Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL 331 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Phs Error 332 This field is displayed when Freq Error is selected from the list of choices available when the unnamed field displaying one of the following choices is displayed e phase error measurement carrier feedthrough measurement GPIB Example DISP CTXT CDMA RHO MEAS PERR Phs Error selects phase error from the list of choices DISP CTXT MEASure CDManalyzer PHASe ERRor queries the phase error measurement result Operating Considerations These measurements along with Rho frequency error amplitude error and time offset are made by DSP analysis techniques The Meas Cnt1 field c
358. t Screens Where Field is Present SPECTRUM ANALYZER This field indicates the number of scale divisions from the left side of the screen to the marker Use the DATA keys or cursor control knob to move the marker to any point on the displayed signal Screens Where Field is Present OSCILLOSCOPE SPECTRUM ANALYZER 339 Chapter 4 Description of F Fields Power Cntl Step Size 340 ields This field is displayed only when the Protocol field on page 346 is set to TIA EIA 95B This field allows entry of the following closed loop power control step sizes 1 dB 0 5 dB 0 25 dB Operating Considerations The power control step size entered in this field must not be less than the minimum step size supported by the mobile station under test The value entered in this field will be sent to the mobile station in the Power Control Message PWR_CNTL_STEP field during call setup or while on a traffic channel call connected The mobile station s minimum step size MIN PWR CNTL STEP is retrieved by the Test Set during registration and displayed in the MS Database field on page 306 under Pwr Step The message Mobile s minimum power step gt selected Power Cntl Step Size will be displayed if a value is entered into the Power Cntl Step Size field that the Test Set determines is unacceptable See Also Protocol field description on page 346 MS Database field on page 306 Screens Where Field is Present C
359. t choices SINAD Distn Distortion SNR Signal to Noise Ratio AF Freq DC Level Current DC only Operating Considerations This is a priority control field Accessing the RX TEST or TX TEST screen overrides any changes made to this field in other screens For more information about SNR operation see the SNR field description on page 398 213 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Data Length Data Mode 214 Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALYZER ANALOG MEAS DUPLEX TEST RX TEST TX TEST RF GENERATOR RF ANALYZER This field specifies the number of bits used for each word of serial data when using the rear panel serial port This setting is retained when the instrument is turned off Screens Where Field is Present I O CONFIGURE This field allows you to select the data format for the User Data field e ASCII selects ASCII character entry Hex selects hexadecimal character entry This choice is available for sending messages that require non English language character sets When the User Data field is selected the front panel knob is used to enter characters GPIB Example CDMA SMS MDM Hex sets the User Data field data format to hexadecimal Operating Considerations If you select Hex the Test Set expects an even number of hex characters to be entered in the User Data field Each pair of hex characters represents a byte of data If an odd number of hex characters is entered
360. t is 1 MHz this command increases in crement value from 1 MHz to 10 MHz See Also To Increment Decrement Values in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide These keys are used to display fields from another screen or access fields without using the CURSOR CONTROL knob or changing screens GPIB Example No equivalent GPIB command See Also Using USER Keys in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide 39 Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys Local Local returns the instrument to manual control after GPIB control is used except when the Test Set is in local lockout mode The Test Set returns to Local operation full front panel control when either the Go To Local GTL bus command is received the front panel Local key is pressed or the REN line goes false When the Test Set returns to local mode the output signals and internal settings remain unchanged except that triggering is reset to repetitive and settling is reset to full The Local key will not function if the Test Set is in the local lockout mode Programming Local Using HP BASIC the statement LOCAL returns all specified devices to their local state Example LOCAL 714 puts the device at address 14 in local mode Low limit High limit 40 Press and release the Shift key then the down arrow key to access the low limit function Press and release the Shift key then the up arrow key to access th
361. t is indicated in the RF Generator s Ampli tude field to compensate The value at the opposite end of the cable loss should then be at the level indicated in the Amplitude field unless the resulting RF Generator setting exceeds the maximum output level then an error occurs Input value out of range In that case reduce the Amplitude setting or decrease the Duplex Out value GPIB Example CONF OFL DUPL 1 enters a path loss of 1 dB between the DUPLEX OUT port and the mobile station This field is only used when the RF Level Offset field is set to On Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE This field is used to determine the maximum number of copies of user data that will be sent in an SMS message GPIB Example CDMA SMS TERM DUPL 2 enters 2 times in the Duplicate Entered Data field Screens Where Field is Present CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Eb Nt Echo Delay Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field is displayed when AWGN is On and the Data Type field on the CDMA CALL CONTROL screen or the CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE RECEIVER TEST screen to PRBS 1 kHz Tone 400 Hz orChirp GPIB Example DISP CGEN CDMA STN queries the E N field Operating Considerations To display a value for E N turn on AWGN and set the Data Type field on the CDMA CALL CONTROL screen or the CDMA CELLULAR MOBILE RECEIVER TEST screen to PRBS 1 kHz Tone 400 Hz
362. t key 35 Ideal Mobile Power field 273 IF filter bandwidth selecting 274 IFFilter field 274 If Unit U nder Test Fails field 274 456 Increment div 10 key 36 Increment set key 36 Increment x10 key 36 indicators oscilloscope input 122 Init Power field 274 input audio 600 ohm impedance 169 audio floating 169 audio grounded 169 coupling 261 gain 277 oscilloscope 122 RF 278 Input Att field 275 Input Atten field 276 input attenuation automatic control 276 manual control 276 setting 276 input attenuator decoder interference 269 276 oscilloscope interference 269 276 Input Gain field 277 Input Port field 278 Insert Ch field 279 Insrt Stp field 279 Inst Echo field 280 Inst field 280 interactions high power low power measurements 440 Range Hold and cther fields 354 RF generator analyzer RF offset 370 RX TX screen automatic changes 373 interband handoff 250 internal clock date 218 Internal field 281 Intersystem Handoff Channel field 195 IS 95 protocol 346 1S 95A protocol 346 1S 95B protocol 346 J J Std 008 protocol 346 J TACS channel standard 365 J TACS simulated system 418 J TACS system type 419 K k1 through k3 64 Keep field 281 keyboard external 385 keying effect on amplitude 165 keys Address 31 AF analyzer 60 Answer 31 Assign 32 Authentication 60 Average 32 backspace 57 Call control CDMA 60 Call control analog 60 Call Page
363. t to Dc for best results when using the AUDIO OUT connector and low data rates Screens Where Field is Present DUPLEX TEST RF GENERATOR This field turns CDMA authentication On or Of When CDMA authentication is On the Test Set signals the mobile station to go into authentication mode AUTH is set to 01 when registrations call originations pages or data bursts are performed The results of authentication procedures will be displayed in the Authentication Data Table See Authentication Data Table on page 171 Operating Considerations When Authen is On the Test Set will display the authentication parameters which the mobile station is required to send to a base station as part of the protocol s authentication procedures When Authen is Off the expected AUTH MODE parameter will be 0 and any other authentication parameters displayed in the Authentication Data Table will be dashes GPIB Example CDMA CELL CONF AUTH MODE ON turns Authentication On See Also Authentication Tests E8285A Application Guide Screens Where Field is Present CDMA AUTHENTICATION S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Authen Data Clear Selecting Clear removes any data present in the Authentication Data Table GPIB Example CDMA AUTH DATA CLE clears the Authentication Data Table See Also Authentication Data Table field on page 17
364. tandard 365 NAWC 234 NData NM eas field Display 223 negative edge triggering 283 Network ID field 310 Netwrk Code field 310 NGHB Fq Ch CDMA Cell Site Configuration field 311 No key 49 No Pk Avg field 313 No Ratio W key 49 Nom Power field 312 Nom Pwr Ext field 312 non programmable front panel functions 61 norm delta spectrum analyzer marker 288 Normalize field 314 Notch Coupl used with variable notch 315 Notch Coupl field 316 notch filter gain 315 variable 315 Notch Freq field 315 Notch Gain field 315 NRVC Ord 96 233 NTACS channel standard 365 NTACS Narrow system type 419 NTACS Wide system type 419 Num Pages field 316 317 Num Step field 317 O OCNS Sector A Power field 318 OCNS Sector B Power field 319 offset 458 frequency RF generator analyzer 269 frequency tracking generator 319 measurement zeroing 218 RF generator analyzer 370 RF level 369 vertical oscilloscope 287 445 Offset Freq field Tracking Gen 319 off the air measurements 278 On Off key 56 Open Loop power control 203 Open Loop Time Response Open Loop Time Response field 320 Open Loop Time Response field 320 Options field 320 Order field 321 322 Order Of Tests field 394 Origination with Authen Failed message 170 Origination with Authen Passed message 170 oscilloscope input 122 input attenuator 269 276 level markers 287 marker types 291 markers level 287 resol
365. tation These values are sent as a comma separated list of IEEE floating point numbers 16 characters each ending with a line feed character 281 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields NOTE Tf no values are displayed in the CDMA Mobile Reporting table the query example shown above will return only the line feed character Programming Example for Keep Field 10 RE STORE C NWENDYLNREAD MRT 20 CLEAR SCREEN 30 DIM Pil str 500 40 OUTPUT 714 CDMA MOB PIL STR 50 ENTER 714 Pil str 60 Length LEN Pil str 70 Num pn Length 1 DIV 68 Determine number of Pilots in the table 80 FOR I 1 TO Num pn 90 Stat I VAL Pil str 1 16 100 PRINT Pilot I status is Stat I 110 Pnofst I VAL Pil str 18 16 120 PRINT Pilot I PN Offset is Pnofst I 130 Str I VAL Pil str 35 16 140 PRINT Pilot I pilot strength is Str I 150 Keep I VAL Pil str 52 16 160 PRINT Pilot I keep bit is Keep I 170 IF I Num pn THEN 180 Pil str Pil str 69 LEN Pil str Move to next Pilot in the string 190 PRINT 200 END IF 210 EXT I 220 END Screens Where Field is Present CDMA MOBILE REPORTED PILOT STRENGTH Length This field displays the total message length in characters of a SMS message multiplied by the number entered in the Duplicate User Data field GPIB Example CDMA SMS TERM DATA LENG queries the length of
366. tax SATone SATone lt gt lt 5970HZ 6000HZ 6030HZ gt lt gt Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP SAT OUTPUT 714 CALLP SAT 5970HZ ENTER 714 Sat color codeS Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL 375 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields SAT Deviation 376 The SAT Deviation measurement is multiplexed on the same field with the FM Deviation measurement When the CALL CONTROL screen is selected SAT Deviation will be displayed automatically To select SAT Deviation on the other screens listed below select FM Demod in the AF Anl In field position the cursor next to FM Deviation and press the knob to display a list of choices Choose SAT Deviation from this list GPIB Example DISP ACNT MEASure AFRequency SATDeviation displays the CALL CONTROL screen and queries the SAT Deviation measurement Operating Considerations The SAT Deviation measurement will always return a measurement result regardless of whether or not a signal is input to the Test Set This measurement is performed using a digital signal processing algorithm and if the value returned is extremely large it is simply measuring noise The SAT Deviation measurement does not require any external test equipment for calibration Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL DUPLEX TEST TX TEST Analog RF ANALYZER AF ANALYZER S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Sat Tol Chap
367. ted in the Protocol field See Also SSD Update annunciator field on page 410 Check Digits field on page 200 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA AUTHENTICATION 161 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Alert All Chans 162 This field sets the Alert parameter in SMS messages e On Off GPIB Example CDMA SMS TERM ALERT On sets the Alert parameter to On Operating Considerations Some mobile stations require this field to be set to On before mobile station will alert the user through audio tones or vibration for example that a message has been received See Also Screen s Where Field is Present CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE This field allows you to choose if a new test is to be run on all channels Yes or only on prime channels No Prime channels are specified on the TESTS Channel Information screen The underlined entry is the active choice Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Order of Tests S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Alt Pwr Ms Cal Bands The frequency band occupied by the RF channel standard entered in this field will be included in the frequency coverage of the channel power calibration routine None All Bands PCS Bands Cell Bands MS AMPS Japan CDMA MSL NAMPS MSM NAMPS MSU NAMPS MS TACS MS ETACS MS NTACS MS JTACS GPIB Example CONF ACST All Bands
368. ter 1 in the RX and TX test frequency fields to have all subsequent channels ignored when testing is started Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Channel Information This field allows you to enter an instrument in the list at the bottom of the screen Use the knob up arrow or down arrow key to select the step where you want to insert an instrument Screens Where Field is Present TESTS External Devices 279 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Insrt Stp Inst Echo Inst 280 This field allows you to enter a step in the test list at the bottom of the screen Operating Considerations When inserting a new test you must select the Step where you want to insert a new test When inserted the new test forces the current test at that step down one step and a duplicate of the current test is inserted This duplicate is overwritten when the new test is selected Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Order of Tests External Devices This field enables disables character and screen echoing when using an external ASCII RS 232 terminal or computer to enter or edit IBASIC programs This setting is retained when the instrument is turned off Screens Where Field is Present VO CONFIGURE The Inst field lists the number of external devices that are configured for the tests in the current procedure Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Order of Tests S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields c
369. ter Handoff is turned On or Off The Pilot Strength Message updates the CDMA Mobile Reporting table displayed at the top of the CDMA MOBILE REPORTED PILOT STRENGTH screen See Also Sctr A Pwr field description on page 380 Sctr B Pwr field description on page 381 Keep field description on page 281 Status Mobile Reported Pilot Strength field description on page 410 PN Offset field description on page 336 Strength field description on page 416 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA MOBILE REPORTED PILOT STRENGTH 399 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Softer Handoff annunciator Soft Slope 400 This annunciator is lit when On is selected in the Softer Handoff field When the handoff is ended the Softer Handoff annunciator goes out GPIB Example DISP CCNT STATus CDMA CONDition queries the CDMA condition register Operating Considerations During a softer handoff a handoff direction message is sent to the mobile station to add Sector B to its active set See Also Softer Handoff field description on page 399 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL This field is used to enter the parameter SOFT SLOPE This field is displayed only when TIA EIA 95B is selected in the Protocol field on page 346 GPIB Example DISP CMOB CDMA MOB PARM SSLope 3 enters 3 in the Soft Slope field Operating Considerations This field setting along with Add Intcpt and Drop Intcp control the w
370. ter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field is displayed only for NAMPS system type This field is used to select the Sat tolerance When set to Narrow the Sat limit is one of the three valid Sat tones 10Hz When set to Wide the Sat limit is defined at 0 to 7000 Hz When operating in noisy environments the narrow Sat limit may not allow for correct measurements and the ability to alter the limit to encompass a wider range provides for testing flexibility The STOLerance command is used to control this field The query form that is STOLerance can be used to query the current field value Syntax STOLerance NARROW WIDE STOLerance Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS STOL NARROW OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS STOL ENTER 714 Stol set Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL CALL CONFIGURE 377 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Save Recall SCM 378 This field specifies which memory device the Test Set accesses when the save and recall functions are used Internal is a section of internal RAM RAM is also used for running IBASIC programs which may require you to delete the Save Recall registers if the program is very large e Cardis the front panel MEMORY CARD slot A Save Recall Device is not Present message is displayed if you try to save or recall an instrument setup when a write able memory card is not installed in the Test Set e RAM
371. ter port 343 title 323 343 Priority CDMA Short Message Service screen 344 priority fields 155 156 158 159 165 213 219 220 222 236 396 398 Privacy CDMA Short Message Service screen 345 Proc Save Delete Procedure field 345 Procedure Library field 345 Program field 346 programming language 133 PROTOCOL DIAG connector 75 Protocol field 346 PTT RX TX Cntl 373 push to talk 373 Pwr Class 306 Pwr Dwn Reg CDMA Cell Site Configuration field 347 Pwr Level field VMAC 347 Pwr Lv field 348 Pwr Step 306 Pwr Up Reg field 349 R RAM procedure location 345 382 total available 431 Ramp power control bits 193 RAND field CDMA Authentication 350 351 RAND A field 350 RAND B field 351 RAND U field 353 RANDSSD 1 field 352 RANDSSD 2 field 352 RANDSSD 3 field 353 RANDU field 354 Range Hold field 354 rate set 2 Service Option 32768 433 Service Option 9 433 Traffic Data M ode 433 Rcv Pace field 355 Recall key 50 RECCW A 96 233 RECCW B 96 233 RECCW C 96 233 RECCW D 96 233 RECCW E 96 234 receive pace 355 Received field 355 Ref Level CDMA Swept Power M easurement field 356 Ref Level field 356 Ref set key 51 reference carrier ACP 191 frequency ACP measurement 191 level spectrum analyzer 356 setting 288 transmitter power zero 440 Reg Period CDMA Cell Site Configuration Screen 357 Register annunciator 359 Register field analog 358 Register field CDM
372. terband Handoffs This field allows entry of an analog voice channel for CDMA to analog handoffs or a CDMA traffic channel for CDMA to CDMA hard handoffs GPIB Example CDMA CALL AHAN CHAN 1 sets the Channel field to 1 Operating Considerations e During aCDMA to analog handoff the Test Set commands the mobile station to re tune to this analog voice channel ACDMA to analog handoff attempt will occur when AMPS is selected in the System Type field and the Execute field see Execute Handoff field description on page 250 is selected During a CDMA to CDMA interband handoff the Test Set passes control and connection of the mobile station from one band class to another see the System Type CDMA to CDMA or CDMA to Analog Handoff field description on page 419 A CDMA to CDMA hard handoff attempt will occur when TIA EIA 95B is selected in the System Type field and the Execute field see Execute Handoff field description on page 250 on the CDMA Call Control screen is selected Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields The range of values when TIA EIA 95B is selected in the System Type field is shown in the following table Table 8 TIA EIA 95B Range of Values Destination Chan Std Selection Channel Range Default Channel MS AMPS 1 to 799 or 990 to 1023 384 US PCS 1 to 1199 525 MS TACS 1 to 1000 384 MS JTACS 1 to 798 76 Japan CDMA 1 to 799 801 to 1039 or 1041 to 1199 76 Kor PCS PO 0 to 1300 384
373. test The RF Generator s and the RF Analyzer s frequencies are automatically set to correspond to the channel number entered in the RF Channel field Some of the RF Chan Std choices require that the Test Set is configured to operate with a specific Agilent Technologies 83236 model table 16 on page 366 The choices displayed will be limited to the RF channel standard s your hardware is capable of providing If you do not know if you 83236B is equipped with Option 007 one way to find out is to query the Test Set using the GPIB Common Command IDN refer to the E8285A Condensed Programming Reference Guide for a detailed description of this command If you have Option 007 the word WIDEBAND will be included in the string returned by the Test Set GPIB Example DISP CCNT CONF RFCS USER DEF selects a user defined RF Channel Standard The base frequency channel spacing and offset between generator and analyzer frequencies are settable on the Config ure screen when USER DEF is selected Operating Considerations For the NAMPS standards a third letter is added indicating which frequency band is used upper middle or lower For example when testing a mobile station using the lower band choose MSL NAMPS The USER DEF selection is used to define your own channel assignments When USER DEF is selected you enter the Base Freq Chan Space and Gen An1 settings found on the Configure screen See Also
374. the DSAT right hand DSAT field Four dashes indicate no carrier is present to measure A numeric value would only be displayed when the Test Set s Connected annunciator is lit connected state The DSAT MEASurement query command is used to query the contents of the left hand subfield There is no command form of the MEASurement query Syntax DSAT MEASurement Example OUTPUT 714 CALLP NAMP DSAT MEASurement ENTER 714 MEASured dsat Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp DSAT Meas Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field is displayed only when the System Type field is set to NAMPS or NTACS This field is used to select what the signaling decoder will decode The choices are DSAT Data When DSAT is selected the signaling decoder decodes DSAT Digital Supervisory Audio Tone transponded from the mobile station currently connected on a call When Data is selected the signaling decoder decodes and displays reverse voice channel data and acts upon messages from the mobile station currently connected on a call Operating Considerations To verify that the mobile station is transponding the correct DSAT make sure DSAT is selected in this field and select NMeas in the Display field The decoded DSAT will be displayed in the DSAT DST hex field To set up the signaling decoder to decode and display signaling
375. the current SMS message length Screens Where Field is Present CDMA SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE 282 Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Level div Library Lines Page Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This control is divided into two fields The upper field 0 00 sets the internal trigger level as a function of vertical divisions The trigger level is indicated by small pointers that appear on each side of the screen only used for internal triggering The lower field Pos Neg specifies whether triggering happens when the waveform being measured is positive going Pos or negative going Neg Screens Where Field is Present OSCILLOSCOPE This field displays the library information of the file chosen in the Select Procedure Filename field Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Main Menu This field is used to specify how many lines are printed per page Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Printer Setup PRINT CONFIGURE Lower and Upper ACP Ratio Level These two measurements display the amount of power in signals above and below the Tune Freq signal The level is displayed as a ratio referenced to the power around the Tune Freq or as an absolute value See Also ACP Meas field description on page 153 Screens Where Field is Present ADJACENT CHANNEL POWER 283 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Lower Limit This field is used to set the lower limit to be compared with the
376. the device under test Enter a positive value to indicate a gain such as an amplifier The Spectrum Analyzer s marker level Lv1 measurement is automatically reduced by that amount The Spectrum Analyzer s Ref Level is automatically decreased by the same amount so the trace position does not appear to change Enter a negative value to indicate a loss such as cable loss The Spectrum Analyzer Marker s Level Lv1 measurement is automatically increased by that amount The Spectrum Analyzer s Ref Level is automatically increased by the same amount so the trace position does not appear to change This field is only used when the RF Level Offset field is set to On See Also RF Level Offset on page 369 Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE This field triggers a single measurement It is only displayed when the Meas Cnt1 field is set to Single This field is not updated to show the Meas Cntl mode when the Test Set is in remote operating mode GPIB Examples TRIG MODE RETR SINGle 4 sets the remote operation trigger mode to Single TRIGger IMMediate triggers all active measurements Operating Considerations Sending a command to trigger a measurement will re start a measurement if there is one in progress When any of the CDMA screens are selected all measurements are active This eliminates the need to display specific screens to get measurement results 167 Chapter 4 Description of
377. the mobile station in maintenance mode Alert alert the mobile station SSD Update shared secret data update Uniq Ch unique challenge The VCORder command is used to send an order type mobile station control message to the mobile station The Access annunciator will light momentarily while the Test Set is sending the mobile station control message A mobile station must be actively connected on a voice channel to the Test Set that is the Connect annunciator is lit before attempting to send an voice channel order to a mobile station The query form of the command that is V CORder can be used to determine the last order sent to the mobile station using the VCORDer command Syntax VCORder order message gt lt gt VCORder Example OUTPUT 714 CPR AMPS AUTH VCOR CHNG PL 0 OUTPUT 714 CPR AMPS AUTH VCOR ENTER 714 Last ord sent Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Vert div Vert Offset Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Vertical sensitivity sets the vertical amplitude per division Operating Considerations The value for this field is selected from a list of choices Depending on the AF Analyzer s AF Anl In setting the units for this field may be in Volts kHz or Percent AM For example if the AF An1 In field is set to FM Demod the amplitude is displayed in kHz div Screens Where Field is Pre
378. the presence of the mobile stations s RF carrier the Test Set s RF power meter should be zeroed before using the Call Processing Subsystem Failure to zero the power meter can result in erroneous RF power measurements 94 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp Chapter 3 Description of Screens Call Control Screens CALL DATA CALL DATA C siue O gesister LJ Fase CTI TT O Connect Diselar Nord Figure 12 The CALL DATA Screen This screen displays the decoded reverse control channel and reverse voice channel signaling messages received by the Test Set from the mobile station Call Control Screens Thirteen different decoded messages can be viewed on this screen The message to be viewed is selected using the Display Word field 95 Chapter 3 Description of Screens Call Control Screens The messages which can be viewed are e Reverse Control Channel Messages for Paging Origination Orders and Order Confirmation RECCW A Word A Abbreviated Address Word RECCW B Word B Extended Address Word RECCW C Word C Serial Number Word RECCW D Word D First Word of the Called Address RECCW E Word E Second Word of the Called Address Reverse Voice Channel Messages for Order Confirmation e RVCOrdCon Reverse Voice Channel Order Confirmation Message e Reverse Control Channel Authentication Messages e BSChalOrd Word C Base Station Challenge Word AuthWORD Word C Authen
379. the top right hand portion of the CALL CONTROL screen is used to display decoded data message s received from the mobile station on the reverse control channel or the reverse voice channel If the data message s received from the mobile station can be correctly decoded the decoded message contents are displayed Figure 55 shows an example of a correctly decoded reverse control channel data message being displayed in the top right hand portion of the screen If the data message s cannot be correctly decoded the raw data message bits are displayed in hexadecimal format See Using the Analog Call Processing Subsystem chapter in the E8285A Application Guide for more information S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp Figure 55 Figure 56 Display Dota Meas O Active O Resister O Pase O Access O Connect MS Id AMPS Cntrl Chan Chant Anplitude Pur Luli Order dEn SRT SI CALL CONTROL System Type Voice Channel Assianment The CALL CONTROL Screen Chapter 4 Description of Fields To Screen ANLG MERS SPEC ANL RUTHEH Fields The messages are displayed in six non labeled received data fields that is there is no field label on the display screen The fields are named RCDD1 through RCDD6 The first and topmost field is RCDD1 The last and lowermost field is RCDD6 Figure 56 shows the position of the received data fields on the CALL CONTROL screen Display
380. the total power levels of pilot sync paging traffic and OCNS add up to Sector A power Ior Screens Where Field is Present CDMA GENERATOR CONTROL 417 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields System ID This field allows entry of the system identification SID GPIB Example DISP CCON CDMA CELL CONFigure SID 0 sets the system identification of the simulated CDMA cell site to 0 Operating Considerations The mobile station stores the SID number it receives from the cell site and compares it with its home SID NID to determine if it is roaming Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION System Type Call Control NOTE 418 This field is used to select the type of cellular system AMPS NAMPS TACS JTACS NTACS to be simulated The System Type field is an immediate action field That is whenever the System Type field is changed the change is reflected immediately in the physical configuration of the Test Set The analog control channel is immediately de activated reconfigured and then re activated to reflect the change This change causes the Test Set to enter the ACTIVE state If the Test Set is in the connected state Connect annunciator is lit and a change is made to the System Type field the connected state will be lost The CSYStem command is used to control this field Syntax CSYStem lt gt lt AMPS NAMPS TACS JTACS DCCH gt lt gt CSYStem Example OUTPUT 714 C
381. the type of measurement to be made by the Audio Frequency Analyzer on the audio signal being measured See Measure in the GPIB Command Syntax chapter of the ES285A Condensed Programming Reference Guide for programming command syntax Selecting this field displays the following measurement choices SINAD Distn Distortion SNR Signal to Noise Ratio AF Frequency DC Level Current DC only Operating Considerations This is a priority control field Accessing the RX TEST or TX TEST screen overrides any changes made to this field in other screens For more information about SNR operation see the SNR field description on page 398 Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALYZER ANALOG MEAS DUPLEX TEST RX TEST TX TEST RF GENERATOR RF ANALYZER S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Drop Intcpt Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field is used to enter the parameter DROP_INTERCEPT Refer to ANSI TIA EIA 95 B for additional details This field is displayed only when TIA EIA 95B is selected in the Protocol field on page 346 GPIB Example DISP CMOB CDMA MOB PARM IDROp 4 enters 4 in the Drop Intcpt field Operating Considerations This field setting along with the Soft Slope field on page 400 modifies the way that the mobile station manages pilot sets Refer to the formulas found in the field description for Expected T Drop field on page 255 These fields also affect the conditions
382. tication Word e UniqChCon Word C Unique Challenge Order Confirmation Word e Reverse Voice Channel Authentication Messages e RVCOrd Word one Reverse Voice Channel Generic Order e RVCBSChal Word 2 Reverse Voice Channel Base Station Challenge Order e NAMPS Reverse Voice Channel Messages e NRVC Ord Narrow Order or Order Confirmation Message e MRI Ord MRI Order message The field descriptions for each of the decoded messages are given in the Display Word field description on page 232 When the CALL DATA screen is displayed and the Call Processing Subsystem is in the connected state the Test Set constantly monitors the mobile station s transmitted carrier power If the power falls below 0 0005 Watts the error message RF Power Loss indicates loss of Voice Channel will be displayed and the Test Set will terminate the call and return to the active state NOTE In order to ensure that the Test Set makes the correct decisions regarding the presence of the mobile stations s RF carrier the Test Set s RF power meter should be zeroed before using the Call Processing Subsystem Failure to zero the power meter can result in erroneous RF power measurements 96 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp Chapter 3 Description of Screens Call Control Screens Reading the CALL DATA Screen Message Fields This section provides programming information on how to read the individual fields from the decoded reverse control channel
383. tion on the test set This value can be used during authentication to replace or query the SSD A NEW value in the Test Set The SSDB NEW value is the least significant 64 bits of the SSD value stored in the mobile station SSDA NEW is entered as a 16 digit hexadecimal value The query form that is NEW can be used to query the current Test Set value Syntax NEW lt gt lt 16 character hex value EW Example UTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH SSDB NEW 1234567890ABCDEF O OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH SSDB NEW ER 714 Ssdb new val Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields SSD Update NOTE An SSD update can be performed on the paging access channels or on the traffic channel When SSD Update Execute is selected an SSD Update Message is sent to the mobile station and the SSD Update annunciator is lit In response to the SSD Update Message the mobile sends back a Base Station Challenge Order If the Test Set does not receive the Base Station Challenge Order from the mobile within 20 seconds the Test Set will beep and the following message will be displayed No response from mobile to SSD Update request and the SSD Update annunciator will be turned off If the Test Set receives the Base Station Challenge Order it sends a Base Station Challenge Confirmation Order to the mobile station This order includes the 18 bit paramete
384. tion will register again and set its roam status according to these values GPIB Example DISP CCNT CDMA MOBile REGister causes the mobile to register S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Operating Considerations Mobile station registration can occur as a result of the following events The mobile station power is cycled e The Register feature is selected by selecting this field or sending the GPIB command shown above Acallis made by pressing the Call Page key with the MS ID mode Auto e A mobile station initiated call is made This event causes an implicit registration to be performed When the Register field is selected the Registering annunciator will light until the registration is successful or the registration attempt times out See Also Setting up a Call chapter in the E8285A Application Guide MS ID field description on page 308 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CALL CONTROL Register annunciator When lit the Register annunciator indicates that the mobile station connected to the Test Set is being commanded to register with the Test Set The Register annunciator is not programmable The state of the Register annunciator is reflected in the Call Processing Status Register Group Condition Register bit 1 See Call Processing Status Register Group in the Status Reporting chapter of the E8285A User s Guide for further information
385. tive level of the Sector A Pilot channel to RF Power has not changed However changes to the Sector A Pilot field will affect expected strength numbers Similarly turning on Sector B or AWGN will change the ratio of Sector A pilot signal strength to overall RF power changing the expected strength number for Sector A GPIB Example CDMA CELL ASECtor STRength queries the expected pilot strength value for Sector A Operating Considerations A Pilot Strength Message is sent from the mobile station when a Softer Handoff is executed ended or when the mobile station detects a change in pilot levels that could affect the assignment of pilots to the mobile station s Active Candidate or Neighbor sets refer to the CDMA Mobile Reporting table at the top of the display The actual mobile reported values in the CDMA Mobile Reporting table should closely match the values for Expected Strength See Also Expected PN Offset field description on page 252 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA MOBILE REPORTED PILOT STRENGTH 253 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Expected T_Add This field is displayed only when TIA EIA 95B is selected in the Protocol field on page 346 Refer to ANSI TIA EIA 95 B 6 6 6 2 6 Set Maintenance for additional information This field displays an integer value representing a power level threshold The Test Set calculates this threshold based on several field settings included in the formula
386. to the MIC ACC connec tor is keyed The screen changes back to TX TEST when the microphone is no longer keyed Operating Considerations The Test Set can be damaged by connecting a reverse power signal to the DUPLEX OUT port of 2200 mW If Auto and Carrier are used together the screen may continuously change between RX TEST and TX TEST This only occurs if the RF IN OUT port is used with the RF Generator Amplitude set 2 35 dBm a much higher level than is typically used for receiver tests To prevent this problem set the Amplitude 35 dBm or Off or use the DUPLEX OUT port for the RF Generator s output Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE 373 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Run Run Test SAT 374 Selecting this field runs the IBASIC program Screens Where Field is Present TESTS IBASIC Controller Selecting this field loads and runs the test chosen in the Select Procedure Filename field Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Main Menu Execution Conditions Printer Setup This field allows entry of the SAT color code for CDMA to analog handoffs e 5970Hz e 6000Hz 6030Hz GPIB Example CDMA CALL AHAN SAT 6000Hz sets the SAT field to 6000 Hz Operating Considerations During a CDMA to analog handoff the Test Set sends a message to the mobile station assigning this supervisory audio tone to the analog call A CDMA to analog handoff attempt will occur when the Execute field o
387. trength is increased to a level determined by the other Sector power and the entry in the T Comp field the status column will change to indicate Active status See Also Srch Win A field description on page 404 Srch Win N field description on page 405 Srch Win R field description on page 406 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA MOBILE REPORTED PILOT STRENGTH S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Status CDMA Authentication This column in the authentication results table lists the status pass or fail of the parameters that are used to authenticate a registration page or origination These parameters are returned from the mobile in the Access Channel Registration Page Response Message or Origination Message See Also Authen field description on page 170 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA AUTHENTICATION Status CDMA Swept Power Measurement ZZZZ new This field display the arming status of the swept power measurement GPIB Example CDMA SWEPtpower STATus return string ZZZZ queries for the arming status of the measurement Operating Considerations If Arm has been selected in the Swept Pwr field this field will be set to Armed to indicate that the measurement has been armed and is awaiting a trigger If Arm has not been selected this field will be set to Idle to indicate that the measurement either has not been armed
388. trol 184 Beeper field 184 BER Thresh field 185 bits serial data word 214 block diagram AF Analyzer 84 Duplex Test screen 116 RF Analyzer 124 RF Generator 126 RX Test 128 TX Test 144 BSChalOrd 96 233 BW field 187 by errors field 187 by frames field 188 C C Max EIRP 306 Index Index C Op Modes 306 Calibrate field Power Meas 341 calibration channel power measurement 198 341 spectrum analyzer 132 call answer 31 disconnect 35 paging 34 Call Bit screen Access annunciator 148 Active annunciator 153 Connect annunciator 209 Data Spec 216 modifying the call bit screen message fields 93 reading the call bit screen message fields 91 Send Word 383 Set Message 386 view of 90 Call Configure screen BER Thresh 185 CMAX 204 Detector 222 Input Att 275 Sat Tol 377 TX Pwr Zero 440 view of 94 Call control key analog 60 Call control key CDMA 60 Call Control screen Access annunciator 148 Active 152 Active annunciator 153 AF Freq 157 Amplitude 165 Called Number 188 CC Order 192 Ch Loc 201 Chan 194 Cntl Channel 205 Connect annunciator 209 Display 223 Data Meas 223 DSAT 239 DSAT Meas 241 DSAT DST hex 240 ESN dec 248 ESN hex 249 FM Deviation 262 Freq Error Analog 266 267 Handoff 270 Input Att 275 MS Id 302 Order 321 Page 325 Page annunciator 326 Phone Num 331 Pwr Lvl 348 Register 358 Register annunciator 359 Release
389. trol channel in response to a forward control channel message The ESN hex field is displayed only when the Display field is set to Data and a reverse control channel message containing this information has been decoded Refer to the Display field on page 223 for information on how to read measurement results from this field Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL This field is used to enter the electronic serial number ESN of the mobile station into the Test Set There are two methods which can be used to enter the ESN The serial number can be captured by the Test Set through a registration order or the serial number can be entered as an 8 digit hexadecimal value directly into this field To capture the electronic serial number through a registration see Register Analog field description on page 358 for further information To enter the serial number directly use the ESNumber command The query form of the command that is ESNumber can be used to determine the current setting of the ESN field Syntax ESNumber lt gt lt 8 character hex value gt lt gt ESNumber Example UTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH ESN 12D4E678 O OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH ESN ER 714 Esn val Screens Where Field is Present AUTHENTICATION 249 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Execute Handoff 250 This field executes a CDMA to analog or CDMA to
390. trols Vertzdiu Vert Offset Tris Delav J 2 kHz 2d S Controls Position Marker To d div E Controls B Tri a m5 Figure 31 The Oscilloscope Screen and Menus The OSCILLOSCOPE screen s controls are arranged by menu The menus are accessed using the Controls field Assigning global USER keys to the most used functions on the menus allows you to access the functions without having to change menus during operation 121 Chapter 3 Description of Screens Oscilloscope Screens Selecting the Oscilloscope s Input The oscilloscope s input is determined by the AF An1 In field setting in the AF ANALYZER TX TEST or DUPLEX TEST screens Controls Vert div Vert Offset Tris Delav 2 kHz div ns Figure 32 Oscilloscope Input Indicator Using the Scope To Field The Scope To field in the AF ANALYZER screen allows you to look at the signal at different stages in the AF Analyzer s process Refer to the Scope To field description on page 379 to understand the different choices Except for the Input setting all the choices are capacitively coupled If the signal to be measured is lt 1 Hz use the Input setting to provide the needed dc coupling 122 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp Chapter 3 Description of Screens Print Configure Screen Print Configure Screen PACHT DOF LGURE Print Data Haxtirdiion PRINTER bort Prini PRIHT SETI PREE COHTEDLI Hodel Lines Boge Oo ooo Pri
391. ts of RAND and is entered as a 4 digit hexadecimal value The mobile station stores and uses the most recent version of RAND in the authentication process RAND B is user definable The RAND B command is used to control this field The query form that is RAND B can be used to query the current field value Syntax RAND B RAND B xample UTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH RAND B 4F5A o m OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH RAND B ER 714 Rand val Screens Where Field is Present AUTHENTICATION This field contains random data for computation of SSD Shared Secret Data RANDSSD is sent to the mobile station when an SSD Update is executed GPIB Example CDMA CELL CONF AUTH RANDS queries the RANDSSD field See Also SSD Update field on page 409 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA AUTHENTICATION 351 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields RANDSSD_1 RANDSSD_1 is the 24 most significant bits of the random number issued by the base station in the SSD Update Order RANDSSD 1 is entered as a 6 digit hexadecimal value RANDSSD_1 is user definable The RAND SSD1 command is used to control this field The query form that is RAND SSD1 can be used to query the current field value Syntax RAND SSD1 RAND SSD1 Example UTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH RAND SSD1 4F5A26 O OUTPUT 714 CALLP AMPS AUTH RAND SSD1 ER 714 R
392. tude GPIB Example CDMA SWEPtpower TRIGger AMPLitude 18 dB sets the trigger amplitude Operating Considerations Enter a value here that is sufficient to trigger the measurement The selectable values are 12 dB 18 dB and 24 dB The default value is 12 dB Screens Where Field is Present CDMA SWEPT POWER MEASUREMENT When the Controls field is set to Trigger Answer Mode This field determines whether the Test Set will require answering before conversation or exchange of other traffic can begin Use of this field applies only to mobile station originated calls e Auto a mobile station originated call will automatically progress to the connected state No ringback tone will be heard on the mobile station s handset Manual the ANS key must be pressed to remove the ringback tone from the mobile station s audio path and allow user conversation or other traffic to be sent GPIB Example DISP CCON CDMA CALI selects manual mode DISP CCON CDMA CALI L ANSWer MOD L ANSWer E MANUAL answers a mobile station originated call Operating Considerations Calls will connect faster when Answer Mode is set to Auto Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION 166 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp Antenna In Arm Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field is used to indicate losses or gains between the ANTENNA IN port and
393. ualified to do so The opening of covers or removal of parts is likely to expose dangerous voltages Disconnect the product from all voltage sources while it is being opened Adjustments described in the manual are performed with power supplied to the instrument while protective covers are removed Energy available at many points may if contacted result in personal injury The power cord is connected to internal capacitors that my remain live for 5 seconds after disconnecting the plug from its power supply For Continued protection against fire hazard replace the line fuse s only with 250 V fuse s or the same current rating and type for example normal blow or time delay Do not use repaired fuses or short circuited fuseholders WARNING Product Markings 6 Always use the three prong ac power cord supplied with this product Failure to ensure adequate earth grounding by not using this cord may cause product damage This product is designed for use in Installation Category II and Pollution Degree 2 per IEC 1010 and IEC 664 respectively FOR INDOOR USE ONLY This product has autoranging line voltage input be sure the supply voltage is within the specified range To prevent electrical shock disconnect instrument from mains line before cleaning Use a dry cloth or one slightly dampened with water to clean the external case parts Do not attempt to clean internally Ventilation Requirements When installing the product in
394. ue or Units fields and using the data and units keys you can modify or enter parameters 136 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp Chapter 3 Description of Screens TESTS Screens TESTS Order of Tests TESTS Order af Tease aierk Test Boag TI D COMA nclos The TESTS Order of Tests Screen This screen is used to decided what sequence the test should be executed 137 Chapter 3 Description of Screens TESTS Screens TESTS Pass Fail Limits A 155715 Foti Fol Lialia nerh jexrrimiinn Lower Lisit Ueber Linie Unica Cheek ALY TI ET To Screen DEAT BA Larco cim CALL CHTL Anilas ex TEST Conf i3 ESTE Figure 46 The TESTS Pass Fail Limits Screen Pass Fail limits are the radio manufacturer s upper and lower limits used by the Tests Subsystem For a radio to pass a test the measured value must fall within the test s limits Tests results can be compared to only the lower limit only the upper limit both the upper and lower limits or no limits None Pass Fail limits are sometimes referred to as specifications 138 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp Chapter 3 Description of Screens TESTS Screens TESTS Save Delete Procedure TESTS iSutup De sta Procedural fous Frac SAVEPOELETE TEST PROCEDURE Select Precedure Locations Enter Procedure Filenanel Hele Enter Deserietian dor Heu Procedures Moin Keny Ta Screen O COHR CALL EETU Procedure
395. umeric values in GPIB units or attribute units regardless of the field s current display units setting Numeric values are expressed in scientific notation Refer to To Specify Units of Measure for GPIB Data Transfer in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide To Query the Increment Value Display Units Use the INCRement DUNits commands to query the units of measure used to display the increment value Refer to To Specify Units of Measure for CRT Display in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide for description of display units Syntax INCRement DUNits Example OUTPUT 714 RFG FREQ INCR DUN ENTER 714 Disp unit This queries the increment value s display units for the RF Generator s frequency Programming Increment 10 Syntax INCRement DIVide NOTE Integer only fields such as Intensity and Print Adrs havea fixed increment of 1 and cannot be changed Example OUTPUT 714 RFG FREQ INCR DIV If the RF Generator s frequency increment is 10 MHz this command reduces the increment value from 10 MHz to 1 MHz 38 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL keys chp Chapter 1 Description of Keys Keys Programming Incrementx10 NOTE Integer only fields such as Intensity and Print Adrs have a fixed increment of 1 and cannot be changed K1 K5 amp K1 K3 Syntax INCRement MULTiply Example OUTPUT 714 RFG FREQ INCR MULT If the RF Generator s frequency incremen
396. ure 38 The RX Test Screen RX Test Block Diagram on page 129 128 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp Chapter 3 Description of Screens RX Test Screen RX Test Block Diagram RF Gen Freq Amplitude 100 000000 80 0 MHz m i RF Out Duplex Out FM Output Port Atten Hold RF Out Dupl On Off AF Gen 1 To p AF Gen 1 Freq 1 0000 AF Gen 2Freq AF Gen 2 To FM 1 0000 kHz off Filter 1 Filter 2 50Hz HPF 15kHz LPF SINAD AC Level AUDIO IN HI AF Freq SNR Distn Ext Load R AF Freq 8 00 DC Level Te Current AUDIOINLO 9 Figure 39 The RX Test Fields and Their Functions NOTE Since most of the measurements displayed are dependent on different field settings the settings and values shown in the diagrams use the Test Set s preset conditions 129 Chapter 3 Description of Screens Service Screen Service Screen NOTE This screen is used for component level troubleshooting by the manufacturer This method of troubleshooting is not currently supported outside of the factory This screen allows you to monitor individual circuit node measurements and change various MUX and DAC latch settings for isolating faulty modules To access the Service screen you must first access the CONFIGURE screen then select Service from the To Screen menu 130 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp Chapter 3 Description of Screens Spectrum Analyzer Screens
397. ust be connected to the Test Set s AUDIO OUT connector in order to use the ANALOG MEAS screen If the mobile station does not have audio connections the ANALOG MEAS screen cannot be used The host firmware does not monitor the mobile station s transmitted carrier power while the ANALOG MEAS screen is displayed If the power falls below 0 0005 Watts no error message is displayed nor will the Test Set terminate the call while on the ANALOG MEAS screen How To Program The ANALOG MEAS Screen The ANALOG MEAS screen combines some of the Test Set s Audio Analyzer fields and some of the Test Set s RF Generator fields onto one screen for the purpose of testing the audio characteristics of the mobile station Only those fields which are pertinent to testing the mobile station s audio characteristics have been combined onto the ANALOG MEAS screen Since the fields on the ANALOG MEAS screen are imported from other screens those fields are programmed exactly as they would be on their home screen To set up the fields program the appropriate instrument To make measurements use the MEASure subsystem S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL screens chp Chapter 3 Description of Screens Call Control Screens Call Control Screens AUTHENTICATION RUTHEST CRTZOH Figure 9 The AUTHENTICATION Screen The AUTHENTICATION screen allows you to enter parameters for authentication into the Test Set These parameters are used by the Cave algorithm durin
398. ut is displayed as 50593 The internal clock still functions when the instrument is turned off Screens Where Field is Present CONFIGURE DC current measurement zero removes any measurement offset present before making a dc current measurement The measurement is zeroed by selecting Zero and pressing the Enter key or the Cursor Control knob The current source must be disconnected before zeroing for accurate operation Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALYZER S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUALI fields chp DC Level Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields When set to DC Level this field displays the DC voltage entering at the DC input port on the back of the Test Set This field is a one of many field used to select the type of measurement to be made by the Audio Frequency Analyzer on the audio signal being measured See Measure in the GPIB Command Syntax chapter of the ES285A Condensed Programming Reference Guide for programming command syntax Selecting this field displays the following measurement choices SINAD Distn Distortion SNR Signal to Noise Ratio AF Freq DC Level Current DC only Operating Considerations This is a priority control field Accessing the RX TEST or TX TEST screen overrides any changes made to this field in other screens For more information about SNR operation see the SNR field description on page 398 Screens Where Field is Present AF ANALYZER ANALOG MEAS DUPLE
399. ution 379 scale 339 signal source 379 squelch effects 403 Oscilloscope screen Auto Norm 176 Cont Single 211 Controls 121 213 Internal 281 Level div 283 Lvl marker 287 Marker To 291 Output Port 324 Position 339 Reset 362 Time marker 288 Time div 427 Trig Delay 435 Vert Offset 445 Vert div 445 view of 121 output coupling 170 RF 324 339 tracking generator 339 Output Atten Hold field 323 Output Heading field 323 Output Port field 324 Output Results For field 324 Output Results To field 325 over power at RF IN OUT connector 278 damage at ANT IN connector 437 damage at DUPLEX OUT 324 warning 278 P P Max EIRP 306 P Op Modes 306 Page annundator 326 Page field 325 Page Rate field 326 Full 326 Half 326 Page Send field 327 Page Sent annunciator 328 Page with Authen Failed message 170 Page with Authen Passed message 170 Paging Channel Logging connector 74 79 Paging field Sector A Power 328 paging mobile station 34 Pam Size field 329 PARALLEL PORT connector 75 Parameter field 329 Parity field 330 Parm Test Parameters field 329 Pass Word field 330 Pass Fail Limits field 402 Passed annunciator Test Status 424 PCMCIA field Format Card 331 peak hold spectrum analyzer 313 spectrum analyzer marker 291 peak detector 222 335 signal source 335 peak oscilloscope marker 291 Phase Error field 191 Phone Num field 331 phone number called by mo
400. ve a significant affect on the performance of the signaling decoder are 1 audio frequency gain and 2 post detection filtering While the CALL CONTROL screen is displayed the audio frequency gain stages are fixed that is autoranging is tuned off This is necessary to ensure that no signaling bursts are missed as a result of the audio gain stages autoranging in response to a burst of signaling data Fixing the audio gain stages may result in a slight accuracy degradation for FM deviation measurements less than 7 kHz Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Frame Clock Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields In addition the post detection bandwidth is set at lt 20 Hz and gt 99 kHz in the Active Register and Page states and 300 Hz to 15 kHz when in the Connected state This is done to ensure that no signaling tones are filtered off This wide post detection bandwidth allows more noise to be introduced into the measurement process which affects the measured deviation Given these conditions it is recommended that FM deviation measurements requiring full Test Set FM deviation accuracy be made on the ANALOG MEAS screen or the AF ANALYZER screen The audio frequency gains stages are set to autorange while on these screens and post detection filters can be selected to optimize deviation measurements Screens Where Field is Present CALL CONTROL ANALOG MEAS This field is used to select the CDMA frame clock output frequency on the rear
401. view chapter of the E8285A User s Guide 56 S agilent e8285 REFGUIDE MANUAL keys chp Symbol Keys Backspace Chapter 1 Description of Keys Symbol Keys The backspace key is used to move the cursor to the left when entering numbers in a field such as RF Gen Freq Each press of this key moves the cursor one place to the left erasing the previous character GPIB Example No equivalent GPIB command Down Arrow Up Arrow These keys increment up arrow or decrement down arrow field values The increment value is determined by the Increment set INCRement data function These keys are also used to select alternate field entries without displaying the Choices menu used by some fields They are also used to move the cursor in string entry fields such as the Print Title field on the PRINTER CONFIGURE screen Programming Increment Up Down Arrow Keys Syntax INCRement UP or DOWN Example OUTPUT 714 RFG FREQ INCR UP This increases the RF Generator s frequency by one increment value See Also To Increment Decrement Values in the Operating Overview chapter of the E8285A User s Guide 57 Chapter 1 Description of Keys Symbol Keys Units of Measure Keys The units keys are for entering and changing the unit of measure such as GHz V dBm mW and so forth for measurements or field entries Milliwatts mW is a shifted function Press and release the Shift key then the Hz V ms key to select mW
402. wer control mode See Also Max Power field description on page 293 Min Power field description on page 296 Screens Where Field is Present CDMA TRANSMITTER POWER RANGE TEST These fields allow entry or display of a mobile station parameter identifier or value MUXI_REV_1 through MUX1_REV_14 MUX2_REV_1 through MUX2_REV_25 TSB 74 and J STD 008 only MUXI FOR 1 through MUX1_FOR_ 14 MUX2_FOR_1 through MUX2_FOR_26 TSB 74 and J STD 008 only PAG_1 through PAG 7 ACC 1 through ACC 8 LAYER2 RTCI through LAYER2 RTC5 SYS TIME GPIB Example DISP CFER CDMA MOBile PARM MUX1 REV 1 identifies the mobile station parameter MUXI REV I DISP CFER CDMA MOBile PARM VALue 0 sets the mobile station s MUXI REV I parameter value to 0 Operating Considerations This field allows selection of a mobile station Parameter Identifier and displays the value of the selected parameter If a call is connected and a value is entered an attempt will be made to write this value into the corresponding register in the mobile station This field is only valid for mobile stations that conform to the EIA TIA IS 95 A standard Screens Where Field is Present CDMA MOBILE REPORTED FER Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Mobile Power Mode Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields This field allows selection between two CDMA Channel Power measurement modes providing for Channel Power measurements without a call connected The choi
403. which require the mobile station to send a Pilot Strength Measurement Message See Also T Drop field description on page 421 237 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Drop Timer 238 This field turns the call drop timer on or off e On the call drop timer is activated If during a call the Test Set does not receive a signal from the MSUT for a period of 256 frames the call is dropped e Off the call drop timer is de activated GPIB Example DISP CTXR CDMA CALL DTIMER OFF turns off the call drop timer Operating Considerations When a call is connected and the Test Set fails to decode a traffic frame the Test Set begins a counter that will increment with each bad frame This counter is referred to as the call drop timer When the Call Drop field is On the call drop timer allows 256 bad frames in sequence before dropping the call If you want to disable the Test Set s call drop timer set this field to Of With the Call Drop timer off and a call connected the Test Set will continue to transmit the CDMA forward channel even in the absence of a reverse link For example if a mobile station has been power controlled to a level that is too low for the Test Set to decode and therefore acknowledge signaling messages the mobile station could drop the call but the Connected annunciator will still be lit With the Call Drop timer off the Connected annunciator can still go out e if a procedu
404. you to press the ANS key When a call is terminated this annunciator will go out 423 Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields 424 This field is duplicated on the CDMA CALL CONTROL screen GPIB Example DISP CRXT STATus CDMA CONDition queries the CDMA condition register Svc Opt 2 9 annunciator This annunciator is lit when the Test Set is on a service option 2 mobile station data loopback call GPIB Example DISP CRXT STATus CDMA CONDition queries the CDMA condition register See Also Traffic Data Mode field description on page 433 Testing annunciator This annunciator is lit when a FER test is in progress GPIB Example DISP CRXT STATus CDMA CONDition queries the CDMA condition register Passed annunciator This annunciator is lit when an FER test has passed An FER test passes when the measured FER is less than the target FER as set in the FER Spec field with the specified confidence level as set in the Confidence field Example Passed FER measurement FER Spec set to 1 Confidence set to 95 Measured FER is displayed as 0 6 With the parameters specified above Passed means that the measured value of 0 696 indicates a true FER of less than 1 with a confidence level of 95 GPIB Example DISP CRXT STATus CDMA CONDition queries the CDMA condition register If bit 10 is set a decimal value of 1024 the passed condition is true Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUA
405. zed Screens Where Field is Present TX TEST DUPLEX TEST RF ANALYZER If Unit Under Test Fails Init Power 274 This field selects what happens if the measured results do not meet criteria for passing the current test The underlined entry is the active choice Continue continues with testing even though a test in the test sequence fails to meet its test specification limits When this occurs an error is listed on the test results print out is displayed on the CRT or both e Stop stops the test when a failure occurs and requires operator intervention before test ing proceeds Screens Where Field is Present TESTS Execution Conditions This field allows entry of the initial power offset for system access INIT PWR GPIB Example DISP CCON CDMA CELL CONFigure INITial POWer 0 sets INIT PWR to 0 Operating Considerations This field specifies a correction factor the mobile station adds to the estimated open loop output power for setting the power level of the first initial access probe in an access probe sequence Screens Where Field is Present CDMA CELL SITE CONFIGURATION Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Input Att Input Att sets the amount of input attenuation for the RF IN OUT and ANTENNA IN connectors The Input Att field displays the present attenuation value and it is used to set the desired attenuation level The CRFAttenuator command is us
406. zer MARKer DELTa FREQuency queries the difference in frequency between the two markers Operating Considerations When Delta is selected the Normal marker is stationary and the Delta marker moves to different positions Values returned are relative to the Normal marker Screens Where Field is Present SPECTRUM ANALYZER This measurement displays the time elapsed from the trigger point to the current marker position The REF SET function can be used with this measurement to display time relative to a specific position Screens Where Field is Present OSCILLOSCOPE Siagilente8285 REFGUIDEMANUALfields chp Chapter 4 Description of Fields Fields Marker Pos CDMA Reverse Channel Spectrum This field is displayed when the Controls field is set to Marker This field sets the marker s position referenced to the left side of the display GPIB Example DISP CSP CSP MARKer POSition 5 0 positions the marker in the center of the display Operating Considerations The position is settable in units of divisions Screens Where Field is Present CDMA REVERSE CHANNEL SPECTRUM Marker Time CDMA Gated Power This field is displayed when the Controis field on the CDMA GATED POWER screen is set to Display This field sets the marker s position in microseconds referenced to the time alignment of the 1 25 ms power control groups in the gated power measurement ensemble average GPIB Example CDMA GPO

Agilent Technologies E8285A User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents